PA
260
C76
1856
MAIN
UC-NRLF
4 QEfl T3D
c*-
•iO
REESE LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA.
Reaived ^ /^^^ / ^ ^
Accessions ^Jof / ^A/-^^S^ She a Wo
Zv-
<*3
■ ry 3 V
GREEK LESSONS:
CONSISTING
OF SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, WITH DIRECTIONS FOR
THE STUDY OF THE GRAMMAR, NOTES, EXERCISES IN
TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK,
AND A VOCABULARY.
By ALPHEUS CROSBY,
PROFESSOR OP THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE.
XJHIV'EBSIT
"ON:
PHILLIPS, SAMPSON, AND COMPANY.
1856.
"The language of Xenophon is remarkable for sweetness, variety, p;i
spieuity, and elegance ; — rich without a superfluity of figures, and smooth
without sameness and tedious uniformity. His sentiments are such as
might have been expected from the most faithful and judicious of all the
disciples of Socrates. They arc just, elevated, and apposite; and do
credit both to his heart and his understanding." — Dcnbar.
" Xenophon s pure strain,
Like the clear brook that steals along the vale."
TnoMsox.
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1549, by AJpheus Crosby, in the Clerk's
Office of the District Court of the District of New Hampshire.
CAMBRIDGE:
METCALP AND COMPANY,
PRINTERS TO THE UNI V MUTT.
PREFACE.
It might once have been necessary to introduce a
work like this with a labored argument to prove the
importance of connecting exercises in reading and
writing a language with the study of its grammar.
Happily for the cause of education, that necessity no
longer exists. At the same time, it appears to me
entirely obvious, that it is best, in most cases, that the
student should learn the first principles of a language
from the grammar which he is afterwards to use, and
not from a book of lessons or exercises which he will
study for a short time, and then throw aside not to
be again taken up. No one is ignorant of the pecu-
liar tenacity of first impressions, and of the great de-
pendence of the memory upon local association. It
may be added, that, in the gradual work of learning
the grammatical system of a language, it contributes
greatly to rapid, thorough, and permanent attainment,
that each point, as it is learned, should be learned
in its appropriate place as a part of the system.
Classification thus goes hand in hand with acquisi-
tion ; and, instead of constituting a separate work
requiring additional labor, presents itself as a light-
ener of the student's toils. For these reasons, the
IV PREFACE.
following work is designed as an accompaniment to
the systematic study of the grammar, and not as an
introduction to it ; and those parts of the grammar
which are required in connection with each exercise
are referred to, and not extracted.
The Selections for Reading which are here presented
have been taken entirely and without change from the
Anabasis of Xenophon. That the student should
obtain his first impressions of a language in its classic
purity and familiar prose form will not, I think, be
questioned in words, however much it may have been
neglected in practice. This becomes especially im-
portant, when the reading lessons are made, as they
always should be, models for composition in the lan-
guage.
The selections have been restricted to a single
author and a single work for several reasons. It
seems undesirable that the student, in his first attempts
to read and write a language, should be distracted by
diversities of style. In reading detached passages,
one often wishes to examine the connection from
which they have been taken. This can be done
with ease, when they have been all extracted from
a single familiar work. For those who will pass from
these Lessons to the Anabasis, there are special advan-
tages. They will come to the reading of that charm-
ing work no strangers, but having already a familiarity
with its vocabulary, and some degree of acquaintance
with its style and subject-matter. And, as they read
sentence after sentence upon its attractive pages, they
will recognize many an old friend ; and will now
obtain that intimacy of acquaintance which, with
sentences as with men, can only be got at their
PREFACE. V
homes. Their introductory acquisitions have now
lost that isolated, lifeless character, which is so apt to
belong to mere select sentences j and have become
vital parts of an interesting whole. The student
leaves his first lessons, not, as too often happens, to
forget them, but to repeat them as portions of a
delightful narrative. It may be added, that the very
character of the Anabasis excludes, for the most part,
those abstract sentences, which are wont to be the
special stumbling-blocks in introductory lessons.
The Notes and Vocabulary, in connection with the
author's Grammar, which contains so many citations
from the Anabasis, will, it is hoped, be found to
supply abundant aid and illustration ; and yet, it is
believed, not more than is desirable in a work of this
kind. It is not wise to harass a student's first essays
in a new language with needless difficulties. Upon
this principle, I have sought rather to diminish than
to multiply the number of distinct words introduced ;
and have sometimes chosen to repeat a selection with
additions, rather than introduce one that should be
entirely new.
To give unity to the student's labors, and to avoid
all unnecessary increase of them, the Exercises in
Translation from English into Greek have been simply
based upon the reading lessons, and require no words
which have not previously occurred in these lessons.
Indeed the close conformity of the two series will,
it is believed, afford valuable assistance in the read-
ing lessons themselves. No English-Greek vocabulary
has been given ; because, constructed as the exercises**
are, it has been supposed that such a vocabulary would
not only be useless, but positively injurious, diverting
VI PREFACE.
the student from the proper source of aid, the GreeK
text. In all cases in which it was thought possible
that the student could be at a loss, reference has been
made to the page and line where the required word
or construction has occurred.
A few special suggestions' and explanations are
subjoined.
1. It is earnestly recommended, that these Lessons should be
studied, paragraph by paragraph, according to the following method.
(I.) Let the student observe the special directions prefixed to the
Notes, and carefully learn the portions of the Grammar there pointed
out. (II.) Let him then learn to construe the paragraph, and to
parse every word in full according to the table in Tf 65. (III.) Let
him translate into Greek the corresponding Exercises, never omitting
to do this before proceeding to a new paragraph.
2. The numbers inclosed in parentheses at the bottom of a page
of the Greek text denote the lines upon the page, and are followed
by references to the parts of the Anabasis from which the selections
commencing in each line have been taken. These references are made
to book, chapter, and section, according to the common division.
3. By the Greeks, soldiers, generals, and captains mentioned in the
text will be generally understood those belonging to the army with
which Cyrus the Younger made his ill-fated expedition against his
brother Artaxerxes ; and by the countries, cities, villages, rivers,
barbarians, and enemies, those which these Greeks found in their
route.
4. Numbers preceded by the mark § refer to sections of the
author's Greek Grammar ; and those proceeded by the mark *ff, to
paragraphs of the Tables prefixed to the Grammar. The letter f
immediately attached to a number signifies and the following.
5. In the Exercises (pp. 67-89), a few words are printed in Italics,
to show that they are to be omitted in the Greek ; a few are inclosi &
in brackets [ ], to show that they are to be inserted in the Greek ;
and a few are printed in small capitals, to direct special attention to
them. The Greek idiom is sometimes given in Italics at the bottom
of the page. The small figures at the top of the line refer to page
and line of the Greek text.
6. The Greek has, in general, great freedom En respect to the
PREFACE. Vll
arrangement of words ; and their position depends, in no small
degree, upon their comparative emphasis, and upon the effect produced
on the ear. In general, the first place in a clause is the most
emphatic, and the last place the next so. The student will observe
carefully the special precepts upon the position of words, which he
finds either here or in the Grammar ; and, in all doubtful cases, will
be wise in adhering closely to the order of his models in the Greek
text.
7. In the Vocabulary, the words inclosed in parentheses to mark
derivation or composition are translated, except when they also occur
in the alphabetical arrangement ; and a few words not belonging to
the text are inserted in brackets to avoid repeated translation. Some
English words derived from Greek words, or cognate with them, are
inserted in small capitals, chiefly as aids to the memory. The gender
of nouns has been marked in the usual way, except when general
rules rendered it needless (§§ 74. /3, 75, 76).
8. Of the abbreviations which occur, compos, denotes compo-
sition ; cons., consonant; dim., diminutive; esp., especially; un-
pers., impersonal; indecl., indeclinable; L., Line; Less-, Lesson;
P., Page ; pers., person or personal ; prop., properly ; R., Rule ; r.,
root ; subst., substantively; Voc, Vocabulary. Most of the abbrevia-
tions, as occurring in the Grammar and there explained, require no
special notice.
9. Let the student, amid those introductory difficulties and toils
from which no worthy pursuit is wholly exempt, cheer himself with
the assurance, that the saying of old Hesiod, The beginning is half
of the whole work, applies to nothing with greater force than to the
learning of a language ; nor let him forget that other proverb, Eu cot
to fieKhov e£ei, *jv rb iraphv ev Tidrjs, Your future course ivill be pros-
perous, if your present work be icell done. Especially, let him bear in
mind, that he is studying the language which has been the most
celebrated of all for beauty and perfection of structure ; — the lan-
guage in which are enshrined, as jewels in a casket of gold, the
most wonderful monuments of ancient genius, and the priceless
treasures of the Christian revelation ; — the language in which Homer
sung, Socrates conversed, Demosthenes harangued, Paul wrote, and,
highest honor of all, the words of Him who spake as never man spake
were recorded.
UNJ SITY^
4ij
GREEK LESSONS.
I.
1. ! ' ETTtfiovXevet. 'EirtftovXevovo-tv. ' Eirifiovkeveiv.
HvptfiovXevco. XvptfiovXevet. avfiftovXevere. Uatet.
IJatovat Kat fiaXXovcriv. Ilcue, Trace, fiaXXe, fiaXXe.
2. Aeyovcrtv. Aeyets. Aeyerco. ©avpta^etv. Ov
Qavp.a^w. Mr] Oavfid^ere. Ovk edeXco. Katetv. Kat- 5
wfxev. Mr) pteXXcoptev. Mavdavovatv apyetv. Apyerco.
XvXXapbfidvet. AiBacr/cerco. Noptt^co. Et ptev gvpifiov-
Xevotpti. Noptt^e Se. Noptt^ere.
II.
1. HvXXaptfiavet Kvpov. Kvpos crvXXaptftavet. Ilept-
7T€L AvKtov. Kat Tre/jLTTovat KaXXtptaypv. Xetpi<ro(po<; 10
irepuret. Evravda Sr] Xeyet Xetptaocpo<;. EirtfiovXevet
Kvpcp. ' fl Kvpe, Xeyovatv. <&epovcrt XtOovs. Ap-
yovcrt AatceSatfjtovtot. ' fl $aXtve, Oavpta^o).
2. IlXota TrepLTrovcrtv. Kvpos e^eXavvet. EvrevOev
e^eXavvet arraOpLovs irevre. Apyvptov eyoptev. TlXola \>
yap ovk eyopcev. KXeapye Kat Upo^eve. ' HXto<? avtcryei.
EfjaKpvrjs aKovoptev Oopvfiov. Apyvptov ptev ovk e%&>.
AirayyeXXere ' 'Aptatro. 'Avaj3atvet Xetptcro<po<?.
(L. 1.) I. 6. 1 : III. I. 35 : I. 2. 20. (2.) I. 6. 9 : III. 1. 5 : V. 6. 12 : VI. 1. 5. (3.)
III. 4. 49 : V. 7. 21. (4.) I. 7. 5 : II. 1. 20 : I. 3. 15 : III. 5. 13: VII. 1. 25. (5.) I. 3. 3 ; 3. 10 ;
6. 2: III. 5. 6. (6.) III. 1. 46: I. 9. 4: V. 7. 10. (7.) I. 1. 3 : V. 7. 11 : III. 2. 29: V
6. 4. (3.) VI. 6. 24: I. 4. 16. (9.) I. 1. 3 ; 6. 4 ; 10. 14. (10.) V. 6. 14: IV. 5. 22
(11.) IV. 7. 3: I. 6. 1. (12.) I. 7. 5: IV. 7. 25: VI. 6. 13. (13.) II. 1. 10. (14.) V
6. 35: I. 4. 9; 4. 10. (15.) VII. 3. 5 : V. 4. 5. (16.) I. 5. 16 : V. 7. 6. (17.) V. 7. 21.
VII. 7. 53. (18.) II. 1.4: IV. 1. 7.
2
14 GREEK LESSONS.
III.
1. BovXeverai. BovXevdfieda. BovXevecrOai, Mav-
Oavovaiv apyeiv re kcu ap-^eaOau BovXop,cu. El
fiovXecrOe, Xe'yere. AXXa, el (3ovXei, pe've. 'E6eXu>
iropevecrdcu, AXXa iropevwp-eOa. Ov ftovXeade avfitro-
6 pevecrdat.
2. Kvpov Be ixerairepmertu. ITeldeTcu. Ov 6eXere
TreideaOai ovBe eireadai,. Ec Be XPV& L<i > iropevov- Mr),
7rpo? Bewv, pbacvcofieda. Mr/ ovv olov. QaLveadco. 2a>-
tpiaBe re aa(paXa><;. Nvv Be airep^opxu,. E^ep^ovrat
10 Br] aw Boparlois kcu dcr/cols. Ovk alayyvecrQe ovre 6eov$
ovr avdpwKOVi ;
IV.
1. Krrjcna*; Xeyet,. Kvpos <TvXXap,f3dveL 'OpdvTrjv.
EvTevOev e^eXavvei <TTa9pLov<s irevre, Trapaadyyas rpi-
aKOVTa. Ayacrias l<Tvp,<$>aXio<; Xo^dyo^ TcrpaxTKerai.
KArjaTrjs Be Trpoaep^erai.
2. E^eXavvei Bui $pvyia$. Tpd(pei eTuaToXr\v. £77-
aafxov teat fieXtvrjv /ecu neyyjpov kcu irvpowi kcu Kpidd^
cpepei. Ek 6dXaTTT)S et? 6aXarrav. XrpaTiwTai, fit)
Oavfia^ere. Ep^erai Mi6piBarr]<;. Aeica ap,a%ai irerpcov.
wXevOr)*; Xeyei. ^evdrjs Treynvei A^po^eX/xrjv.
V.
1. IlapoBos arevt). Ei<; (pcXiav %a)pav. Ovoi aypioc.
' fLcnrep ve<peXr) Xev/crj. OBos d/j,a^cro<;, opOia la^vpax;.
IIpo? Lcryypa ywpia. Terpaicocriot oirXlrcu. Tlapaaay-
yai ^iXiol. E^ep^ovrat Bi) crvv Bopanois kcu aa/cols Kai
25 OvXukols km aXXois ayyeiois, ei9 Bia^tXcov<; avOpwTrovs.
(L. I.) I. 1. 4: lit. 2. 8: I. 3. 11 ; 9. 4. (2.) III. 1. 25: V. f> ;ir. (V) III. 4. 11;
4. 41. (4.) IV. 7. 7: I. 3. 5. (G.) I. 1. 2; 1. 3; 3. 6. (7.) III. 1. 11 : VII. 1. 29.
(8.) II. I. 12: V. 7. 10: VI. G. 1*. (9) VII. C. 31: VI. 4. 23. (10.) II. 6. 39. (12.) I.
8. 27; C. 4. (13.) I. 4. 10. (14.) VII. 8. 19. (If.) VI. 1. 8. (1G.) I. 2. 6; 6. 3;
2. 22. (18.) I. 2. 22j 3. 3. (19.) III. 3. 1 : IV. 7. Id. 00.) VII. (.. (4
(21.) I. 7. 15: III. 2. 9: I. G. 2 (22.) I 8. 8; 2 21. (23) IV. C 11: 1 1 3: MI.
8. 2G. (21.) VI. 4. 23.
GREEK LESSONS. 15
2. O-l arparcayrai <pepovo~t Xt,0ov$. H arparia oiiro)
ycyvcocrKet. Terdprr} 6° rjfie'pa Karafiaivovcriv et? to ire ■
Btov. ^vy/cXeiovo-t ra? irvXas, kcu, tov fio^Xov e/x^aX-
Xovcriv. Koivrj<; aa)TT]pia<; Beofieda. AXXa (pvyrj Xec-
irovcn to xaypiov. 5
3. %i)fiaivet 6 aa\7n<y/CTr)<;. EvravOa Btj Kupov airo-
Te/j-veraL ?? /cecpaXr]. Ac o-irovBai /xevovTcov. Kac o #eo?
tera? ayec ovtcos. Qevyovac Bpofuo, Kac epLirciTTOvacv et?
tj]v daXarTav.
4. Ava/3acvec ovv 6 Kvpos. ' Ep-yerrac 7rpo? tov Kvpov. io
'E^eXavvec Bca t??? AvBca<$. UaXcv (pacveTac 6 McdpcBd-
tt??. O Be Ereovlicos et? tt)v aicpav enrocpevyet. Eire
rats irrjyals tov Mapavou iroTapcov. Ev Tat? /c&j/zat? rats
virep tov rreBiov tov irapa tov KevTpiTijv iroTapbov.
5. O Se<T7roT^? e/cao-TT]s Trjs ocKca^. JJepc Be tov /ca- 15
X<y? awoOvrjcrKecv aycovi^ovTac. Aui pceaov Be tov irapa-
Beiaov. Eire ti]v r\p.eTepav ywpav epyecrQe. Oc tov e/xov
aBeXcpov (pcXoc. Air eKecvr)<; t??? ?;/xepa?. Uavopcac e/cet-
1/779 ttjs Biavoias. Ek TrjaBe Trjs ya>pa<;.
6. Ev Trj yrj apyovcrc AaKeBac/xovcoc /ecu ev tj} da\aT-20
T7] tov vvv ypovov. Ev tu> irpoaOev Xoya. OttXItcli
fiev /jLvpcoc Kac %cXioc, nreXTacrTac Be ajj,<pc tovs BccrycXc-
ou?. Ticrcracpepvris Bia/3aXXec tov Kvpov Trpos tov aBeX-
(pov. MoXts Bca/3aivovo~c tov KatKov nroTa[xov. AeyeTac
Be Kac tov; aXXovs Uepcras ^cXai^ Tat? KecpaXacs ev to>25
TroXefMp BtaKivBvveveiv.
i. Ap-yayopas Apyelos. Oc aXXoc aTpaTrjyoc. Oc
B aXXoc GTpaTicoTat iracovac feat fiaXXovcrLV. Ol iroXe'-
pecoc eTTicpaivovrat ev T(p 7reBca). Tov Te KXeapeTov airo-
KTeivovcrc /cat twv aXXcov avyyov^. O eTepo? tov erepov 30
iratei. EkkXlvovgcv ol (SapjSapoc, teat (pevyovacv.
(L. 1.) IV. 7. 25: VI 1. 19. (2.) III. 4. 31. (3.) VII. I. 15. (4.) III. 2. 32: IV. 2
12. (6.) IV. 3. 32: I. 10. 1. (7.) II. 3. 24: VI. 3. IS. (S.) V. 7. 25. (10.) I. 1. 2
1.10. (11.) I. 2. 5: III. 4. 2. (12.) VII. 1. 20: I. 2. S. (13.) IV. 3. 1. (15.) VII. 4,
14: III. 1. 43. (16.) I. 2. 7. (17.) IV. 8. 6: I. 7. 6. (IS.) I. 7. IS: V. 6. 31. (19.) VII,
7.7. (20.) VI. 6. 13. (21.) III. 1. 1 : I. 2. 9. (23.) I. 1. 3. (24.) VII. 8. 18: I. 8. 6,
(27.) IV. 2. 17: I. 2. 15: III. 4. 49. (28.) III. 5. 2. (29.) V. 7. 16. (30.) VI. 1. 5
(31.) I. 8. 19.
16 GREEK LESSONS.
8. Kvpoq rrjv KiXiaaav et? rrjv KtXtKtav airoirepLTret.
T>j B varepaia pier arre purer at rov<; arparr/yov^. Aei-
rrovatv ot fiapftapot a/ia^rjTi rov Xocpov. Kvpos Be p-erd
rdv aXXcov e^eXavvet Bta KainraBoKtas. K.Xeap%o<; teat
Sot eiceivov. Ot Be a/xept Ttaaacpepvijv tcai Aptaiov. Ot
uwo rcov ev Be^ia, otKtcov. Hep-iret Avklov rov "XvpaKoatov
Kat aXXov eirt rov Xocpov.
9. Ta virep rov Xocpov. Ta tjpterepa. Aapt/3avetv ra
€7riT7]Seca. E^optev jap ra e/cetveov. Ta rrept Upo^evov.
io AXXo<; aXXa Xeyet. To ApttaBucov brrXtrtKov. 'Ev
pteaco rrjs oiicaBe 6Bov. Et<> KaXov rjKere. Oi idrpol kcli-
ovat teat reptvovatv eir ayadco. Kat eirt p.ev ro axpov ava-
fiatvet Xetptaocpos. Hxere ets to pteaov rov arparoireBov.
10. O Be rretOerat re teal avXXaptf3dvet Kvpov. 'O
15 Be rov? rjfierepov? ttovow; €^et. Avtctos 6 UoXvarpclrov
' 'A0r]vaLo<i.
1. lrj ce avrrj rjfiepa. p,vXic,op.ei>ot etc rov avrov.
Aura ra arro rcov otKtcov IjvXa. Ot Be arpartcorai,
ot re avrov etceivov Kat ot aXXot. Nvv avrot xaiovatv.
20 Ttaaacpepvrj? tcai ot aw avrco. Xw oXtyots Tot? 7rep\
avrov. Ttaaacpepvi)^ Btaj3aXXet rov Kvpov 777309 rov
aBeXcpov, cos €7rt/3ovXevot avrco. AiroareXXet rov<i clyye-
Xov<;, teat aw avrot<; X.etptaocpov. Avro<i Be rcov rrcoXcov
Xapt/3avet. O Be Xeyet avrco. Ayovatv avrov irapa rov
23 KXeap-^ov, Kat eppa^ovatv, a Xeyet.
VI.
1. EXeye ro2<; arpartcorats. Oi ftapfiapot ero^evov
Kat eftaXXov. Exelvos edrjpevev arro lttttov. EXeyov,
ort Oavp.a'Cptev. O K.Xeap%o<; e/3ovXevero. E/3ovXev-
(L. I.) I 2 20. (2.) VII. 2. 14 : IV. 2. 15. (3.) I. 2. 20. (4.) I. 2. 15. (5.) III. 5. 1 :
V. 2. 24. (6.) I. 10, II. (80 I 10. 14; 3.9: V. 1. 7. (9.) V. 1. 9: II. 5. 87. (10.)
II 1. 15: IV. 8 13: III. 1.2. (II.) IV. 7. 3 : V. 8. IS. (12.) IV. 1. 7. (13 .) Ill I 88,
(14.) I. 1.3: VII. C. 9. (15)111.3.20. (17.) I. 5. 12: II. 4. 11. (IS ) 11 2 10 : I. 3. 7.
(19.) III. 5. 5. (20.) 111. 5. 3: I. 5. 12. (21.) I. 1. 3. (22.) II 1. 6, (88.) I?. «. 35.
(84.) III. 4. 39: II. 4. 18. (2G.) IV. 8. 14; 2. 12. (27.) I. 2. 7: V. 7. IS. (33.)
11.3 S: V. 1.2.
GREEK LESSONS. 17
ovto irepu t?}? \onrfj<i iropetas. EvravOa 8tj kolvtj e/3ov-
XevovTO. EvTavda ot ireXTao-Tat eBicoKov. Oc Be i]8eco<;
kireldovTO, eirlaTevov yap avTu>, Etno'Tevop.riv Be vtto
Aa/ceBaiiAovtoov. Ecpaivero c^yta nnrcov. Ot, B eXeyov,
brt nrept airovBcov fj/coiev. 5
2. Edavp-a^ov, brt ovBafxov Kvpos cpaivoiro. 'EttI
tov aBeXcpov Apra^ep^rjv earpareveTO. Oo Be arparia)-
tcu e^aXeiraLvov tols crrpaTriyois. Oi Be Xo^dyoo eiru
ral<; Ovpais efxevov. Tg B vcrrepaia eiropevovTO Bia tov
ireBiov. Avtos Be aw tois Xot7rot? eiropeveTO errt, tov 10
BevTepov Xocpov. B avTw ovk eirierTevev. EincrTevov
yap tois xcoptots. Ka\ iraXiv Ty vcrTepaia edueTO.
3. IIpoeTpe^ev airo tov BevBpov. TLpoaeTpeyov Bvo
veavicTKoy. MeT€7re/x7reTO tov KXeap-^ov. Kat, aXXoc eiri
Ta<i oc/aa$ aveftaivov. KaTe'ftatvev et? ireBtov. Errel S'i5
7]/xepa v7re'(paivev, eiropevovTO aiyrj. UpoaefiaXXov 7rpo?
to ^wptov. Ot aTpaTtoiTat, aTreXecirov avTOvs. Oi Be
aBtfcot, e7re/3ovXevov. Kac irpocrefiaXXov irpo<$ tovs ottXi-
Tas acrcpaXax;.
4. Ae^uiv eXa/3ov. ''EXafiov TJ79 £a>vr)<i tov 'Opoi>Tr)V2Q
eiri OavaTW. UXrjyas evefiaXev. 'Okto> fxovovs /caTeXt-
ttov. Aiefiawov tiiv ye'(pvpav. Avtos eirefiovXevev. 'fl<;
o 7]Tp07n] eyeveTO, BiacnrelpovTai, /cal 61 Kvpov e^a/coaiou
AeyeTai T779 TeXevTrjs Tv%etv. AXXa (pvyrj aXXos aXXrj
eTpaireTo. AireOavev viro NiKavBpov. AiaXap,{3avovcrioj
to airo tcvv ao^jxaXcoTcov apyvpiov yevoptevov,
VII.
1. AcnBaT7]<; ecrTiv ev tu> ireBuu). ETOifios eipi.
HXiOiot, ecrfiev. Av9 pantos eifii. EXeyovTO Be 01 XaX-
Baloc eXevdepot re Kac aXtcifioi elvat. EvTavda rjv irapa
(L. 1.) IV. 7. 4. (2.) VI. 5. 29 : I. 2. 2. (3.) VII. 6. 33. (1.) I. 6. 1 : II. 3. 4. (6.)
1. 10. 16: II. 1. 1. (7.) I. 4. 12. (8.) II. 5. 31. (9.) in. 4. 13. (10.) IV. 2. 13.
(11.) VII. 8. 2: V. 4. 2. (12.) VI. 4. 20. (13.) IV. 7. 10; 3. 10. (14.) I. 3. 8: V.
2. 22. G5.) I. 2. 22: IV. 2. 7. (16.) V. 2. 4. (17.) VI. 5. 4: II. 6. 20. (18.) VI. 3. 7.
(20.) I. 6. 6 ; 6. 10. (21.) I. 5. 11 : VI. 3. 5. (22.) II. 4. 24 : V. 6. 29 : I. 8. 25. (24.)
II. 6. 29: IV. 8. 19. (25.) V. 1. 15 ; 3. 4. (27.) VII. 8. 9 : IV. 6. 17. (28.) II. 5. 21 :
VI. 1. 26 : IV. 3. 4. (29.) I. 2. 13.
18 GREEK LESSONS.
ttjv 6Bov Kprjvrj. Hv yap rj TrapoBo? cnevr\. 'Efnropiov
B rjv to ywpiov. Aywvoderai B oi Oeot eiaiv.
2. Evravda ijcrav Ktojiai. O'vrco Be e^ei. <£tA,09 re /cat
avjijia-yo^ elvat fiovXerai. Kat ot, fiev aTparrjyot eirvv-
5 Oavovro irept rov Xevdov, Trorepa 7roXep,to<; etrj rj (piXos.
EXeyero Be 6 crroXo? etvat et? UetcrtBas. Jlaprjv Be Kat
Xeipiaocpos o AaKeBat/xovios. Kac rrjv 6Bov ecppal^ev, rj
€LTj.
3. TTToyjriai jiev rjcrav. 'Hv Be rrapa rov Evcpparrjv
10 TrapoBos arevij /xera^v rov rrorajxov nai rrjs rdcppov.
AvajKT) eart jia^eaOat. Hvi/ca B rjv BeiXrj, e'^arrivrjs o'i
TroXejitot e7Ti(palvovrac ev rat TreBuo. Erret Be bp6po<; rjv,
e PX erai 'X'P '* T0V Xeipiaocpov. Eirei B ijjxepa rjv oyBorj.
Kat rjv fxev ctatoto? rjBrj. Me%pt cvcoto? eyeveTO. Ov yap
lb ijv %6pTO<;. Ov yap kcrrt irXola. 'Akovco Be, /cco/ia? elvat
KaXas. EvOa Brj 7raXiv aOvjxta rjv.
4. EvravOa Kvpa) fiaatXeta rjv Kac irapaBetaos. Tols
Be vTToyjna jiev rjv. Atto rov avroptarov Bpofio? eyevero
rot? arrpario)rat<i eirt ra? crKrjva<;. 'Hv avreo 7roXe/xo?
S!0 7r/3O9 IIeto-i8a<; Kat Mvaovs.
5. Oi/re yap rjv. 'HBrj Be koI o^e rjv. Oyjre eyt-
yvero. Kat, rjBrj ptev a/j.<pt r]Xiov Bvc/xas rjv. HXios
eBvero. EneX Be 7rpo? ijjiepav rjv.
6. Eart Xajiftavetv. Ovk rjv \aj3elv. E^eart
•25 irept avrov ijrev8ecr0ai. Ta yap €7rtrrjBeia ovk ecrriv
e X eiV '
7. flpa Be (BovXeveadai. AvayKij Be rropeveadat rjBrj.
Kat avayKrj jxayeaBai. flpa \eyeiv. "XyoXrj Tots tto-
Xejitofi \rji'£ea6ai. Tov Be kvkXov ij vrepioBos e£ rrapa-
30 aayyai.
(L. 1.) I. 4. 4; 4. G. (2.) III. 1. 21. (3.) I. 4. 19: V. 6. 12: VII. C. 3. (4.) VII. 1.
14. (6.) III. 1.9: 1.4. 3. (7.) IV. 5. 34. (9)11.5.1:1.7.15. (1 1.) IV. 6. 10 : III.
5.2. (12.)IV.3.8. (13 ) IV. C. 1. (14.) IV. 5. 17; 2. 4 : I. 5. 5. (15.) VI. 4 12: III.
2.31. (1G.) III. 3. 11. (17.) 1.2.7; 3.21. (Id.) I. 2. 17. (19.) I. 9. 14. (21.) VI. 5. 31 :
11. 2. 16: III. 4. 36. (22.) VI. 4. 20: I. 10. 15. (23.) IV. 5. 21. (21.) I 5. 3 ; 5 2:
II. 6. 29. (23.) II. 2. 3. (27.) IV. 6. 7: VI. 4. 12. (98.) VI. 4. 21 : I. 3. 12. V. 1. 0.
(29.) III. 4. 11.
GREEK LESSONS.
19
VIII.
1. 2v Xe'yei?. l!vLL(3ovXevco eya>. ^VLifiovXevco vlilv.
'HfieU olo/xe0a. Ovk ovtcds r]Liet<;, to KXeap%e, ovt€ aXo-
yuTTOt ovre 7)Xt0t,ot ea/xev. T/u,el<; yap core aTpaTrjyoi,
VLiecs ra^tap^ot Kat Xo^dyoc. A-rroTreLiTre Be 7]fxa<;.
'T/zet? e/xol ov OeXere irelOecrOai ovBe eireaOac. EireaOac &
vllLv jSovXofjLCU. Xv e/iot eirifiovXeveis Kai rrj aw efxoi,
tTTparca. TLXoia Be i]fieL<; ovk e^ofiev. T/xet? e-m Ti]V
y/xere'pav ^a>pav epyeaOe. ' H [xr/KeTL Lie Kvpov vo/xi^eTe.
2. Autos errefiovXeve BcafiaXXeiv fie irpos vllcls. Aeo-
llcli vllwv GTpcneveadaL aw efioi. %%oX7] rot? TroXefiLois 10
Xrji^eaOab ' Kai Si/auco? i]fj,2v eTTi,/3ovXevovaiv, eyoLiev yap
to- e/cetvcov. Kac vvv e^eariv vluv irtara Xafiecv Trap
o'jLicov. 'O airro? vluv aToXos eaTt Kai, i]llLv. M?; ava-
LcevcoLiev aXXovs e<p rjLias eXdelv.
3. : Acpnnrevei, eirt TtfV eavTOV aKr)vi\v. Tloiav B rjXt- 15
Kcav ejiavTco eXdelv ava/j,evco ; flpa i]filv fiovXeveadac
virep i)llwv avTcov. EcfivXaTTOVTO Be a/xcpoTepoL oyairep
TToXefilovs aXXrjXovs. IlX^yas eveTeivov aXXrjXois. Ov
yap eya>y €tl ap%co, aXXa AaKeBaifAovioi.
IX.
1. 'AOvfioTepo? 7]V. 'Haav7roXv irpodvp-oTepoL. . Ba-20
acXiKOTaTos Te Kat ap^eiv a^uoTaTos. ' fl OavfiaaicoTaTe
avBpwire. $o(3epo)TaTov B eprjLua. <&evyetv avTols
aacpaXeaTepov eaTiv, ?; rjfuv. Kai OpaavTepos eiLU vvv rj
TOTe. Ol Be aTpaTLwTat eKOinov Te ra? irvXas, Kat eXe-
yov, otl aBiKcoTaTa Traaj(oiev eKfiaXXofievoi, et? Toy? TroXe- 25
luovs.
2. ' fl KaKiaTe avOpwKov Apiale, Kat, ol aXXot oaoi rjTe
(h. 11) II. 1. 20: I. 6. 9: II. 3. 20. (2) II. 1. 20; 5. 21. (3.) III. 1. 37. (4.)
VII. 7. 51. (5.) I. 3. 6: III. 1.25. (6.) II. 5. 25. (7.) II. 2. 3 : IV. 8. 6. (8.) I. 4. 16.
(9.) V. 6. 29: VII. 3. 10. (10.) V. 1. 9. (12.) II. 3. 26. (13.) II. 2. 10: III. 1.24.
(15.) I. 5. 12: in. 1. 14. (16.) V. 7. 12. (17.) II. 4. 10. (18.) II. 4. 11 : VII. 7. 10.
(20.) I. 4. 9; 7. 8; 9. 1. (21.) III. 1. 27. (22.) II. 5. 9: III. 2. 19. (23.) V. 8. 19.
(24.) VII. 1. 16. (27.) II. 5. 39.
20 GREEK LESSONS.
Kvpov cpiXoc, ouk aicryyveade ovre Oeous ovr av9pto7rov<; ;
Evrevdev Kvpos rrjv KiXicraav et? rrjv KiXitciav airo-
•uepmei ri)v rayj,arT)v oBov. ABenrvoi riaav ol rrXelaroi.
3. O Kvpos aw TOi? rrepi avrov aptaroi<; /ecu evBai/xo-
5 vearaTOis. "A^coi etcrt to. ea%ara iradelv. Td fieXriara
£vfi/3ovXeveiv. JJpcorov p-ev yap kcli p^eyiarov, ol Betov
?}/ia<? bpKoi Kookvovat, 7roXep,Lov<i eivaL oXXtjXols. IIXijaL-
airaro<i yap t)v.
4. Avcorepco rcov p,aarcov. IIoXv yap rcov lttttcov
io erpeyov ddrrov. JEt? ra<i eyyvrarco /cco/ias. Eyyvrepov
eytyvovTO. TLoXv Be fiaXXov o K.Xeap%o<; eairevBev. Tjj
varepaia Kvpos erropevero r}p,eXiip:evco<> paXXov.
X.
1. Eyco vcp vpLcov rifico/xai. Opa aerov. Hfieis ye
VL/ccopLev. IIoXXa7rXaaiov<; vpLcov avrcov eve/care aw rot,?
15 deois. Ta> KXedp^cp eftoa. 'Efida /cal f3ap/3apifcco<; /cal
EXXt]vlkco<;. Evrevdev eireipcovro €Laf3aXXeiv et9 ttjv
K(\(,/ciav ' i] Be eur/3o\r) iiv 6Bo<; dfia^LTOs, op6ia La%vpcos.
UeLpaaOco viKav. EXeye ru> HevOi], brL ev irovripois ro-
ttols atcrjvweV) icav rrXrjaLov elev ol rroXepLLOi.
20 2. Ol arparLcoraL cpepovaL Xidovs, /cat rroLovaL koXco-
vov. O 7TOTayu,o? KaXelraL Mapavas. Aia peaov he rov
irapaBeLaov pel 6 MatavSpo? rrorapbos. Hpids Be airo-
arepel rov puadov. Kvpov airew ttXolu.
3. Evravda acpcKvecrac Errva^a. AiOovs eis rov rro-
25rap.ov eppnrrovv. Ecpofiovvro avrov. f2<; avro<; av
op.oXoyei<>. Avro<i et,p,i, bv %r)T€L<>. Epot ovv Bo/cel ov%
copa eivaL i)plv KaOevBeiv, ovB ap,eXelv i)pcov avrcov. 'O
Kvpos avXXapfiavei, Opovrrjv, /cat avyxaXei et? rrjv eav-
rov atcqvijv iiepacov rovs apicrrovs rcov rrepc avrov eirrci.
(L. 2.) I. 2. 20. (3.) I. 10. 19. (1.) I. 5. 7. (',.) II. 5. 21 : V. G. 2. (C.) II. ;>. 7.
(7.) LiaS. (J.) I. 4. 17; 5. 2. (10.) II. 2. 16: I. 8. 8. (11.) II. 3. 13 : I. 7. 10. (13.)
V. 7. 10: VI. 5. 2: II. 1. 4. (14.) III. 2. 11. (15.) I. 8. 12; 8. 1. (16.) I. i, 21.
(18.) III. 2. 30: VII. 4. 12. (20.) IV. 7. 25. (21.) I. 2. 8; 2. 7. (22.) VII. C. 9.
(23.) I. 3. 11. (21.) I. 2. 12: IV. 8 3. (25.) I. 9. 9; 6. 7. (26 ) II. 4. 16: I 3. 11.
(27.) 1.6. 4.
GREEK LESSONS. 21
4. ^ Array ye'XXere roivvv avra>, ore pa%r]<; & e ' irpCorov.
'JEZSeia? errovovv, kcu 6appaXe'u><; etcrwvTO. ^Ktjvovpev
viraiBpcoc. Xeipiaocpos pev i/yeioOco, erreihq Kac Aaice-
hatpovio^ ecrrcv. Ov hiKacws y av pot (pOovolev. Evua
Kvpos alhr] poveararo^ pcev rrpcorov rcov i^KiKCwrwv ehoKec 5
elvac, TOt9 re TrpecrflvTepois; kcu rwv eavrov vrroheearepcov
pcaXXov rreiOeaOac • erreira he cpcXcrrrroraros, /ecu rot?
i7T7TOi? apcara ^prjcrOac.
5. 'Agcovpcev. Oc Kpartaroc apyew a^tovvrac. A^covv.
'E^cXov rovs 'crrrrov 9. ' EarrovhacoXoyelro, to? hrjXocr) ovs 10
repca.
6. Tou he Xoyov "ipyero eoSe. Hcrdevet Aapelos Kac
vrrccrrreve reXevrip rov (Slov. flpyt^ovro ca^ypw^ rep
KXeap-^o). Kcu rjpwra avrov, rroaov yjpvocov e%ec. Oc
Xo^dyol rrciXcv crvvrjXdov. Ovrc edeXo) eXOeiv. Kac rra- 15
peXdeiv ovk tjv (Sla ' rjv yap ->] rrapohos orevr\. Arrr\y-
yeXXe he, ore eiraivoii] avrov<i Kac Ava£c/3co<> o vavapyo^
Kac oc aXXoc.
7. Trj 6° varepaca rjKev ayyeXos. Kvpos he ovrrco
rjKev, aXX ere rrpoarjXavvev. Xcopca yap wkovv ca^vpaoo
01 Taoyoc. EcKa^ov he aXXoc aXXais. Oc pcev wryovro,
KXeapyos he rrepcepevev. EvpccrKero he Kac vevpa rroXXa
ev rac<i Kwpaa Kac p.oXv/3ho<; • coare ■%prjo-6ac 6t? Ta ?
acpevhovas. l Ov <*>ero rrccrrov oc elvac, rayy avrov evpe
Kvpw cpcXacrepov, 77 eavrm. Errec he acpcKovro ea to 25
avro, acrpcevoc re elhov aXXrfkovs, Kac rjarra^ovro cacrirep
a8eX(povs.
8. Ovk aveq>yov ra$ 7rvXa$. 'Ecopa avrov;. Kac
aXXo<; aXXov eiXKev. Eta Kvpos. Xvvr t yayev eKKXrjcriav
rcov avrov arparccorcov. flcpeXe pcev Kvpos Kyv. EXe- 30
yovTo he oc XaXhatoc eXevdepot, re Kac aXKipcoc elvac •
brrXa h elyov yeppa paKpa kcu Xoy%a<>.
(L. 1.) II. 3. 5. (2.) 1.9. 19: V. 5. 21. (3.) III. 2. 37. (4.) V. 7. 10: I. 9. 5. (9.)
V. 5. 9. : IV. 6. 16 : I. 3. 19. (10.) VII. 2. 21 : I. 9. 25. (12.) III. 2. 7 : I. 1. I. (13.)
I. 5. 11. (14.) VII. 8. 1 : III. 5. 14. (15.) I. 3. 10; 4. 4. (16.) VI. 1. 16. (19.) I. 2.
21 ; 5. 12. (20.) IV. 7. 1. (21.) I. 6. 11 : II. 1. 6. (22.) III. 4. 17. (24.) I. 9. 29.
(25.) VI. 3. 24. (28.) V. 5. 20: VI. 6. 35: V. 2. 15. (29.) I. 4. 7; 3. 2. (30.) II. 1. 4:
IV. 3. 4.
22 GREEK LESSONS.
9. Kai ovtoi p,ev e/xevov, ol 6*' uXXol eiropevovro. N6-
yuo? yap tiv ovtos acpioiv. TavTrjv Bi) ttjv irapoBov Kvpds
re teat i) arpaTia iraprfkOe, /cat eyevovro eiaco rrj<i rdcppov.
Tovro) aired averrjv. Tovro earco. Kac tceXevec avrowi
bXeyeiv ravra toi? crrpariu>raL<; ) /cat, avaireideLv erreadat.
10. ToaouroL B eial irorap,oL Outo? p,ev Br) roiavra
eiire • fiera Be rovrov KXeap^o? e'nre rocrovrov. Toiavrt)v
e X 6T€ < yvu>H''>l v 7i"6/>i e/xov. Kat ol criparicorai ravrd eftov-
Xovro. Ovros Be 6 auTo? fceXevei.
10 11. Kal cive/io? f3oppa<; evavrio<; eirvei. Kal Xe'yere,
brav jSoppas rrverj, &)? icaXoi irXoi etaiv. Evvoi rjcrav.
.Hyelro B avrcov Tap,co$ AiyvTrrto? e£ Ecpe'aov. E7reiBj]
Be ea>9 eyevero, Bieftaivov rr\v yecpvpav. '/2? rd^iara ea>?
vTrecpaivev, eOvovro. ' Hv ol deoi IXeco cocriv.
XI.
15 1. Hfiel? e/cel 7rpo? ravra f3ovXevcrdp,e8a. 'E7reiBav
e/celcre eXdcop-ev, {3ovXevo~ofie0a. %v ovv, irpo<; decov, av/x-
fiovXevcrov ij/mv. Ol ^Kvdat rot-orai ero^evcrav. 'O 'Ava-
^ifiios^eicXeicTe tu9 irvXas. 'H/xas Bv^avrtov diroKXelaei.
E/caXecre row; ayyeXovs. KXeap^ov Be /cal elcrco irape-
zoKaXecre avpLfdovXov. Aicovaare ovv p.ov, irpo<i 6ewv.
HotcrT av a/covcrai/ju.
2. Eirefi'^e fie 'Apialos. IIe'p,yfrar€ avrovs Bevpo.
2vve7refxtyev avrrj arparicora<;. Upd^evo? avrbv fxere-
TrefxyJraTO. Etyovrat Kvpco. Eyco Be avTi/ca yi;co.
25 AXXa, p,a tou9 deovs, ovk eycoye avrovg Blco^co. E/celvos
Xeyei, on a%et avrovs irevre i)p,epcov et<? ^copiov, bdev
oifrovrai daXarrav. AiarpltyoLiev rrjv rrjfMepov i]fj.e'pav.
Ovk ap,ayei ravr eyco Xrjyjrofiai. Kal et? cpvyyv erpc^re
(L. 1.) VI. 5. 4: V. 4. 33. (2.) 1. 7. 16. (4.) H. G. 30:
II. 6. 18: I. 3. 14. (7.) VII. C. 35. (S.) VII. 2. 2. (9.) VII.
V. 7. 7. (11.) II. 6. 20. (12.) I. 4. 2: II. 4. 24. (13.) IV. 3. 9.
I. 3. 20: VI. 1. 33. (1G.) II. 1. 17. (17.) III. 4. 15: VII. 1. 3G.
11.3.3:1.6.5. (20.) V. 7. 5. (21.) II. 5. 15. (22.) II. 4. 16 ; 5. 41. (23)1.2.20:
III. 1. 4. (24.) 1.4. 13:11. 1.9. (25.) I. 4. 8: IV. 7. 20. (27.) IV. 6. 9. (23.) I. 7, 9;
8.24.
I. 8. 17; 4. 11.
(G.)
3. 3. (10.) IV.
5. 3:
(11 ) VI. 6. 32.
(1*0
(i-i vi. c. i:t.
(19.)
GREEK LESSONS. 23
tou? e%aKio-%cXlov<;. "Eirefxyfrev rjfia? r) crrparca irpo<; ere,
co KXeavBpe.
3. Ev re Xe'yere, Kal rrocr)o~w ravra. O Be avrco
Xeyei • " Mr) irocr\cTr)<i ravra." 'H<yrjcrofJ,aL Be avros eyco.
Kal croc av BrfXcocrco, bdev eyco rrepc gov aKOvco. Kvpov 5
Se iierarrepLrrerac airo 777? apyrjf, r]<; avrov crarpairrjv
eTrolrjcrev. " E-^rovrat vpuv, kcil rretpacrovrac pbCfxelcrOac.
Evravda Tcacracf>epvrj<; Kal oc aw avrco Kacecv erreyecpr)-
crav ra<i Kcofias. AXXa rovrov^ fiev oc Qeoc arrorcaacvro.
Akovco, Ae^cmrov Xeyecv 7rpo<i KXeavBpov, g>? ovk avw
€7roirjcr€v Ayaacas ravra, ec /xr) eyco avrov eKeXevaa.
4. EVrrev ovv Xevd^' " ^OpQm re Xe'yere, Kal eyco
rco vofico rco vpcerepco rrecaopiai" Edrjpevev airo cttttov,
oirore yvpevaaac ftovXocro eavrov re Kac rows nnrovs.
5. 'O Be ttXovs total eU ' HpaKXecav. XaXerrov earac 15
Kac pce'vecv Kal arroifkeiv • Kal yap ev ry yfj apyovac AaKe-
Bacfiovcoc Kat ev rrj OaXarrr] rov vvv ypovov.
6. EKiropcovac rrj arparca pecadov. Ov Bvvrjcrerac
rayecos rropeveaOac ■ cacos Be Kac rcov eircrrjBeccov arravcel.
' flpa Be /3ovXevea0ac, oVeo? <w? KaXXcara aycovcov/xeda. 20
Tp,a<;, orrorav yaXr]vrj fj, ep,j3c/3co. Ov pcayelrac BeKa
i][xepwv. Harra^ero avrov, to? arroTTXevaovpcevos rjBrj.
7. Mvpcovs eBcoKe BapecKov^. Kvpos B ecirev, " Ovk
apa en peayjerac, ec ev ravracs ov pcayelrac rals r)pcepac<; '
eav B aXr)6evarj<;, vrrcayyovpeae crot BeKa raXavra." Tov-25
ro ro ypvacov rore aireBcoKev, eirec iraprjxOov at BeKa
rjpeepac.
XII.
1. Elyov Be 6copa.Ka<; Xcvovs. KrjpvKa? eirepi-^re irepc
arrovBcov. IIpos rov<; &paKa<; eiroXepcrjaa. H yvvi]
avrov eirecaev. Kac rrepbTrovac KaXXtp,ayov ApKaBa. 30
(L. 1.) VI. 6. 20. (3.) VII. 1.22; 1.8. (4.) V. 6. 24. (5.) II. 5. 26: I. 1. 2. (7.) III.
1.36. (8.) III. 5. 3. (9.) III. 2.6. (10.) VI. 6. 15. (12.) VII. 3 39. (13.) I. 2. 7. (15.)
VI. 1. 33; 6. 13. (18.) V. 6. 19: II. 2. 12. (20.) IV. 6. 7. (21.) V. 7. S : I. 7. 16.
(22.) VII. 1. 8. (23.) I. 3. 3; 7. 18. (2S.) IV. 7. 15: II. 3. I. (29.) I. 3. 4; 2.26.
(30.) V. 6. 14.
24 GREEK LESSONS.
Kat tovto evvo-qcrare, oti em rat? Ovpais rfj<; 'EXXaBo<;
ea/xev. Ta Be a6Xa yaav aTXeyyiBes %pvaai. ' Ore Be
raina tjv, a%eBov fieaai rjaav vvtcTes.
2. Aapciov koi napvaciTiBos yiyvovTat 7rat8e? Bvo,
STrpeafivTepos fiev Apra^e'p^r]<;, veoiTepos Be Kvpos. 'EireX
Be r)cr6evei Aapelos Kat vrrcoTTTeve TeXevTTjV tov fii'ov,
efiovXero rco TraiBe cifitporepco trapeivat.
3. EirXeov ^piepav koI vvkto, TrveviiaTi KaXcZ. To Be
crrpaieu/Jia o atTos eireXnrev. HBiaT av uKovaatp.1 to
wovofxa. E7rec Be tovto eyeveTO, epyovTat 7rpo<> i)p.a<; oi
KepaaowTioi, kcli Xeyovai to Trpay/xa. Tats aairiat
7rpo? tci BopaTa eBovir'qaav. To yap eiTL^japL ovk e't^ev,
aXX aei ^a\e7ro? i\v Kal colios.
4. Kat oi aXXoi fxev Xo^dyoi awfjXOov, ol fiev aw
15 irpayfiaatv, ol Be avev irpayLiaTcov ' oi Be QpaKes, erret
evTv^rjcrav tovto to evTv^rjua, awefiowv Te aXXrfkovs, Kat,
avveXeyovTO eppco/xevoi 1 ? n/? vvkto?.
XIII.
1. TavTa eyco airayyeXw. 'O Be iraXiv rjpwTrjae •
" XirovBas ?; iroXeLiov airayyeXw ; " EvTavOa e/xeive
20 Kvpos ijLiepas TpuiKOVTa • Kat t]Ke KXeap^os 6 AaKeBat-
liovios <pvya<s. Ta%v tol vluv aTTOKpivovfiai. AireKpt-
varo KXeap^os. Kat ev Tavrq tjj App-i)vrj eptetvav oi
cTTpaTLcoTat i)LLepa<; irevTe. Ovk e/xeivav tovs 07r\tTa9.
2. Kat airoftaivovaiv eis KuXttt]<; Xtfie'va, KaTa fxeaov
•23 7T&J? Trjs 0paKT]s. Oi Be EXXrjves aw yeXwTt em tu?
aKTjva<i i]Xdov. Kat Xeyet, oti BapetKos cKaaTco eaTat
fxiaOos tov Lirjvos. AapetKov e/cacrro? otaet tov llijvos
vllwv • Xo-^ayo? Be to BittXow ' aTpaTrjyos Be to TeTpa-
ttXow. Tllwv Be tcov EXXijvwv Kat aTecpavov eKaaTW
3i)^pvaovv Bwaw.
(L. I.) VI. 5.23. (2.) I. 2. 10: III. 1. 33. (I.) I. 1. 1. (3.) VI. 1. 1 1 : I. 5. 6. (9.)
II. 5. 15. (10.) V. 7. 20. (11.) I. 8. IS. (12.) II. 6. 12. (11) VI. 3. 6. (18.) II.
1.03. (19)1.2.9. (21.) VI. 6. 31: II. 1.22. (22.) VI. 1. 17. (23.) IV. 4. 20. (24.)
VI 17 (25)1.2 19. (96.) TIL 6.1 (27.) VII. fi. 7. (29)1.7.7
GREEK LESSONS. 2b
3. Avo Xo-yot rov Me'vwvo? crrpaTevpiaros airoiXovTO.
Evdvs fieTa7re/j,776rai e/c XaXKijBovos <fipovpov<;. Hyep,ova
aWelv Kvpov. Ttj Be vcrrepaia avev rjye/jtovos eiropeuovro.
"EXeye Be KXedvcop. 'Evravda Brj Kvpov aTTOTefiverat rj
KecpaXi] Kai %«/? r\ Be^ui. ' Errep^-^ras irpos epte, w XevBrj, 5
et? XaX/crjBova Trpiorov MrjBocraBriv tovtovl. Kat e/ceXeve
KXeapyov fikv rov Be^tov Kepcos tjyelaOai, Mevcova Be tov
QerraXov rov evcovv/xov ' auTO? Be tow? eavrov Btera^ev.
4. Ucurepa ep,e eKaXetre. Ilapvaarts ptev Brj rj pbrvrrjp
inrrjpye ra> Kvpa). Tov avBpa opw. E<y(o, co avBpes io
"EXXrjves, yetrcov olkcd rrj 'EXXaBt. EvravOa Xeyerat
AttoXXwv eicBelpaL Mapavav. Zrj 6 avr\p. Tavia ot
o-rpari]yol Kvpw mrriyyeXXov • o B vir eo~yei o, avBpt
eKacrTa) Bcoaetv ireyre apyvpcov ptva<;, eirav et? BafivXcova
IjKOlCnV. 15
5. TerTapa crraBta BteiyeTijV tco (paXayye air aXXrj-
Xcov. '12 Kvpe, \ey overt Tives. 'EvvKrepevaav aalrot Kat
avev TTvpos ■ /cat evravOd rive? uttuiXovto tcov arpartco-
tQ>v. Xrpovdov Be ovBets eXa/3ev. Tiro-^nai ptev rjaav,
cpavepa Be ovBep,ia e<paivero eirt(3ovXr\. OvBets ijptapra- 20
vev avBpos. MrjBeis vptcov Xeyerco. HBtKrjcraptev tovtov
ovBev.
6. TV? ovtq) ptatverat, bans ov fiovXerat croi cptXos
elvai ; Ilptv BfjXov elvai, b rt 01 aXXoc EXXrjves a-Ko-
Kpivovvrai Kvpro. Mevcov Be, irpiv BrjXov elvai, rt ttoit]- 25
crovcriv ol aXXot o-rparicorai, irorepov eyjrovrai Kvpat 77 ov,
crvveXe^e to avrov arparevua %&)pt? rwv aXXcov, Kat
eXe£e raBe. Eme, riva yvco/xr/v €^ei<; irept rrjs iropeias.
7. Ae^are ovv Trpos p.e, rl ev va> eyere, <w? cpiXov re
Kat evvovv, Kat j3ov\oixevov Kotvf/ crvv vplv tov ctoXov 30
Troieladat. Avrat rjpoyrcov avrovs, rives elev. Xv ovv,
irpos Oewv, av^ovXevaov i]fuv, b rt croi Bokci KaXXiarov
(L 1.) I. 2. 25. (2.) VII. 1. 20: I. 3. 14. (3.) IV. 2. 24. (4.) II. 5. 39: I. 10. I.
(5.) VII. 2. 24. (6.) I. 7. 1. (9.) VII. 6. 33: I. 1.4. (10.) I. 8. 26: II. 3. 13. (11.) I.
2.8. (12.) V. 8. 10: I. 4. 13. (16.) I. 8. 17. (17.) I. 7. 5 : IV. 5. 11. (19-71.5.3:
II. 5. 1. (20.) III. 4. 15. (21.) I. 3. 15: VII. 6. 22. (23.) II. 5. 12. (21.) I. 4. 14.
(25.) I. 4. 13. (28.) II. 2. 10. (29.) III. 3. 2. (31.) IV. 5. 10 : If. 1. 17.
3
26 GKEEK LESSONS.
Kai apiarov elvai, Kai o croi rifArjv oicrei et? tov eirena
ypovov. O tl he Troirjaoi, ov hieayiprjvev. Orw hoKei
ravra, avareivarco T)\v yeipa.
8. Ei he Tis aXXo Spa /3e Xrlov, Xe^arco. ' flare tt}?
o i)fxepa<; bXr)<; hifjXOov ov rrXeov irevre Kai eiKoai o~Tahia>v,
aXXa heiXr)<; acpiKovro ei<? tu9 /coo/za?. IIXeiov<; i] hiayi-
Xioi. Kclkiovs eicri 7repc ?;/xa?, ?; 7)p,ei<} rrepi eKeivovs.
XIV.
1. EiaehvovTO a? row; 7roSa? ol ip,dvTe<;. 'O he aevo-
cp(ov tov p,ev apyovra rrj<i Koop.7]? ravrr}^ crvvhenrvov eiroi-
10 7jcraTO, /cat Oappelv aurov e/ceXevev.
2. IIavTe<; oi 7roXirai Kai ol irpoaywpoi avhpes /ecu
yvvaifces p-erelyov t?;? eoprrj<;. 'Hpyov he rore ttuvtcov
tcov EXXi]vcov oi Aaicehaipiovioi. Ov yap rjv yppTos,
ovhe aXXo ovhev hevhpov, aXXa ^iXrj i]v airaaa 1) ywpa.
!5 3. AvajSaivei ovv 6 Kvpos, Xaftcov Tio-aa<pepvr)v <y?
(piXov. 0£to? yap icai tt\v Trarpiha Karaiayyvei, kcli
iraaav ttjv EXXaha, on EXXrjv cov toiovtos ecniv. 'O
p,ev ovv 7rpea/3vTepo<i irapcov ervyyavev. Al he ireXrai
avrcov aXXore icai aXXore hiecpaivovro, yaX/cai ovcrai.
20 Eirei yap ijpepa eyevero, eiropevovro, ev he^ia e%ovT€<; rov
ifXiov, Xoyi^opevoi rfeeiv apa t]Xi(p hvvovri a? Kwpas tt/9
BafivXcovias %u>pa<;. Apia i)Xia> avareXXovri Ki]pvKas
eirepi-^re irepi airovhwv.
4. Akovctw; he ravra o <&aXivo$ eyeXaaev. 'O hi
2 ~> Kvpos vTToXafioov roy? (pevyovras, avX\e^a<; arparevpa,
eiroXiopKei MiXtjtov Kai Kara yijv Kai Kara OaXarrav.
Kai b? irpocreXOwv tw ^evOrj helrai, /a?/ airoKTelvai tov
iraiha. 'O h avqp avTrj? Xaycos foyero drjpaawv. E%e-
rr\ei &>? rroXepijo-cov to?? virep Xeppovj]crov Kai Ileptvdov
30 Gpaf-tv.
(L. 2.) II. 1.23: III. 2. 38. (1.) III. 2. 39; 3. 11. (6.) I. 3. 7. (7.) L 4. & <->l\
5. 14; 5. 2S. (11.) V. 3. 9. (12.) VI. G. 9. (13.) I. 6. 5. (15.) I. 1. 2. (16.) III. 1. 30.
(17.) I. 1. 2. (18.) V. 2. 29. (20.) II. 2. 13. (22.) II. 3. 1. (21.) II. 1. 13: I. 1. 7.
(27.) VII. 4. R. (38.) IV. B. 31: 11.8.8.
GREEK LESSONS. £1
5. TavTrjv fxev ovv ttjv rj/xepav avrov tjvXl^ovto eirt
tov aiycaXov rrpos ra> XifievL. To Be ywpiov rovro, b
KaXeircLL Kd\7T7]<i XifMi]V, ear i pcev ev rf} @ pater) tj} ev tij
Acrta • ap^ctfxevr) Be t] QpciKt] avTT) earcv airo tov crTOfia-
T05 tov Uovtov pe-ftpi 'HpaicXeias, eirL Be^ca et,<i tov Uov- 5
tov eLcrirXeovTi.
6. Nlkwv Tvyyavei. Kac apco~T(iovTi tw p,evo<j)a)VTL
nrpocreTpeyov Bvo veavio-/cco. Ogtls re trjv €7ri6vfiet, ttcl-
paaoco vlkciv ' tcov /xev yap vlkcovtcov to KaTaicaiveiv, tcov
Be rjTTcop,eva)v to a7ro0vr]o~K€LV eo~Tiv. Kac erre/x^e Tiva 10
epovvTa, otl %vyy eveaOaL avTco yjpy'Cpi. XvXXaiifiaveL
Kvpov CO? aTTOKTeVCOV.
I. HapvaaTis fiev Brj ?; p,r\Ti]p VKr)p n ^e tco Kvpco, <pt-
Xovcra avTOV LiaXXov r) tov ftaaiXevovTa ApTa^ep^rjv.
Tov B efxirpocrOev yjiovov e/c t??9 VLKtocrr]^ eirparTov iravTa 15
ol o~TpaTT]yot.
8. Xvv vlllv, otl av Ber/, 7relcTOfiai, O Be elirev, otl
a7reiaao-0aL (3ovXolto.
XV.
1. EvTavda 7]o-av to, BeXe'crvos ^acrlXeca, tov Xvpias
ap^avTos. Eirva^a Be, i] ^vevvecrios yvvi], rrpoTepa Kv-%)
pov irevTe i]{iepai<; et? Tapaovs acpc/ceTo. ETV%e Be Bca
[xeaov pecov tov ^copiov TroTafios ^eXlvovs ■ KaL ev Ecpeacp
Be irapa tov Trjs ApTefxiBos vecov SeXlvovs TroTa[xo<; nra-
pappet, Kac c%6ves Be ev afxcj)OTe'poL<; eveiaL kcll Koy^ac.
2. TavTa Be to. dijpia oi t7T7ret? evtOTe eBicoKov. Arj- 25
Xov i]V, otl eyyu? tcov /3acrt\eu? rjv. BacriXea ere eiroiT]-
crav. UopeveTaL &><? ftacrLXe'a. O B OpovTrjs, vopuaas
eToc/xov; eivai avTto tov? t7T7rea?, ypacpei eirLcrToXiiv irapa
f3acrLXea. KaL evTevdev Xev9rj<$ irepnreL A/3po£eX/jL7]v tov
eavTOv epfirjvea Trpo<; "BevocpcovTa, Kac /ceXeveL avTov naTa- 30
(L. 1.) Yl. 4. 1. (7.) n. 1. 8: IV. 3. 10. (3.) in. 2. 39. (10.) II. 5. 2. (11.) I. 1. 3.
(13.) 1.1. 4. (15.) VI. 1. 18. (17.) 1. 3. S: IV. 4. 6. (19.) 1.4. 10. (20.) I. 2. 25.
(21.) V. 3. 8. (25.) I. 5. 2: H. 3. 6. (26.) VU. 7. 22. (27.) I. 2. 4; 6. 3. (29.) VII.
6.43.
28 GREEK LESSONS.
fielvai irap eavTw. 3<pevBovr)Tcov re rrjv ra^icnrjv Bel
Kac nnrewv.
'■). Eirel Be ttuXlv i)Xde, Xeyet ti)v fiavreiai' tw 2co
Kparei. Kat rjBrj re i)v irepi 7rXrj0ovaav ayopav, kcli ep-
byovrat irapa fiacnXecos /cat Tiaaacpe'pvovs Ki)pvice<i • 01 pev
aXXoi jSapfiapoi, i)v B avrwv $aXlvo<; el; ' EXXrjv, 09 e~vy-
X ave irapa Tt,cro~a<pepv€i hv, /cal evTipco; ^X wv ' AXX
eireaOe ijyepcovi tco 'Hpa/cXel, Kat aXXi]Xov<; irapatcaXeLTe
ovopLacrn. Ev tovtois rot? xa>pioL<; ol KpfJTe; xpricrifMo-
lOraroL eyevovTO ' ypx € Be c-vtwv XTpaTOKXi); Kpi};. Ot,
arparriyoL tcov EXXijvcov e^evi^ov tov; tcov Xivcoirewv
Trpecrfiei;.
4. EvTevdev Be e^eXavvei tTTaOpov; Bvo, irapaaayya;
Betca, €£9 Qvpcftpiov, ttoXlv oiKovpevrjv. EvravOa i)v irapa
16tt)v 6Bov K.pi)vr] 1) MiBov tcaXovpevrj, tov $pvycov ftacriXew
€(p rj Xeyerat MiBa; tov Xarvpov drjpevaai, olvm fcepaaa;
auTip.
5. O Kvpos air eire pare tov; yiyvopcevov; Baa-pbov; fta-
aiXel €K tcov iroXecov, tov Tiaaacpepvi]; ervy^avev e^cwt'.
20 Kac avrr) av aXXrj irpocpaat; y)v avTco tov adpot^eiv arpu-
revpua. Einavda Kvpo;, XiXavov KaXeaa;, tov Ap./3pa-
KicoTrjv pav~LV, eBco/cev aura) Bapei/cov; Tpio~xiX 10 1*9.
6. ' Hv Be T779 xiovos to (SaOo; opyvia. Evda 8?) ol
pcev KapBov^oc, eKXnrovTe; tci<; oiicias, e^ovTe; icai yvvai-
tt/ca; Kat iralBa;, ecpevyov eiri tu bp-q. TeXo; Be eiirev.
Ei^ov Be iravTe; /cpavi] y^aX/cci, Kac x iTcova $ cpoivlKOv;, kcil
KvrjpuBa;.
7. Tovtov to evpo; Bvo irXeOpa. EvTavOa ycrav Ta
Xvevvetrio; (3aaiXeia, tov KlXikcov fiaaiXeco; • Bia peaij;
3>Be t?;9 7roX,e&)9 pel TroTapuo;, KvBvo; ovopca, evpo; Bvo irXe-
dpwv. AirayyeXXei, otl (pevyovcriv ava Arparo?. ' Hv
Be, oTe eTeXevTa, apcpi Ta irevTi]KOVTa err;. Ore Be <;—<.-
Owqcncev, tjv eTcov <09 TpcatcovTa.
<l.. 1) III. 3. 1G. (3.) III. 1. 7. (1)11.1.7. (7) \l ■"• .--I. (9.)17.S K. (10.)
\ . E. a - ,. (13.) I. 2. 13. (IS.) I. 1. 8. (90.) I. 1. 7. (21.) I. 7. 1<. (8 ■) IV E 1 ;
1.* 8. (25.) II. 3. 26. (20.) I. 2. 16. (26.) I. 2. 5 ; 2. 23. (31.) I. 10. 15 : II. 6. 15. (39.)
II. 6. 20.
GREEK LESSONS. 29
8. 'Ayla<; Be 6 'Ap/cas, kcll XcoKpaTris 6 A^dios, kcu
tovtco a7redaveTT]V. Tovtcov Be ovQ &>9 ev TroXefico kolkwv
ovBeis /careyeXa, ovt e? cpiXtav avrov? e/me/jLcpeTO * rjcrTrjv
Be d/xcpco afxcpl ra irevre /cat Tpia/covra cttj airo yevea<i.
9. 'Ev Be Tat9 oc/ccats rjcrav aiyes, ote?, ySoe?, opvlOes, &
icai, ra e/cyova tovtcov. Eve B ev tco tepco %wjo&) kcu
Xeipcov fcac aXarj /cat bprj BevBpcov /xeaTa, ucava Kat, crvs
fcac alya? kcu ftovs Tpecpecv.
10. EvTevOev ttj vcrTepaca avayojuevoo TrvevfiaTC eTrXeov
KCtXco i]fiepa<; Bvo irapa yrjv. Kac irapairXeovTes eOecopovv W
Tt]v t Iacrovlav clkttjv, evda t) Apyco XeyeTac opfiicra-
aval, /cat tcov iroTapLcov tcl crTopLaTa.
11. Kcu ev tovtco KXeavBpos acpLKvetTat, Bvo Tpiripeis
e%cov, irXolov B ovBev. AXXa Tama p,ev ^jrevBrj tjv.
Eiret B rjaav acpavevs, Btr}X6e Xoyo<;, otl BicoKei avTov<i 15
Kvpos Tpnqpecriv. Ol TroXe(iLOL iTnrecs epevyoven tcaTa tov
irpavovs. 'EttI Be to KaTepyd^eaOai ibv eiriOv/jbon], crvv-
TOfAcoTUTrjv coeTO 6Bov elvai Bia tov eiriopKeiv Te Kac yjrev-
Beadai /cat e^airaTav ' to B dirXovv Kai to aXr)6e<; evo/M^e
to avTO tco r}Xi6ico elvai. 20
12. XapaBpa to"xvpco<; fiaOeia. Ai B oiKiai t)crav /ca-
Tayeioi, to fiev aTOfia toenrep (fipeciTos, kutco B ev petal.
Kai r\v Be ttj aXrjOeiq, virep ^fiicrv tov oXov crTpaTevfiaTos
ApKaBe^ Kal A^aioi. Kvpos yap eTrefnre /3i/cou9 oivov
rjfiiBeel'i 7roXXa/a<;, OTroTe nravv t]Bvv Xa/3oi, Xeycov, otl 25
" ovirco Br\ iroXXov %povov tovtov ijBlovl oivco eiriTvyoi •
tovtov ovv aoi eirefi^e, Kai BeWai crov, Trjpiepov tovtov
eKirielv aw 015 /xaXicrTa cpiXeis."
13. Apidfios Be avpnraar]<; Trjs 6Bov T779 ava/3aaeco$ Kac
KaTajSao~eco<$, crradjioc BiaKocrioc BeKairevTe, irapacrayyaizo
■%iXt,ot eKaTov TrevTrjKovTa TrevTe, crTaBia Tptcrfivpia TeTpa-
Kio-%iXia e^aKocrta TrevTrjKovTa. Xpovov irXrjdos tt}*? ava-
j3acreco<i Kao KaTa/Bacrecos, eviavTos kol rpet? firjves.
(L. 1.) II. 6. 30. (5.) IV. 5. 25. (6.) V. 3. 11. (9.) VI. 2. 1. (13.) VI. 6. 5. (14.)
II. 4. 24. (15.) I. 4. 7. (16.) VI. 5. 31. (17.) II. 6. 22. (21.) V. 2. 3 : IV. 5. 25.
(23.) VI. 2. 10. (24.) I. 9. 25. (29.) VII. 8. 26.
3*
30 GREEK LESSONS.
XVI.
1. 'EvTevdev Be /carefiacvev et? rreBiov fieya kcu koXov,
eirippvTov, Kai BevBpcov iravToBaircov epnrXecov kcu, apsne-
Xcov ' 7ro\v Be feat o~7)crap.ov /cat fieXiVTjv /cat Key^pov Kai
7rvpovs /cat fcpidas cpe'pei. Opos 6° avTO irepie-^ei o%vpov
5 Kai wjrrj\ov iravTr) eic 6aXaTTrj<; ei? dakarTav.
2. Mera ravra Kvpos e^eXavvei ara0fxov<; Terrapas,
7rapacrayya<; eiKocriv, eiri tov XaXov iroTapiov, ovra to
evpos irXeOpov, irXrjpr] B i^Qvcov fieyaXcov Kai irpaecov,
ov? oi Xvpoi 9eov<i evopu^ov, Kai aBiteetv ov/c eicov, ovBe to.?
io Trephcnepas.
3. Ol Be (rrparicoraL cos elBov tov 'EevocpcovTa, Trpocr-
ttitttovctiv avTco 7roXXoc, Kai Xeyovai' " Nvv croc, e^eariv,
co aevocpcov, avBpi yevecrOai. Eyeis ttoXiv, e^et? rpnipeis,
fc X ei<? XP r H jLara > e X €L ^ av $P a< ? TocrovTovs. Nvv av, ei j3ov-
loXoio, av re rjpas ovrjcrais, kcu rjpieis ere /xeyav Tron]aaipev"
4. EBaKpve itoXvv xpovov. Oi Be KapBov%oi irvpa
TroWa eKatov kvkXco eiri tcov opecov. Kai vBcop ttoXv r\v
ei; ovpavov. ^rparo7reBevop,evcov B avTcov, yiyverai t?}?
vvktos Xicov 7T0XXrj.
20 5. OvTCO? UCplKOVTO €7Tl TO CTTpaTOTTeBoV TTUVTC^ acOOl
bvres. ' Hv Be tois jxev ocpOaXpol? eiriKovpripa t>;? %iovos,
ei tis pieXav ri eywv irpo tcov ocpdaXpcov iropevoiTo.
EdveTO tco Ail' tco BaaiXei. Ilefiyp-as FXovv e'nrev.
EvTavBa i]V 7ro\t? eprjfiri, peyaXr], ovo/xa B avTy Kop-
2o acoTi] ' irepieppeiTo B avTTj vtto tov MaaKa kvkXco.
6. 'EvTevdev e^eXavvei aTaOpov? Bvo, Trapaaayyaq
TrevTeKaiBeKa, ei<? Iaaovs, tj}? KiXiKias eayari]v ttoXiv
eiri tt) daXaTTT) oiKovpievrjv, p,eyaXr)v Kai evBaipova. Ev-
TavOa efieivav ijpepa? Tpeis • Kai Kvpco 7raprjaav ai €K
30 iieXo7rowi]CTOV vijes, TpiaKOVTa Kai irevTe, Kai err avTai<;
vavapxps TLvdayopas AaKeBaip-ovios. HyelTO B avTcov
(L. 1.) I. 2. 22. (G.) I. 4. 9. (11.) VII. 1. 21. (16.) I. 3. 2: IV. 1. 11. (17.) IV. 2. 2.
(18.) IV. 4. 8. (20.) V. 2. 32. (21-) IV. 5. 13. (23.) VII. G. 11 : I. 4. 10. (24 ) I. ?. 4.
(2G.) I. 4. I.
\
GREEK LESSONS. 31
Tctfzcos Alyv7TTto<; e'£ 'Etyeaov, e^w vavs erepas Kvpov
Tre'vre kclI eiKocnv, ah eiroXioptcet MiXtjtov, ore Tccrcracpep-
vec (pi\r) ijv, teat avverroXepbet Kvpw irpos avTov. Ilapfju
Be /ecu Xeipto-ocpos 6 AarceBaifiovios eiu twv vecov, p-era-
7reyu,7TT09 inro Kvpov, eTTTaKOcriovi eywv onrXiTas, cov ecnpa- 5
Triyet nrapa Kvpai. Al Be vrjes wpjxovv irapa tt\v Kvpov
aK7]VT]V.
XVII.
1. *EvTev6ev S' e7ropeu0r]aav ol ' EXXyves Sta Ma/cpw-
vo)V <TTa0fiov<; Tpet?, -rrapacrayyas Bexa ' rr/ 7rpcoTr) Be
i']/j,e'pa cMpLKovro e7Tt tov irorapbov, b? topi^e Ti]V twv Ma- ic
KpWVWV Kal T1]V TWV XkvOIvWV. ToVTCp TO) TpOITW 6770"
pevOrjo-av o-raO/iovs Terrapas • fjvt/ca Be tov jrepbiTTOV eiro-
pevovTo, elBov fiaaiXeiov tl, Kau irept avTo Kwpca<; iroXXas.
OvB' aXXos Be twv 'EXXrjvwv ev TavTr) tyj fia%r) eiradev
ovBels ovBev, ttXijv ewt tw evwvvp.a> TO^evdrjvac Tt? eXeyeTO. 15
2. KaTeTre'fupdr) vtto tov 7raTpo<; o-aTpaivr]^ AvBiaq.
Haw oXiyoi dp, ft avTOV KaTeXei(f)di]o-av. EvTevQev av-
Opwrroi p,ev irdvv oXcyot eXricpOrjaav, ySoe? Be Kat ovoc
ttoXXoI Kal TrpofiaTa. 2vXXri<^6r\o-eTai.
3. Tocyapovv tcpaTLcnot Br] virrjpeTac iravT0<i epyovzo
Kvpw eXe'^drjcrav yeveaOau To 7rpa^6i]aeTai, ; O Be
KXeapxps a/covcras eTapa^drj a(f)o8pa icac e(j)oj3et,To.
^ETiL-^O^aav ovv eirt T€TTapcov • ei%e Be to puev Be^tov
Me'vwv Kal ol aw avT(p, to B evwvvpLov KXeap^os Kat ol
eKecvov, to Be p,eaov ol aXXoL cTpaTTjyoi. 25
4. IIoXXaKis Be xfivas r]p,t(3pwT0v$ 'iirepLTre, Kal apTwv
i)p.laea, Ka\ aXXa ToiavTa, entXeyeiv KeXevwv tov cf>epovTa'
" Tovtols rjadr] Kvpo<; • fiovXeTai ovv Kat ae tovtwv yev-
aaaOai." HvayKaadrjv BiwKeiv. QwpaKes avTois eiro-
pecrdrjerav. 3e
5. Kal XeyeTac Berjdrjvai, 1] KiXiaraa Kvpov, eircBel^ac
(L. 8.) IV. 8. 1. (11.) III. 4. 23. (14.) I. 8. 20. (16.) I. 9. 7. (17.) I. 8. 23: IT.
7. 14. (19.) VII. 2. 14. (20.) I. 9. 13. (21.) VII. 6. 8: II. 4. 18. (23.) I. 2. 15. (26.)
I. 9. 26. (29.) III. 3. 12 ; 3. 20. (31.) I. 2. 14.
32 GREEK LESSONS.
to arparev/xa airrf). 'O K\eap%o<> ovk rjdeXev cnroo-Trd-
crai, airo tov irorafMov to Be^Lov /cepas, <po/3ovfievo<; fit)
KV/cXcoOeir] e/caTepcodev • tw Be Kvpw aireicpivaTO, otl clvko
fieXoL, O7rc0<; koXcos €%ol. Kac /caTetcavdr) iraaa i] 7roAt<r.
6 6. AeiaavTes p-i] a7roK\,€ia6eirjaav, cpevyovcnv aua icpa-
to<;. AvafMVi]cr0r}Te ydp, ev tto'lols tlol 7rpayp,aaLV 6vre<;
€Tvy%aveT€. Tote Br) kcll eyvwaOrj, otl ol ftapftapoi tov
avdpwirov vTroTtprifaiev.
7. EvTevQev 6 'HpaKXeiBrji; rj^decrOr} Te, koi eBeicre firj
10 e/c Trj<i Xevdov (piXias €K{3\7]deir]. Ol fiev Br) o-TpaT7]yol
o'vTOi \T)<p9evTe<>, avrj-^Otjaav <w? /3ao~i\ea, kcll a7TOT/j,7]9ev-
T69 Tas K€(pa\a<; CTekevTijcrav.
8. $apvaj3a£a> TrapaBo6r]creTaL. Kai oTe e£ E<pe'crov
Be copfiaTO Kvpw o~vaTadj]o~op,evo<>, aeTov avep,Lp,V7]aK€T0
15 eavTU) Be$;Lov <p6eyyo/j,evov.
9. Ty vaTepaia ovk ecpavrjcrav ol iro\ep,LOL, ovBe ttj
TptTT). <&avrjTe tu>v Xo^dywv apLCTOi. Ol Be GTpaTLw-
tcil o-v\\eyei>Te<; efiovkevovTo, ttjv Xoltttjv iropeLav irorepov
Kara yrjv 7} fcciTa OakcLTTav %pi) iropevdirvaL etc tov Uov-
20 tov. E/3ov\evop,e6a %vv tol'J KepacrovvTiois., onccs av
TCKpeLtjcrav ol twv EXXrjvcov veicpoL.
10. EireL Be rjaav €7tl to2<; 0vpa,L<; rat? TLacracpe'pvov?,
ol fiev aTpaTTjyoL irapeKKrjOrjaav eto-Q), IIpd^evo<; Bolcotw?,
Mevwv QeTTcCkos, AyLa<5 Ap/cas, K\e'ap-%o<; Adfceov, %u>-
25 KpaT7]<i AyaLos ' ol Be Xo^dyoL eiTL tclls dupais ep.evoi>.
Ov iroWoi Be vaTepov, airo tov clvtov arj/xeiov, ol t evBov
%vve\ap,fiavovTO, kcil ol eifco KCLTeKoirrjcrav.
XVIII.
1. O fiev aVTjp TOLCLVTCL fXeV TreTTOLTJKe, TOICLVTO, Be
\eyei. Ol yap Tro\ep,LOL avaTedappr\Kao-LV. Ol Be iro-
3oXe/uot eTL(opKi]KdcrL Te, kcil tu<; cnrovBtis kul tov? bpKov?
\e\v/cdaLV. Eyov ae, co 4>a)uve, acrfievos ewpdtca, olfiai
(L. I.) I. 8. 13. (4.) V. 2. 27. (5.) IV. 3. 21. (6.) VII. 6. 21 (7 ) II. 4. 22.
(9.) VII. 6. 6. (10)11.6. I. (13.) VII. 2. 1-1: VI. 1.23. (16.) III. 4. 37. (17.) III. 1. 21 :
VI. 2. 4. (20.) V. 7. 20. (22.) II. 5. 31. (23.) I. 6. 9. (29.) VI. 1. 12 : III. 2. 10. (31.1
n. i. is.
GREEK LESSONS. 33
Se tcai ol aXXob rravre^. Kvpos Se, e^cov ov<? eLprjrca,
wpp.aro uirb XdpSeoav. 'H p,ev yap evra^ia aai^eiv SoKel,
i) Se ara^ia ttoXXovs r/Sr) mroXcoXeKev.
2. AiroXeXobiTdabV ?y/xa9 Sevta? Kab Ilaaicov. Bacri-
Xevs vbKav i/yelrab, eireb Kvpop aireicrovev. Kab crrriXi] 5
eaTT}Ke irapa rov vaov, ypapi/xara eyovaa. Ebab p^ev yap
■)j&i] eyyi/9 al ^XXrjVbSes 7roXet? • tj/9 he EXXaSos Aaice-
Saifiovioi TrpoecrTi]/cdcnv. UporjyeiaQe ri]v irpos toi/9
evavTiovs, a>9 firj ear^Kcofiev, erreb 0)(p8r)/xev Kab ebho/iev
tow; TroXepblovs. 10
3. Evda St] rrpocrepyerab tm aevotycovrb rwv rreXra-
arcov Tb<i avr/p, AQr\vr)Gb (paaKcov SeSovXevKevab, Xeywv, orb
ybyvwcKOb rrjv (fxovrjv rwv avdpcojrcov. Tlpbv Se irevreicab-
Se/ca araSba SbeXyXvOevab, evervyov t]Srj veKpols.
4. Mera ravra ovre £aWa Opovnjv ovre re6vt]Kora 15
ovhe\<i eiSe rroyjrore, ovS o7r&)9 aireOavev ovSebs etSw? eA,e-
yev ' ebica'Cpv Se aXXob aXXa><; • racpos Se ovSeb? irwizore
avrov ecpavrj. Atcovcra<; ravra o KXeavSpos elirev, orb
Ae^birrrov fiev ovk e-nabvobn], eb ravra rre'irobrjKw<; en], Trj
S' varepaba v\Kev ayyeXos Xeycov, orb XeXobTroos ebij Xvev-20
veabs ra arcpa, erreb yodero orb to Mevcovos arparevfia 7]St]
ev KbXbKba i)V €bcra> rwv opecov. IIavre<z Se ojovro airoXoi-
Xevab, a>9 iaXooKvias rf}? TroXeco^. A/xa Se rrj ^/xepa et/co?
tou9 7roXefjLbov; i]%eiv.
5. T01/9 re TroXefibovs eTrerrobr\Keaav dpacrvrepow;. Eb-2b
Xi](f>eo-av rrpofiara iroXXa. Ereoviicos ebo~ri]iceb rrapa ra<i
7rvXa<;. Kat, Xebpbcrocpos fiev ^Srj rereXevrr\Keb, (fiap/xatcov
TTbG)v, rrvperroiv • ra S eicebvov Newv o Acrbvaloq rrape-
Xaftev. Kab aXXos avaf3e/3i]K€b, Kab rjX(OKeb ro yjopbov, a>9
eSoKeb. "XvvefiovXevaev ovv avra> 6veo~6ab Kada ebcodeb, 30
Xbr(oviaKov<; Se eveSeSvKeaav vrrep yovarcov.
6. TLavd t][u,v Trerrob^rab. ' fl Oavjiaabwrare avOpw-
(L. 1.) I. 2. 5. (2.) III. 1. 33. (4.) I. 4. 8 : II. 1. 11. (5.) V. 3. 13. t6 ) VI. 6. 12.
(8.) VI. 5. 10. (11.) IV. 8. 4. (13.) VI. 5. 5. (15.) I. G. 11. (18.) VI. 6. 25.
(19.) I. 2. 21. (22.) VII. 1. 19. (23.) III. 1. 13. (25.) V. 4. 18: VI. 6. 5. (26.) VII.
1.12. (27.) VI. 4. 11. (29.) V. 2. 15. (30.) VII. 8. 4. (31.) V. 4. 13. (32.) I. 8. 12 :
III. 1. 27.
34 GREEK LESSONS.
ire, crv ye ovBe opwv yiyvaya/ceis, ovBe a/covcov fiefivrjaai.
Ottw; ovv eaeade avBpes a£ioi t>/9 eXevdepias, ?;? k6ktt)-
ade, kcli virep 779 tyi-a? eyco evBaip-ovt^a). Oarcs re vllwv
Tou? oiKeiovs €7ri6ufiel iBelv, p.ep,vr]cr0a) avrjp ayaOos eivac ■
5 01/ <yap eaTiv aXXct)? rovrou rv^eiv • bans re ffiv erndv-
Ltel, TretpaaOo) vacav.
7. 'Op,oXoye7<; ovv, irepl e/xe ciBiKO? yeyevrjcrOac ; ' flare
eycoye, e£ cov cikovco, ovBeva tcpivco vtto irXeiovcov ire<piXr]-
crQai ovre EXXrivcw ovre ftapftdpcov. Nvv fiev ?;pa9
lOvwayerat [xeveiv, Bia to Biecnrdpdat, avrco to arparev/xa.
8. Ac Be Kco/xai, ev ai$ eo~Kr\vovv, IlapvaaTcBof yaav,
et? %a>v7]v BeBopcevac. Mera ravra 7reptep,evov TicrcrcKpep-
vr\v oi re EXXrjve? kclI Apcalos, eyyv<i aXXijXcov earparo-
TreBevpcevoc, rjfiepas TrXeiovs ?) eacocnv. Ovtos Be rerayp-e-
15 j/09 ervyyavev eirc too evcovvp-w, rov cwkikov ap%a>v • a>9
B r/adero Kvpov 7re7rra>Kora, ecpvyev. ETrecBt] Be ea>?
eyevero, Bce/3atvov ttjv ye<pvpav, e^evypcevrjv ttXoiois rpca-
Kovra icac ewra.
9. Eyco avrov elBov, oiairep AvBov, aLuporepa ra cora
^OTerpvTrrj/xevov. ' Afia B eBettje avvrerpcpbLLevovi av6pa)7rov<;
tcai o~fce\r] teat TrXevpas. Ilopevofievoc B evrvyyavovac
Xo<pcp inrep t^? 6Bov KaTeiXrip,p,ev(p vtto tcov 7roXep,lu>v, 01/9
rj a7rofcoy}rat, rjv avay/crj, r) Bce£ev%6ac anro tcov aXXoov
EWrjvcov.
^5 10. Kal e7rel ij^drjo-av irapa aevocpcovra, epoora av-
tou9, ec irov rjaOijvrai aXXov arparev pharos ovtos 'EXXtj-
vikov. Oc Be eXeyov iravra ra yeyevrjpeeva, icai vvv on
7roXiopKovvrai eirc Xo<pov, oi Be Gpaices 7ravre<; irepifcefcv-
rcXoopcevoc ecev avrovs.
w 11. ETen/jirjTO yap viro Kvpov Bi, evpouw re Kal
7Tio-roT7)7a. Ai ocKiai kvkXio TTepiecTTavpcDVTo /xeyaXoci
CTTavpols tu>v 7rpo/3aTO)V hveica. Ol yap p,avrei<i a-rroBe-
Beiy/xevoc i)o~av, bri p-a-^rj p,ev earai, to Be reXo? xaXbv
(L. 2)1. 7. 3. (3.) III. 2. 39. (7.) I. 6. 8 j 9. 28. (9.) II. 4. 3. (11.) I. 4. 9. (13.)
II. 4. 1. (14.) I. 9. 31. (1G.) II. 4. 24. (19.) III. 1. 31. (20.) IV. 7. 4. (21.) IV. 2.
10. (25.) VI. 3. 10. (30.) I. 8. 29. (31.) VII. 4. 14. (32.) V. Q. 9.
GREEK LESSONS.
35
•7-77? egdBov. Al irvXat e/ceKXeivro, Kal eirl rwv rec^wv
birXa ecpaivero.
12. 'EvrevOev Bce'-n-Xevaav eU Ad/i^raKov Kac arravra
rco aevocpoovrc EvKXeiBrjs /idvris <&Xido-to<;, 6 KXeayopov
fio? rov rd evvirvta ev Avkslw yeypacfioros. Ovtos avvi]- 5
Bero rco aevocpcovTi,, on eaeacocrro " icai r)pwra avrov,
iroaov ^pvaiov eyei.
13. Kal dp,a ravra irocovvrcov rj/xcov evOvs Apiaios
dcpearrj^et ' ucrre (piXos rj/juv ovBels XeXeiyjrerai. Eo yap
riva dXXrjXois fid^rjv crvvd-^ere, vop,i£ere, ev rr/Be ry rjfxepa, 10
6/ze re KaraKeKo^eaOai, Kal v/Acis ov ttoXv e/iou varepov.
XIX.
1. Ol fiev fxerd 'Apialov ovKeri laravrai, aXXa <pev-
yovcriv. 'AXXa p,r)v Kal rovro ye eirajracrOe, ore fiopeas
p,ev e£co rov Ildvrov et? rrjv 'EXXciBa cpepei, votos Be etcrco
eU <&ao~iv ' Kal Xeyere, brav floppd? irverj, w? KaXoc 7rXoli5
elcrcv eU tj)v 'EXXaBa. 'AXX* eyco <j>r)fu, ravra p,ev (pXv-
aplas elvat. Kal IdcrOai avrb? ro rpavfia cprjcriv. A/ia
Be rrj r)pbepa crvveXddvres ol arparr\yoi edavp.a'Cpv, on
Kvpo<? ovre aXXov ire'/XTroi arjfxavovvra, b ro %pr) rroielv,
ovre auro? <paivoi.ro. 20
2. Tcov Be Me'vcovos arparicorcov %vXa cryj.'Cpv Tt?, to?
elBe rov KXeapyov BieXavvovra, irjcri rrj agivrj. ' Hv ovv
acocppovrjre, rovrov ravavria irocqcrere, rj rovs Kvva<; rroi-
ovai • rovs /xev yap Kvvas rovs ^aXeTrov^ Ta? fiev rjp,epa<;
BcBe'dcn, rds Be WKras acfiidcrt • rovrov he, i~\v acocppovfjre, 25
rrjv WKra p,ev Brjcrere, rrjv Be ojp.epav acprjaere.
3. AlBcoai Be avrco Kvpos p,vptov<; BapeiKovs. Kac rov
rjyefxova Brjcravre*; irapaBiBodcriv avrols.
4. , AXXt]Xol<; o-vp,puyvvacnv. Kac avrov re rov -S/u-
Kprjra airoKrivvvaai, Kat, rovs aXXov<; rravras. 1 a err]- 30
p,eia BeiKvvovcrt rrjs Kara/3ao~ea)S. Tovro Be Xeyovro?
(L. 1.) VI. 2. 8. (3.) VII. 8.1. (3.) II. 4. 5. (9.) I. 5. 16. (12.) I. 10. 1. u3.)
V. 7. 7. (16.) I. 3. 18. (17.) I. 8. 26 : II. 1. 2. (21.) I. 5. 12. (22.) V. 8. 24. (27.)
II. 6. 4 : IV. 2. 1. (29.) IV. 6. 24 : VI. 3. 5. (30.) VI. 2. 2. (31.1 III. 2. 9.
36 SBSBK LESSORS.
avrov, irrdpvvTai Tts • uKovaavre^ B ol crrpciTicoTcu, ttuv-
T69 fxia op/Jir) TrpoaeKvvrjaav rov 6eov.
5. Kpavyrj 7roX\rj eiridcnv. Hp.el<;, rjv acocppovcopei',
aTTifiev evrevOev e/c rrjs tovtcov €7riKpaTeta<;. E^ayyeX
sXei Ti? rco aevocpoyvrc, art., ei etcreicn, avXXrj(p8i]aerai.
(). Kvpos Be, ■tyiXiiv eycov tijv KecpaXijv, et? tx\v piii-^qv
Kadiararo. Ovtc eBvvaro KadevBeiv. EvrevOev erropev-
ovto Co? eSvvavTO Tu-yio-ra. Ek tovtov nevocpwv avi-
arcncu, ecncCXpLevos eiri 7roXep.ov co? eBvvaro KaXXtara.
10" Epcora roivvv" e<f>V> " avrovs, ri avTiTerayaTai, kcu
Xpy^ovcriv rj/j,iv TrokepLLOt, elvai." ( f2<; avros ecprjada.
Tavra enrcov, err^peTO rov MrjBocraBrjv, ei aXi)6fj rain
eir) ' 6 B ecprj. Eiri]peTO avrov, a oirXnevoi ■ ov/c ecprj.
7. Ov/cert, eireridevTo oi iroXepuot rot? tcaTa/3aivovai,
15 SeSoucoTes pn] a7roTp,7]6eirjcrav. PL-tyavres yap tou? irop-
(pvpovs KavBvs, ottov ervyev tvcacxTO? €ctt?;/c609 3 icvTO, coc-
Trep av Bpapboi Ti9 irepl vIkt]<;. Kcu tu> Kcofiup^rj eBiBoaav
Xap,/3aveiv, b tl fiovXoiro. Kat puadov fiev ovtc eBcBov
6 Ava%i(3io<;. Mera ravra eBcBojo Xeyeiv t&> fiovXopLevco.
20 8. Kat cnrorepLOVTes ra<> KecpaXa? tcov ve/cpcov, e7reBei-
Kvvcrav tcu9 re EXXijcrt Kat, toi9 eavTcov 7roXep.ioi<>, /cat ap.a
e^opevov, vopuo iivi aBovres. ' Hv Be %tcov ttoXXi), kcu
-v|ti)^09 ovtcos coare ro vBcop, b ecpepovro eiri Benrvov, eiri)-
yvvro. OvBeis airrjet 7rpo9 fiacriXea. TpLets Be ovk fjTe
25ei9 r?]voe Ti]v %topav.
9. Ol Be TToXepuoi, 609 yp^avro 6eiv, ovKert, eaTTjcrav,
(t\\a cpvyr] aXXo9 aWrj eTptnrero. Kat ap.a ravr enriov
avecnr). Kvpos B ovv avejSr) ein to bpr). S2q B av€f3i)-
crav, dvcravTes kcu rpoircuov cnrjaapievoL, KaTe{3i]aai> et9
30 to ireBiov, kcu et9 K(opLa<; iroWwv kcu aja6tov <yep.ovaa<i
lfk.6oV. A<filKOVTO 619 TU9 Ko)p,a<; ' kcu uiTpovs KOTeaTI]-
crav oktco, ttoWol yap jjcrav oc Terpuip-evoi.
(!.. :i.) I. 7. 4: VII. 6. 42. (1) VII. 2. 11. (G.) I. 8. C. (7.) III. 1. 11 ; 1. II.
(8 ) III. 2. 7. (10.) IV. B. .'.. (II.) VII. 7. 9. (12.) VII. 2. \ . B. 5. (14.)
III. •!. v.K (ir>.) I. 5. B. (17.) IV. 5. :ij. (18.) VII. 1.7. (19.) VII. :t 13. (BO.) V. 4.
17. (22.) VII. 4. 3. (21.) I. H. 20: VII. 7. fi. (86.) IV. -. I?. (W I HI. 1 17. (88.)
1.2. 22: IV. G 27. (81.) Ill
GREEK LESSONS. 37
10. Ot 8e oirklrat edevTo ra oirXa. To7<; TeXevTatot?
eireOevTO, kcu aireKTeivav Tivas. E7ret8i] 8e ?; 6vo~ta eye-
vsto, ra Bep/xara irapehoaav ra ApaicovTMp. Ewet Se
ravTa eKTjpv^drj, eyvcocrav ot arpariuirai, otl tcevos o <po-
/3o<? etrj, /ecu ot apyovres crwoi. Kat nnrot r]Xo)o-av et? 5
eifcocn, Kat r] cr/cr/vr) ?) Ttpt(3a£ov eaXco. Kvpos re KaTairrj-
Srjcra? amo tov apptaTos, tov Ooopdfca eve8v.
1 1 . Kvpos 8e, crv yKaXeaa<; tou? crTpaTijyovs, etirev •
" AiroXeXotTrdcT tv i]pta<? Eewa? Kat Uaatwv • aW ev ye
ptevTot €7rtaracr0cocrav, brt ovtc airo8e8paKacrtv, oiSa yap io
otttj ot-^ovrat ' ovre airoire^evyaatv^ e^co yap rptr)pet<>,
ware eXeiv to eKetvwv Tr^o'cov."
12. Hevocpoov 8' eiret elSe Xappttvov Kat JJoXvvIkov,
" Tavra," ecpT], " Kat aecrwarat 8t vfias rrj aTparta, Kat
TrapaStSco/it avra eyco vplv ' vptets 8e Stadeptevot StaSore 15
Ty cnpaTta." Idt Srj, avaptvrjadrjTt, 7ra>9 pteya iqyov lore
Karairpa^aadat, a vvv KaTacrTpe-^raptevo? e^et?. Nvv ptev
ovv airtre, KaTaXtirovTes rovSe tov avSpa • brav 8 eya>
KeXeuao), irapeare 7rpo<? ttjv Kptatv. AXXa tovTcov, etSo-
re? brt KaKtovs elal irepl i]p,a<;, t) spiels irept eKetvovs. 2C
13. /2? 8 rjv T]Xto<i eirl Svcrptals, avecrrrjcrav ot EXXr)-
ves, Kat etirov, ort wpa vvKTO(pvXaKa<; Kavtaravat, Kat avv-
Orjpta irapahtBovat. Kat reXevrcov e-^aXeiratvev • ot 8e
o-(paTTetv eKeXevov • ov yap av 8vvao~6ai. iropevdrjvat. To
8e o-Tparevpta 6 crtro? eTreXt-we, Kat irptaaOat ovk rjv, et /LM725
ev rrj AvSta ayopa, ev ra> Kvpou (3ap{3aptKa>. Eyco ovv
<pyp>c, vptas ^prjvat 8ta/3fjvat rov Evcpparrjv 7roraptov.
14. Kal tou9 Twv 'EXXtjvcov o-rparr]yov<; eKeXevev
07rXtTa? ayayetv, tovtovs 8e OecrOat to brrXa Trept ttjv
avrov crKrjvrjV. T?]v BtKrjv e<pr] ^prj^etv eirtOelvat avra>. 30
Ovk ijdeXe row? <pevyovra<; irpoeaOat.
15. Evravda acptKvelrat 'Errva^a, r\ Xvevveato<i yvvr],
rov KiXtKcov /3acrtXea)9, irapa Kvpov • Kat eXeyeTo K.vpw
(L. 1.) V. 2. 19: IV. 1. 10. (2.) IV. 8. 26. (3.) II. 2. 21. (5.) IV. 4. 21. (G.) I. 8. 3.
(9.) I. 4. S. (13.) VII. 7. 50. (16.) VII. 7. 27. (17.) VI. 6. 26. (19.) I. 4. 8. (21.)
VII. 3. 34. (23.) IV. 5. 16. (24.) I. 5. 6. (26.) I. 4. 14. (28.) I. 6. 4. (30.) I. 3. 20.
(31.) I. 9. 9. (32 ) I. 2. 12.
4
38 GREEK LESSONS.
hovvat xpjifiara 7roXXa. flare copa Kat aot eirthetKvv-
adat Ttjv irathetav. TV? yap eOeXijaet K7]pv£ te'vat, Kjjpv-
/ca? aweKTOvux; ; Avros he ovk ecprj tevat.
16. AteXeyovro re eauTOi?, Kal eyeXcov e<p* eavrols,
5 /cat (opxovvro e(piarap.evot, orrov rv^otev, loarrep aXXois
eirthetKvvptevot. Kal dva(3dvre<; erit rovs nnrovs, oy^ovro
arreXavvovres ft? to eavroiv arparorrehov. Kai hehotKa,
fj,rj avaravre<; aOpoot rrov naicov rt epyaacovrat ot 7roXe-
pttot. Tr}<; vvKTOf a7ro$pa<; (pyero.
io 1 i. EfxeXercov ro^eveiv dvw levres fiaxpav. 'Evravd'
eptetvav ?//xepa? eirra • icai Hevtas 6 ApKas arparr\yo<i Kat
Uaatwv o Meyapevs, eptfiavre? et? ttXolov, kcu ra rrXet-
arov a£ta evdeptevot, arrerrXevaav. Tovs ptev 07rXira<;
avrov exeXevcre p,eivat, ra? aartlha^ rrpo<i ra yovara de'v-
15 ra<$. A/covaavres ravra, /cat he^ias hovres /cat Xa/3ovre<;,
amfXavvov • Kat rrpo i]p,epa<; eyevovTO errt ru> arparorrehco.
O ptevrot aevocpwv, avayvovs tj]v eiriaroXrjV, avaKotvov-
rat 2,a>Kparet rco Adrjvauo irepi tjJs iropetas. ^Eiropev-
ovro eyovres ijyeptova rov dXovra dvOpcowov.
20 18. Kat dveptos (3oppd<i evavrios errvet, rravrdiraatv
arroKatcov rravra, Kat 7TTjyvv<; rovs avOpunrovs. Tavra he
Xeycov, OopvjBov ijKovae hta rcov ra^ewv tovros, Kat ypero,
rt<i o 0opv/3o<> ett], fltj(ero t?5? vvktos airtwv. EhoKet
yap, et9 rrjv errtovaav ea> ■yj^etv fiaatXea aw ru> arparev-
25/xart pta-^ovptevov.
19. Ta<i he corthas, av Tt? Tct^y aviarrj, eart Xapt/3a-
vetv ' rterovrat yap fSpa-^y, toawep 7re'phlKe<i, kcu ra-^y
arrayopevovat' ra he Kpea avrwv ojhtara i)v. Heipu-
aoptat, b rt av hvvco/iat, vpas ayaOov rroielv. ETrefiyjre
30/xe Apiatos Kat Apraofa, irtarot bvres Kvp(p Kat vp.iv
evvot, Kat KeXevovat (pvXarreadat, pu) vpuv e-mOccvrat r^
vvKros ot ftapfiapof eart he arparevp-a rroXv ev rr.) ttX?;-
atov irapahetaco.
(I.. 1.) IV. G. 10. (2.) V. 7. 30. (3 ) I. X 8. (1 ) V. 1. 34. (G.) VII. G. 42. (7.) VII.
T 47. (0.) IV. G. 3. (10.) HI. 4. 17: I. I. 7. (13.) I. 5. 13. (15.) VII. 3. 1. (17.) III.
1.5. (K) IV. 4. 19. (20.) IV. 5.3. (21.) I. 8. 16. (23.) IV. 7. 27 : I 7.1.
5. 3. (28.) VI. 1, a3. (29 ) II. 1 16.
GREEK LESSONS. 39
20. Kat ovk ecpacrav tevat, eav fit] T£? avrol^ y^pr\fiara
8t8co. flare ov rovro 8e8otKa, ptrj ovk e%(o b rt 8w ercd-
cttw ra>v (piXwv, av ev yevi]rat, aXXa pi] ovk e-^co tfcavovs,
ot? &+). Eirel 8e e^rfkdov, 6 ' 'Ava%t(3io$ eKXeiae rds irv-
Xa$, Kat €K7]pu^ev, bcrri<; av aXa> evBov (ov rwv arpartoi- 5
rcov, brt rrerrpdaerai. Kat vfxet<; fxev fir) eK8a>re fie, eyu>
8e eptavrov, coairep aevocpcov Xe'yei, Trapacr^aco Kpivavrt
KXeav8pcp, b rt av /3ou\r)rat, rroirjaat. Icofiev errt rovs
avSpas. £eudr)<i 8e (prjcrtv, av rrpos eKeivov trjre, ev ttoit]-
cretv vfias. 10
21. Tavr eyco earrev8ov, Kat 8td rovro ere ov% vrrepe-
vov, et 7ra)? SvvacpiTjv (pOaaat, rrptv KareiXrjcp6at rrjv vrrep-
(So\r]v ' ot 8 i]yefj,ove<5, ovs e%op.ev, ov <pao~iv elvat aXXrjv
68ov. XvyKaXeaavre^ toi/? arparr]yov<; e(3ovXevovro, brrws
av KaWtara 8iaf3atev, Kat row? re efiirpocrOev vtKtoev Kat 15
vtto rwv oTTiadev ptrjhev rraayotev KaKov.
22. ' Ottios <po/3ov evBetrf Kat akXot^. TeXos a7re8et-
%avro ot fiavrea rravres yvcofi-rjv, brt ov8afirj rrpoatOLVro
ot deot rov rroXefiov. ErreBet^ev avrov, brt rrept rrXetarov
rrotolro, et rep arretcratro, Kat et ra> avvdotro, Kat et rcp20
vrroo-yoiro rt, firjBev tyevBeadai.
23. Hpcorcov eKelvot, et 8olev av rovrcov ra rrtcrra • ot
8 e<pacrav, Kat 8ovvat Kat Xafieiv eOeXeiv. EvrevQev
8t8odatv ot MaKpcoves {3apf3ap>,Ki]v Xoy^rjv toZ? EXXrjaiv, •
ot 8e EXXrjves eKetvois EXXrjvtKijV. 25
2-4. Evda 8rj arreKpivaro KXeavcop ptev 6 ApKas, irpe-
o~/3vraro<; wv, brt rrpoadev av arroOavotev, rj ra brrXa
rrapa8oLrf<7av. AXX , olfiat, et e8i8ov, errt rovrtp av eBiSov,
67T&J? eptot 8ovs fielov, fir] arroBotrj vfiiv ro rrXelov. O 8e
KXeap-)(o<$ efiovXevero, Upo^evov KaXecras (^7rXT]atatraro<; 30
yap 7]v^, et rrepmotev rtva<;, r) 7rdvre<i totev e.7rt ro arparo-
7re8ov aprj^ovre?.
(L. 1.) I. 4. 12. (2.) I. 7. 7. (4.) VII. I. 36. (6.) VI. 6. 13. (S.) VI. 5. 21. (9.)
VII. 3. 4. (11.) IV. 1. 21. (14.) IV. 3. 14. (17.) VII. 4. 1 : V. 5. 3. (19.) I. 9. 7.
(22.) IV. 8. 7. (26.) II. 1. 10. (23.) VII. 6. 16. (29.) I. 10. 5.
40 GREEK LESSONS.
XX.
1. Kcu aXXot Be etpearaaav e£co ro)v BevBptov • ov yap
7]V uo~(paXe<; ev tol<; BevBpois earavai irXetov i) rov eva Xo-
ypv. ^■ aL vvv 8vo KaK'ji re tcayadco avBpe redvarov, Kat,
ovre aveXeadai ovre datyai avrco eBwafxeOa. AvBpeq
5 crrparLcorac, twv ApKaBwv ol fiev redvaaiv, ol Be Xolttol
eirt Xocpov two? iroXtopKovvrai.
2. ESa/cpve iroXvv yjpovov eara)?. EvOvs 8 e/ceu'o?
aweXavvei tou? Trepiearcora^ twv arpaTLcorcov, /cat Xeyov-
ras, otl hrjixoata ravr etTj. EXeyev, otl ololto redvea)-
iora9 7roXXov<i evpi]creiv.
3. IIoXXlk; 7rpo<pdaei<i Kvpo? evpicricev, &><? kcxl crv ev
olerda. KXeap-^e icai Upo^eve, hcll ol aXXoi ol irapovTes
EXXqves, ovk tare, b tl iroLelre. '12 avBpes, ou iroXep.ioL
Tjfjitov ovk lo~o,o~l 7T(D tt)V rjixerepav avfj-fia-^tav. Xvvoiha
15 e/jbavTO) TTuvra eyrevo-/j,evo<; avrov.
4. Ia0i fxevroi avor\To<; odv, ei olei, tijv v^erepav apeTtjv
7repiyeveo~0at av rrjs (3aaiXe'a><; Bwd/xewi. Ev yap tare,
otl ti]v eXevdepiav eXoifirjv av, avri (bv eyu> iravTwv Kai
aXXwv 7roXXa7rXaaio)v • 07T(u? Be Kat eiBrJTe, ei? olov ep-
20%eo~de aycova, eyco vjjlcls ecBu><; BlBu^co.
5. Uaprjv Be Kat, XevOris, /3ovXo/xevos ecBevaL t$ irpa-
^6r]aeTaL. Eirep,eXeLro, b tl Trotf]aei {3ao~t,Xev$ • Kac yap
rjoec avrov, otl fieaov € X ot T0V i-^ e po~iKov enparevp-aro^.
Ov yap 7)8eo~av avrov TeOvrjKora. AeBccos, fir) yevqrat.
25 ravra.
6. O Be aevocpcov ijTropelro, b tl 7ron)crof kol yap
ervy^avev, &)<> ri/u.(ofj,evo<;, ev ru> 7rXT)o-iaiTaT(p Bicppcp Xev-
drj Ka0T]p,evo<;. EvravO eKrpaTrop.evoi eKadrjvro, Kac ovk
ecpaaav iropeveadai.
30 /. Kvpo<i Be avTos re a-rreOave, Kat, oktoj 01 apiaroi
twv Trept, avrov eKeivro eir avrto. AXXd KaraKet/jieOa,
(L. 1.) IV. 7. 9. (3.) IV. 1. 19. (-T) VI. 3. 12. (7.) I. 3. 2 : VI. 6. 6. (9.) VII. 4. 19.
(11.) IL 3. 21. (12.) I. 5. 16. (13.) VII. 3. 3.5. (U.) I. 3. 10. (16.) II. 1. 13. (17.)
1.7. 3. (21.) VII. 6. 8. (22.) I. 8. 21. (21.) I. 10. 16: V. 6. 17. (26.) VII. 3. 29.
(28.) IV. 5. 15. (30.) I. 8. 27. (31.) III. 1.11
GKEEK LESSONS. 41
coarrep e£op i)av%iav ayetp. Kai daptpct rrapr\yyeXXep 6
p,epo<pcop virofieveiv, ore ol iroXeptot iaj(ypu><; eirttceoiVTO.
XXI.
1. Kat ea>9 ye [xevofxev avrou, aKeirreop pot BoKet elpat,
0770)9 aacpaXearara pepcopep. Ek tovtou aevocpcovTt eBo-
K€t BtwKTeop elpat • Kat eBiwKov. Trj B varepata, eSotcec 5
iropevreop eivai, o-kt] BupatPTo ra^iara, rrptp y avXXeyrj-
pat to arparevpta iraXtp.
'2. Hptlp Be ye olptat iravra Troirjrea, to? prjiror eiri
to?? f3apf3apots yevcofieda, aXXa ptaXXop, i]v Bupa)p,e0a,
eKetpot ecp t]pttp. AXX 07T&)? rot pji~\ eir e/ceivcp yeprjao- io
pteda, iravra TrotrjTeop. Op,co<i Be Xefcrea, a ytypwaKco •
ep-rreipos yap etpt ' Kat T179 ^copa<; twv IlacpXayovatv, Kat
TJ79 Bvpaptecos.
XXII.
'Eire\ he arropBat t eyevovro Kac eiratwptaap, apearrj-
aav irpcoTov fiev @pa/ce?, Kac irpo<; avXov wp^aaPTO aup 15
rois oTrXots, Kat ifXXopro v^lr7]\a re Kat Kov<pa><?, Kai rat?
ptayaipats e^pcovTo ■ TeAo9 Be o erepo9 top erepop rraiet,
a>9 iraaiv eSoKet TreirXrjyepat top avBpa • o B eireae reyyt-
«W9 7T&)9. Kat aveKpayov oo TlaxpXayopes. Kat o ptep
aKvXevaas ret brrXa rov erepov, e^yet aBcop top ^traXKav"^
aXXot Se tcop QpaKcop top erepop e^ecpepop &>9 redprjKora •
rjv Se ovBep ttsttopOux;. Mera rovro AtPtapes Kai, Mayprj-
T69 apearrjaap, 6t (op^owro ri]P Kapnatap KaXovpteprjp ev
rot9 07r\o(9. O Be rporros rrjs op^rjaeco^ rjv bSe • o ptep
irapadepepo? ra birXa arreipet Kai ^evyrfXarel, ttvkpu puera- 25
arpecpop,epo<i &>9 <po{3ovp,epo<; ■ Xrjarrj^ Be Trpoaep-^erat ■ S
erreioap irpol'Srjrai, cnrapTa aptraaa^ ra 07rXa, Kac paterae
7rpo roi; £euyot/9 * (^«:ctt ovrot ravT eiroiovp ep pvupco irpos
top avXop •) Kat TeA.09 \t^o"t?;9 orjaa<; top apSpa Kat to
£eJ}yo9 array et' eptore Be Kat 6 ^evyrfXaTri^ TOPXrjaTi]P' elra 30
irapa tou9 /3ou9 ^ef ^«9, oirtaco too %etpe BeBepepop eXavpet.
(L. 1.) IV. 1. 16. (3.) I. 3. 11. (4.) III. 3. 8. (5.) IV. 5. 1. (S.) III. 1. 35. (10.) Ill
1.13. (11.) V. 6. G. (11.) VI. 1.5.
4 *
42 GREEK LESSONS.
XXIII.
Eiret he eicrfjXdov eirt ro hetirvov tcov re GpaKcov ot
Kparcaroc tcov irapovTcov, Kat ot arparrjjol Kat ol Xo%ayol
tcov EXXtjvcov, /cat et tz? Trpecrfieta Traprjv ouwo 7r6Xeco<;,
to hetirvov fiev ijv Kad^fie'vot^ kvkXco • eiretTa he Tptirohe?
5 eto"t]ve^6r)crav iracnv • ovrot h yaav Kpecov fiecrTot vevefii]-
fievcov, Kat aproc %vfurai fieyaXot Trpocr'neTrepovrjfievot rjaav
7rpo? rots Kpeacn. MaXtara h at Tparre^at Kara rovs
%evov<; aei eriOevro ' vofios yap i]v. Kal 7rpcoTO<; tovto
eirotet Xev6rj<i • aveXofievo<; tovs eavTco irapaKetfievov; ap-
10 tovs, Sie/cXa Kara fitKpov, /cab htepptiTTet, oh avTco ehoKet'
Kai ra Kpea coaavTco<i, ocrov fiovov yevaaatfat eavTco Kara-
Xtircov. Kai ot aXXot he Kara ravra eirotovv, Kad o'vs at
rpaire^at e/cetvro. Apicas he t*?, Apvaras bvofia, cpayelv
hetvos, to fiev htapptirrelv ela yaipeiv, Xa(3cov he eU ttjv
c^etpa baov Tptyotvticov aprov, teat Kpea Oefievos ewt ra
yovara, ehetirvet. Kepara he oivov 7reptecpepov, Kal Travres
ehe-^ovTO ' o h Apvaras, etret irap avrov cpepcov to Kepaq
o otvo-^oo^ rjKev, elirev, thcov tov aevocpcovra ovkcti het-
Trvovvra • " EKetvco,^ ecprj, " ho$ • a^oXa^et yap 7)hr], eyco
20 he ovhe7ra>." AKOvaa<; 6 2evdr]<; ti]v <pcovi)v, ijpcora tov
otvoyoov, Tt Xeyot. O he otvoyoos elirev ' eXXyjvt^etv yap
rjirlo-TaTO. EvTavQa fiev hi) yeXco<; eyeveTo.
XXIV.
UpcoTov fiev yap Kat fieytcTov, ot decov i)fia<; bpKot kco-
Xvovat TToXefxtovs eivat aXXriXots ' oo~ti<; he toutcov cvvoi-
iohev avrco TrapTjfxeXrjKcos, tovtov eyco ovttot av evhaiuon-
craifii. Tov yap Oecov iroXefiov ovk olha ovt airo ttoiov
av Tavou? Tf<r cpevycov uTrocpvyoi, our ets ttoiov av ltkoto<;
ciTTohpatr), ovd ottco^ av et? e%vpov %copiov aTrocnaii].
TlavTT] yap iravTa toi<; deols viro-^a, Kat iravTayri rrav-
wtcov laov ol deot Kpaiovatv.
(L. 1.) VII. 3. 21. (23.) II. 5. 7.
NOTES.
i.
[a. Learn the Greek System of Orthography, and the English Method ol
pronouncing Greek (unless one of the other methods is preferred). HIT 1,3;
§§ 10-18, 24-26, 676-680, 688, 689.
b. Read Lesson I. in Greek.
c. Learn the General Principles of Conjugation. §§ 164-170; IttT 26,
27.
d. Learn the Euphonic Affixes of the Present Active, in all the modes.
IT 29.
e. In jZouXsviu (IT 34), what is the affix? What is then the root (§ 170.
a) ? What is the characteristic (i. e. the last letter of the root) ? Is the
verb pure or impure (i. e. does its root end with a vowel or a consonant) ?
f. Inflect the Present Active of (iovXiva through all the modes, by adding
to the root the affixes learned from IT 29. Write this inflection, comparing
it with IT 34 (see IT 4. I. 3) ; and also repeat it viva voce, carefully observing
the pronunciation. Learn the corresponding English through all the modes,
numbers, and persons (HIT 33, 4. III.).
Remark. A similar method is recommended in learning all the para-
digms ; viz. (1.) to ascertain the root, affixes, &c. ; (2.) from these elements
to construct the forms, both writing them, and also repeating them viva voce
till they become perfectly familiar ; and (3.) to learn at the same time the
corresponding English.]
1. [Page 13.] Line 1. 'ETrifiovXevei, he is plotting, or he plots.
In parsing a verb compounded with a preposition, time may be saved
by not repeating the preposition with each form ; thus, 'EmfiovXevei
is a regular verb, from e7n/3ouAfuco, j3ov\evo-o) , j3e(3ov\evica ; com-
pounded of iirl and fiovXdco ; root /3ou\eu-, affix -ei ; in the present
indicative active; fiovXeva, ftovXeva), /3oiAeuoi/xt, (3ov\eve, ftovXeveii',
(3ov\eva>v /3ou\euco, (3ov\ev€is, fiovXevei, j3ov\evofiev, /3ouXei;ere, /3ov-
\evovai, (3ov\evtTov • in the third person singular, agreeing with a
pronoun implied in the affix (fy 545). Rule xxix. A verb agrees with
its subject in number arid person (*|[ 64, § 513). 'Enifiov\evovo-iv,
44 NOTES ON
§ 0(i. 1. By i, in the rule, simple t is to be understood. 2. 2v/*
/SovXcvoo, Eu^SouXevere, § 54. 1. The preposition here found in
composition has two forms, the earlier £vi>, and the later avv
(§ 70. v.). In the Vocabulary, its compounds are arranged under <r.
3. Kal, R. xxxv., § 654. Ilaie, . . /3dXXe, Strike .' strike !
throw .' throw !
2. L. 4. Ov, R. xxxiii., § (540. 5. Mi) 6avpA£eTe, do not
wonder. The use of pi) shows that davpd^re is in the imperative.
The indicative you do not wonder would be expressed by ov davpa^ere
(\) 647). The following is the general rule in respect to the use of
ov and fir) in negative sentences : If the sentence expresses assertion
(whether directly or indirectly, whether with or ivithout condition), use
ov ; otherwise, fir) (as in expressions of wish, prohibition, condition,
purpose, &c). The rule extends to ov and fir) in composition with
other words. Ovk, § 68. 2. Kalcopeu, Ut us burn, §§ 597. /3,
598. (i. Mi) fiiXku>fi(v, ht us not delay. apxftv, to rule, R.
xxx., § 020. b. 7. SvWapftdvei, § 54. 3. Et pev £. Here
fiiv corresponds to be in a subsequent clause not quoted.
II.
[a. Learn the Principles aud General Pules of Declension. §§ 73 - 82.
b. Learn the Affixes of the Second Declension. IT 5.
c. In Xoyos, word, Gen. x'oyov, what is the affix of the genitive ? 'What is
then the root (§ 79) ? "What is the characteristic? Decline xiye;, by adding
to the root the masculine affixes of Dec. II. Write the forms thus obtained,
and compare them with those in IT 9 (see IT 4. I. 1).
d. Learn the paradigms l?,,uo;, oho;, <rvx.it, ■rrioor, and fii'jw (IT 9) ; and
illustrate from them the general rules in ^ 80, 82.] ,
1. L. 9. Kvpov, R. xxi., § 423. Kvpos, R. n., § 342.
11. '"Emfiovkevei Kvpa>, he plots against Cyrus, R. xvin., ^\S 401, 405.
12. 'Q Kvpe, R. xxv., §§ 442, 443. a. 13. AaKtBaipovioi,
the Lacedaemonians. For the omission of the article which properly
belongs here, sec § 485. a.
2. L. 14. nXoia, accusative. 15. o-radpovs, R. xxiii., § 439.
|3. nXota yap ovk e^o/Meii, for we have [not] ?io vessels. 16.
"HXtor. the sun, §§471. 4, 485. a. uviV^et (dva-lo-xei), §41. 1.
17. Bopvfiov, a noise (§ 469. 2), R. xin., § 375. IS. 'Ajray-
•yf'XXere 'Apiaiat, carry back word to Arums , ^1 402.
III.
[Learn the E aphonic Affixes of the Present Middle and Passive, in all the
modes ; and the Present Middle and Passive of fiovt-ivu. HIT 30, 35.]
1. [P. 11.] L. 2. llp^eaOai, passive. 3. Xt/ctc, imperative.
fiovXei, § 210. 3. b.
2. L. 8. 6tC>v, R. xxxiv., § 848. See § 485. a. 2£fotcr6eT«
(lo-^nXaif, ami /ii'ii/ you arrive safely! §$ 597. 8, 000. 10. Ovk
. . av8p(l)irovs ; Arc you not ashamed befort either gods or men? ovrt,
§ 664. ; foovt, § 428 ; mV, §$ 30, 41.
LESSONS I.-V. 45
IV.
[a. Learn the Affixes and the Special Rules of the First Declension. IT 5 ;
§§ 92, 93.
b. Learn the paradigms rap/as, vai/V>!f, 'At££iS«?, a-xia, Hv^a, yXuetra., and
rip* (IT 7) ; and illustrate from them the general rules in § § 80, 82, and also
the special rules in §§ 92, 93.
c. In parsing words of Dec. I., give the reason for the particular method
of declining the singular.]
1. L. 14. 2rv/i(/)aAtoj Xoxayos, R. I., § 331.
2. L. 18. <f>epti, it [the plain of Cilicia] bears or produces.
'Ek, § 68. 1. daXdrrrjs, §70. 1.
V.
[a. The Declension of Adjectives. §§ 128 -131.
b. Learn the paradigms o&ikos, <ptxn>s, and <ro<p'o; (ITU" 17, 18), noticing
IT 4. I. 2, and observing what general and special rules of declension are
illustrated.]
1. L. 21. ndpoSos o-T€vfj, a narrow pass, R. xxvi., § 444.
25. els Sio-xi)u'ou? avdpamovs, to the number of 2,000 men. This sub
stantive phrase (§ 658) is in the nominative, in apposition with the
subject of Z^epxpvrai.
[c. The declension and general use of the Article. IT 24 ; §§ 147, 148,
469 f.]
2. [P. 15.] L. 1. Ol, R. xxvn., § 469. 2. Terdprr, 8' W^pa,
and on the fourth day, R. xx., § 420. For the omission of the
article, see § 486. e. 3. SvyKXelovo-i, §§ 54. 2,49. 1. 4
o-oiTt]pias, R. vin., § 357. <pvyjj, R. xix., §§ 415, 418.
3. L. 6. Kipov, R. xvi., §§ 382, 390. 7. At <nrov8a\ pevov
tcov, let the truce remain, § 213. 3. 8. ayet. ovras, thus [leads]
directs. bpopoa, [by running] at full speed.
4. L. 10. 6K.,§§471. 6, 469. 1. 13. MapcrCov, § 471. b.
rats K&>pais rais, § 472. I.
5. L. 15. eKacrrn? rrjs, §§ 470. N., 472. a. tov koXu>s ano-
6vi']cnceiv, the dying honorably, §§ 445, 470. 3, 622. 16. peaov 8e
tov, §§ 456, 472. a. 17. ttjv fjperepav, § 473. a. Oi . .
cpiXoi, the friends of my brother, §§ 389, 472, 473. a. 18. eicei-
vns rijs, § 473. /3. 19. biavolas, R. IV., §§ 346, 347. r^o-Se,
§ 150, 1 24.
6. L. 21. Tof vvv, § 475. 'Ef . . Xoyco, in the preceding narra-
tive. 22. dp<p\ rovs 8., § 480. 2. 23. tov dbeXcpov, [the] his
brother, § 482. 24. Ae'yerai . . diaicivSweveiv, and it is said, that
the other Persians also expose themselves in tear with their heads unpro-
tected (by defensive armour ; the Persians commonly wearing tiaras or
turbans instead of helmets, and tytkos often signifying, not absolute-
46 NOTES ON
hj uncovered, but not covered villi armour). A/yerat, ^ 546. /3, y,
621. a ; Ilepo-as, R. xxx]., § 626 ; \|/-iXaty ra'is, §§ 472. a, 482; to
TToXtfio), § 170. 2.
7. L. 27. Ot aXXoi arparTjyoi, the [other] rest of the generals,
§ 488. 28. noXepioi, § 447. a, a. 30. aXXuv, R. ix., §§ 358,
362. C- 'O . . naif i, § 542.
8. [P. 16.] L. 1. KlXiaaav, § 417. ,3. 2. varfpaia,^ 447. /3,
420. 5. ol eKtifov [sc. av8p.es or arpartcorat], /tis men, § 447. a.
Ot 8e ap<pi T., § 476. N. Ot otto, ^ 476, 169. 1. 6.
iv 8e£ia [sc. x ei P']> on th e right [h'and], 447. /3.
9. L. 8. Tot virep rov Xoepov [sc. n-pdypara], the things over or beyond
the hill, §§ 447. y, 477. Ta rjptrfpa, our affairs. Ta fTnTt]-
8eia, § Ail. y. 9. tii eKeivcav [sc. xP>IH- aTCl ]i '^' "' "property. Ta
7Tf/Jt II., § 477. a- 10. "AXXo? d'XXa, § 512. 8. To 'ApKa8iKuv
ottKitikuv [sc. n\Tj8os or <tt party pa], the Arcadian [heavy-armed force]
infantry, § 117. y. 11. rrjs o'iKa8e 68ov, §§ 394, 475. Ets *a-
XoV, [for good] opportunely, § 440. fi. ijKere, § 579. f. Ot
larpo'i, physicians (the class, § 470. 1). 12. eV dya#<5, yi»r the
good of their patients. — 13. "HKere, co?ne, imperative.
10. L. 14. 'O 8e, § 490. 15. rovs . . e^fi, /tas the fruits of
our toils. 6 UoXvarpdrov, §§ 332. 2, 385. y.
[</. Declension, composition, and use of alr'o;. IT 24 ; §§ 149, 50S f.]
11. L. 17. Tfi . . rjpepa, § 508. 11. e« rov avrov [sc. ^copt'ov],
/ro/n /^e same place. 18. Avrd . . £C\a, § 509. 19. aiVov
eKfivov, § 510. 1. aiirot Kaiova-tv, § 510. 1. 20. ot avv avru>,
those with him, §§ 510. a, 502. 2w . . avrov, ^ 172. a.
22. wr fmftovXevoi avrw, [that he was plotting] of plotting a<?ainxt
him. The optative is used because Sin/idXXft {falsely accuses) is
the historical present (^ 608, 567. a). 23. Autos . . Xapjddvei,
and lie himself takes some of the colts, § 366. 25. ko\ qipd£ovo~tv,
a X/yft, and tell, ivhat he says. For the declension of the relative,
see "|f 21, ^ 1 18. 2 ; for its complementary use here, $ 535.
VI.
[a. Tho Augment. §§187,192.
b. The Euphonic Affixes of the Imperfect, in each voice. 1T1T 29, 30.
c. The Imperfect of (iouXiuu, in each voice. HIT 34, 35.]
1. L. 26. "EXfyf, he said, impf. of Xeyco. In looking for words in
the Vocabulary, allowance must be made for the augment, wh
occurs. 27. 'Ekcivos, [that man] he, ^ 502. dno htwov, [from
;i horse] on horseback. 28. on davpafaiev, that they wondered,
§608. [P. 17.] L. 1. rijs Xoi7ri)j iroptlas, the [remaining jour-
ney] rest of their journey. 3. airy, § 406. i-o A.. § 562.
4. 'E(palvtro, § 519. 5. 6Y1 — rjicoifv, (hat (lay had cone,
§§ 579. £, 608.
2. L. 8. o-rparrjyo'ii, § 406.
LESSONS V. -VII. 47
3. L. 13. LTpoerpex^, impf. of 7rporpex<», § 192. TlpoaeTpe-
Xov, § 337. a. 16. ijpepa, § 485. a. -rrpos, 652. y.
[rf. Changes in the Root of the Verb. § § 254 - 258, 265 ; IT 61 .
e. Second Aorist Active and Middle. §§ 109. a, 215. 1.
/. Distinction in sense between the Aorist and the Definite Tenses (Pre*,
and Impf.). § 569 f. See § 565.]
4. L. 20. Ae^Lav ZXafiov, I look the right hand as a pledge. "EXn-
fiov is the 2 aor. of Aa/z/3uwo, being formed from the old root Xa/3- in
the same way as the impf. iXdpfiavov from the new root \apfiav
(made from the old root by adding av, and inserting v, which becomes
p. before the labial j3, §§ 289, 290). frvrjs, § 369. a. 21. eVi
davdrn, for death (as a sign that he was condemned to death).
evefiakev, 2 aor. of e/z/3aXXa> (roots /3aX-, /3aXX-, § 277). /eareXi-
ttoi', thy left alive, 2 aor. of Ka.Takei.Tra (r. Xi7r-, Xetn-, T[ 37, § 266).
23. iylvero, had taken place, 2 aor. of yiyvopai (r. yei/-, yiyv-,
§ 286). See § 580. koi, o/so. 24. tt)? TeXeur?;?, R. x.,
§§ 367, 368. rvxelv, 2 aor. of rvyxdva) (r. tvx~, revj(-, rvyxav-,
§ 290), to have met with or come to. 'AXXa . . (Tpdrrero (2 aor.
mid. of rpeVo), r. rparv-, rpeir-, § 259), Jttf inflight one turned one way,
and another another, § 542. 8. 25. 'AntBavev (2 aor. of anoBvi]-
o-ko), r. 6av-, 6vrj(TK-, § 281 8) vtto N., § 556. AiaXap./3ui/ouo-i
. . yevopevov, they take each his share of the money [that had come from
the prizes of war] obtained by the sale of their prizes.
VII.
[The Present and Imperfect of ti/ti, to be. IT 55, § 230.]
1. [P. 18.] L. 1. T Hi/ . . (TTivr], for the pass ivas narrow,
'EpTTopiov . . x a> P l0V i § 487. 3, 4.
2. L. 3. Ovto> Se e'xei, §§ 546, 555. $'i\os, o-vppaxos, in the
predicate after elvai. 5. norepa . . cpiXos, whether he was a foe or
a friend. 7. rr]v 68bv e(ppa£ev, 77 el'77, he told the road, where it
teas, for he told where the road was, § 425. 4.
3. L. 9. 'Ytto^iol pev rjo-av, there were indeed suspicions. In
translating into English, ' there ' or ' it ' is often to be supplied with
the substantive verb. 10. Tvorapov, § 394. 11. 'AvdyKrj eo-ri
pdxeo-dai, [there is a necessity to fight] it is necessary to fight. rjv
8eiXn, it icas evening. 14. rjv — o-k6tos, [there was darkness] it
was dark. o-ko'tos eyevero, darkness came on, or it became dark.
Ov . . xoproy, for there was [not] 720 grass. 15. Kio/xa? eivai
KaXds, that there are beautiful villages, § 626.
4. L. 17. Kvpa, § 408. Pao-l\et.a, § 336. ToT?, § 408.
18. 'A7ro too avTopdrov, § 449. /3. 19. orpartcorai?, § 408.
'He avrcp rroXepos, § 408.
5. L. 21. '0\f/e yap rjv, § 546. '0\|/-<f is an adverb, modifying rjv.
'0\|/e iy'iyvero, it icas [becoming] growing late. 22. ifXiov
8vapds, sunset. 23. i8veTo, was setting. 7rpo? i)p€pav, to-
te ards day.
•18 NOTES ON
6. L. 94. "Eo-ti, $546. j3. \apfidveiv, Aaj3fl«/. In the first
sentence, the action is viewed as going on, and hence the present
tense is used ; while the second denies the performance of (he action at
all, and hence employs the aorist. Sec ^ 569, 570. 1. "e£«tti
. . \l/cu8(o-0ai, [it is permitted or possible to falsify] one may falsify
about him, § 516. /3. 25. (jriTTjdeia, as subst., object of ex 6 '"-
7. L. 27. "Qpa Se /3ovXeveo-#ni [sc. torn/], and it is lime to con
sider. In each of the sentences in paragraph 7, supply a substantive
verb (§ 547). 28. S^oAj) to'is TroXtpiois [sc. eo-riV], the enemy
have leisure, § 408.
VIII.
[a. The Personal Pronouns lyu, ri, and »J. 1T 23. A ; § 502 f.
Remark. In learning the paradigms, omit for the present the Homeric
and other dialectic forms.]
1. [P. 19.] L. 1. vp.1v, §652. a. 2. oure, § 6(54. ft. 5
(pot, § 405. r/. 6. v M Iv, R. XVII., §§ 398, 399. 8. *H . .
vofxifcre, or think me no longer Cyrus, § 434. Why is p-nntTi used,
rather than ovkcti ?
2. L. 10. tp.a>v, § 357, N. 13. c O . . fjfuv, there is the same
journey to you and to us. Mi) . . e\6e7i> ( 2 aor. of epxopai), let
vs not ivait for others to come to us.
[b. The Reflexive and Reciprocal Pronouns. IT 23. B, C ; §§ 144, 145,
504 f.]
3. L. 15. eVi ti)v eavTov o-Kqvrjv, to [the tent of himself] his own
tent, §§ 504, 505. 2. Uoiav . . dvapiva ; and [for what age to
come to myself do I wait?] what age do I wait for 1 17. 'E(pv-
Xuttovto . . dWrjXovs, both were on their guard against each othir, as
against enemies, § 428. Observe the force of the middle voice (watch-
ed each other for their oicn safety, § 558). 19. tyu>yt , § 328. b.
IX.
[a. Comparison of Adjectives in -riot;, -rxref. §§ 155-158.
b. Use of the Degrees. § 460 f.
REMARK. In parsing a comparative or superlative, give the special rule foi
its formation.]
1. L. 21. OavfiacrwrnTf, § 465. 22. <to/3fpa>raToi> 5' (p-qpia,
§$ 150, 485. ft. <bevyau . . Tjp.1v, it is tqfi r for than to fin , than
for US, § 403. 25. ort . . iroXfplovi, that thnj in re suffering most
unjust [things] treatment in being cast out among t/uir enemies, § BS8.
[c. Comparison of Adjectives in Auv, -nrrot. § 159.]
2. L. 27. uvBpio-mov, § 362. o\ ko\ ol 11XX01 [sc. vptts, Tovnv-
rot] 00-01 r)T€ Kvpov (pi'Xoi, and [the rest oi' you] y< others, as mauij us
win- fronds <f Cyrus, I!, xxviii., $& 494, 591, 693. The second
person r)T( shows thai ifitU is understood. [!'. 90.] L. 3.
LESSONS VII. -X. 49
tt]v raxiorrrju 68<>v, the quickest (or shortest) ivay, R. xxiv., § 440.
• n\el<TToi, most, sup. of noXvs.
[d. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. §§ 1G0, 161.]
3. L. 4. (txiv . . evSaipoveo-Tarcis, with those about him of the
highest excellence and fortune. 5. ra eaxara, [the uttermost things]
t/ie severest punishment. Tra6e~iv, 2 aor. of ndcrx * (r. nad-, nevB-,
Tracrx; § 281. e). 6. Uparov p.ev yap <a\ peyio-rov, for [indeed
the first and greatest thing] first and greatest, § 334. 8. ot . .
koAvovo-i, [the oaths of the gods] our oaths by the gods forbid us.
7. dXXrjXois, § 405. £. UXvaiaLTaTos, Q»S 161. 2, 156. y.
[e. Comparison of Adverbs. §§ 162, 163.]
4. L. 9. 'Avurepco t&v p-aarav, higher than the [breasts] breast,
R. v., §351. IIoXv . . darrov (comp. of rax«W, from raxvs ;
see § 159. /3), for they ran much faster than the horses. 10. Els
. . icafias, into the nearest villages, § 475. 12. rjpeXnpevoos paX
Xov, § 460.
[a. Euphonic Changes of Vowels. § 27 f.
b. Contraction. § 31 f.
c. Contract Verbs in -a^. §§33,216.
d. Write the uncontracted forms of the Present and Imperfect of riftaa, to
honor, according to 1T1F 29, 30 ; contract these forms according to § 33 ; and
then compare IT 45.
Remark. Observe a similar method in learning all the contract paradigms ;
and, in parsing contract words, give the rule of contraction.]
1. L. 13. vcp', for wo,§§4Ij 65. 'Opa, § 31. N. 14.
ifiav avrcbv, ^ 352. y. o~vv rot? 8eo7s, v:ith the aid of the gods.
15. e$6a, impf. of /3oaco. 16. ineipwvro, impf. of 7re1pa.op.a1.
19. elev, opt. of elftt.
[e. Contract Verbs in -iu (paradigm QiXicS). §36; IT 46.]
2. L. 22. pel, §§ 13. 2, 216. 0. 'HuZs . . pio-Qov, §436.
23. K. . . irXola, §436.
3. L. 25. ippl-rovv, impf. of pntreo}, § 64. 1. 26. Avtos
eipi, op ^rjTels, I am the very one whom you seek. 'E/zot . . wpa
(subject of cWel) elvai r]p1v (§ 409) Kadevdeiv, to me, then, it seems to
be no time for us to sleep. 27. 17/xuv, § 376. 6\ 29. Hepaoiv
. . kiTTa, [of the Persians the seven best of those about him] the seven
best of his Persian courtiers.
4. [P. 21.] L. 1. ^ ATrayyiXXere , imperative. pdxws 8et, there
is need of a battle, §§ 357. /3, 546. 2. inroivro, impf. of uraopai.
3. vTtaidpioi, § 457. /3. 4. Ob . . cpdovolev, [not justly]
with no good reason certainly could they envy me, §§ 406, 604. a.
"Evda, here, i. e. at his father's court. 5. aldrjpoveaTaro? . . tu>v
7]Xikicoto)u, in the first place, the most modest of the boys of his own
50 NOTES ON
. G. rois . ■ neldta-Bai, and to obaj his elders even more im-
plicitly than those who were inferior to himself in rank. 7. (piXnr-
■jroraTos, sc. e'Soicei dvai. rots (^ 470. 1) iWoir (§ 419. 5) apiara
Xprjo-dai (§ 33. a), to manage horses th
[/. Contract Verbs in -in (paradigm &»X«»). §§ 3G, 37. 3 ; T 47.]
.3. L. 9. 'A^iovpei', ice claim. Kpartoroi, sup. of dyados.
a£iovi>Tcii, are thought worthy. 10. 8rj\oln, in order that he might
show, M 205. 2, a, 601. y. ots (§ 535) ripa, ichom he honors, lor
ovs Tiny!], ichom he honored, § 610.
[c/. Temporal Augment. §§187-189.]
6. L. 12. ToC 5e Xo'you (§ 350. n.) r}px*TO (e-apx-fTo, impf. of
apXopai) coSe, firtrf /ic began his speech thus. 'Hadeva (e-acr&'i'e-e),
impf. of a<xd(V€co. 13. virioirTtve (v—o-e-u—Tev-e, impf. ot v7ro-
TTTtvus) re\evTi)v tou jBiov, icas apprehending a termination of tifi .
14. K\edpxa>, § 400. r/pcora (e-fpebra-e), impf. of ipardto.
eX el > § 610. 15. crvvr/XOov, 2 aor. of crvvtpxopai. 10.
?)v, 540. /3. 'Arr/p/yeXXf, impf. of d-nyye'XXw. 17. enaivoin,
^ 205. 2. Ka\ — Kai, both — and.
7. L. 19. i]K€v, impf. of ijku. An initial n in an augmented tense
leaves it doubtful whether the verb begins with a, e, or tj ; and an ini-
tial w, whether it begins with o or a. 20. rjicev, § 579. f.
Xcopi'a — cp/co w (impf. of ouceo, § 188. 2), inhabited strongholds.
21. Eixaffoy (§ 188. N.) 5« «XXoi «XXco?, hut some conjectured in one
way, and others in another, § 542. 3. O! pei> cox°to (impf. of ot-
Xopat), §490. 1. 22. Et-piWro, §$ 549. 54 i. 7roAXa, neut.
pi. of TroXvff (T[ 20). Some of the forms of this adj. in the sing, are
of Dec. III., and may be omitted for the present. 23. ware . .
o-eptuSovas, so thai they used them for their slings, § 028. 24.
*Oi/ wero ($ 188. 2) ttio-to'i/ ol (dat.,§§ 507. 0, 403) . . tvpe (9 aor. of
tvpio-KOi) Kvpcp (piXairepou (§ 156. y), »*; eaurco, the man whom he sii]>-
posed to be faithful to himself, him he soon found to be more friendly to
C>/rus than to him. 25. dcpiKovro, 2 aor. of depacveopai. tls
ro avro [sc. ^cop/op], / place, or t 20. «crpei>ot,
<$> 457. y. etSoi', 2 aor. of Spaa {^ 301.
§. L. 28. Ol-k aveayov (§ H - ■ did not open. 'Ecopn,
impf. of 6/mzo, ^ 189. '2. 29. SXXos <"XXoi> eiXxei/ ($ 189. 3),
S S 542. Eta (§ 189. 3) K.. ('. p rmilted. Ivviryayev, 2 aor. of
cruwiyco, & 191. N. 30. aurou, contracted from f'nvrov, ^1 33. 15,
^ 144. This musl be carefully distinguished from avrov, gen. of o
- w r2(/)fXe (2 aor. of u</>fi'Xo) . . £> (\S 33. a), § 567. y. 32.
wXa S' Jx " ($ 189 - 3 )> " ,ujr ^"^ / '"' / [ M anns ] / or Bnn *« 5 ;:; '-- ' : -
[/i. Compounds of alri; ; outo;, rorovre;, &.C. § 150. a, /3 ; ^ 84.]
9. [P. 22.] L. 1. Nopor y«p j/v olrds a-cpio-tv {§ 507. 6), for this
teas [to them B CDBtom] their custom. 2. np>, $ 473. /9. 3.
rd<ppov, § 394. 1. Towra dnrAwcnp" (2 aor. ofamBv^o-Ku), thme
two died. Tof'To frrroi, let this be.
LESSONS X., XI. 51
10. L. 6. Toiavra (ncut. pi. of toiovtos), such things. 7.
e'lire, a second aorist associated -with (pnpi (IT 53, vS 301. 7). ro-
aovrov (§ 97. n.), thus much (merely). 8. e^ere, indicative.
ravra, by fcrasis for tu aura (§§ 30, 38, 39. 1), Me sawe things. This
must be carefully distinguished from ravra, neut. pi. of otros. 9.
Oiros- . . ke\evei, and this same person commands.
[z. Contract Xouns of Dec. I. (paradigms 'Eopia.;, (ioppa;, /tv&a). §§ 94,
96. «; V 7.
j. Contract Nouns of Dec. II. (paradigms v'oo;, vao;, oa-riov, uvuyiuv) .
§§ 98, 97. 3; IT 9.
It. Contract Adjectives of Dec. II. and I. (paradigms ayn^a-m, xzycii;,
ha-Xi*;). HIT 17, 18.]
11. L. 10. avepos Poppas (§ 485. a) ivavrios (§ 457) eirvel, [the
wind boreas] the north wind was blowing directly against them, or in
thrir faces. Xe'yere, indicative. 11. orav poppas Txvin (§ 210.
ft), [when the north wind may blow] whenever the north wind blows,
§ 600. as . . elatv, that [there are fine sailings] it is fine sail-
ing. 12. avraiv, § 350. Tafias, of Att. Dec. II. ; thus, (Ta-
uaos) Tapas, (Tapaov) Tapd>, &C. 13. 'Q.S rdxio-ra (§ 162), as
soon as, § 525. a. 14. *Hv (before the subj., § 603) oi 3eo\ tXew
Sxriv (subj. of elfii, § 603. ft), if the gods are propitious.
XI.
[a. Classification and Analysis of the Affixes of Conjugation. § 195 f;
IT 31.
b. Tense-Signs. § 198 f.
c. Affixes of the Future and Aorist, Active and Middle. TIT 29, 30. Cf.
nr 31. •
d. Future and Aorist, Active and Middle, of [lovXiiu. 1T1T 34, 35.]
1. L. 15. 7rpo? ravra, with reference to [these things, § 451] this,
or in view of this. 'Entidav e*f To-e eXdupev, when ice [may have
come thither] have arrived there, § 606. 17. "S.Kv6ai, § 448.
ir6£evo~av, 1 aor. of ro^evco. 19. K\eap\ov . . cvpftovkov, but
Clearchus he even called within as a counsellor, §332. 3. 21.
"HrWr' av d<ovo-aipi, I should most gladly hear.
2. L. 22. "~Eirtp^re (e-nepTr-cre, § 51), 1 aor. of 7rep7ra>. 24.
"Eyj/ovrai {(TT-aovrai) , fut. mid. of enopai. rj^a> (i]K-o~o), § 51), fut.
of tJkco. 25. dtovs, § 426. S. 26. li^ei (ay-o-ei), fut. of ayco.
TTivre rjpepwv, in five days, R. xiv., § 378. o6cv, § 521. ft,
27. o\j/ourai, fut. of Spaa) (§ 301. 4). ri)V rrjpepou fjpepav,
[the to-day dav] the present day. $ 475. 28. Xfaopai, fut. ot'Xap-
ftuva, (r. Xaft-, Xnft-, Xapftav-, ^ 266, 290. ft).
3. [P. 23.] L. 3. Xeyere, indicative. 7ro»';o-w, § 218. 4.
Mt) TToiTjo-ris ravra, §§ 597, 598. ft, 1. 5. croi, § 404. y. 6.
a7r6 . . inolrjo'ev, §§ 494, 434. 8. eVf^eipjjcrai/ (e7ri-e-^ft'pf-o r ai'),
1 aor. of eV^etpe'co. 9. dnorlo-aivro, §§ 597, 600. 8. 10.
'Akovco, Ae^uTTTov Xeyeti/, I hear, that Dexippus says. ovk . . eiee-
Xevo-a, §§ 603. 8, 593. ft.
52 NOTES ON
4. L. 12. iyu> . . nfia-ofxai (nfid-a-opai, $ 55 ; fut. mid. of ireida,
J will comply With your custom. 14. 6ttuT€ yvpvdaai (yvpvdd-aai.,
§ 273. n. 2 ; 1 aor. of yvp.vd£<o) (BovXoito, whenever he wished to exer-
cise, § 606.
5. L. 15. ea-rai, If 55, $ 230. a. 16. kih yap (stronger than
simple yap), and this because, for, § 661. 2.
6. L. 18. 'EKn-optoCo-i, for e 'ktt o pia ov<ri (<r becoming c, which is
then contracted with the vowel following, ^ 200. /3, 50, 36), fut. of
iKTTop'i(u>. Observe § 200, n. a, and the paradigm Koplfa (lj 40).
o-iraviel (Att. fut. of enravifa), § 357. /3. 20. ottcoi-
shall put you on board ivhcn there is a calm. /xa^elrat, Att. fut. of
pd^opai, § 222. a. 22. fjpepwv, § 378. 'Hcnrd£fTO aiirov, ws
aTTOTrXevo-ovpfvos (Dor. fut. of a7ro7rXea>, $ 200. 3) fj8r), he was taking
leave of him, as now [about to sail away] vpon the point of setting
sail.
7. L. 23. J e8a>Ke, irregular 1 aor. of Si'Sco/xt, §§ 201. 3, 284,
^[ 51. Ovk apa en paxe'irai, [he will not then fight more] then he
will never fight. 25. dXvdfvo-ys, § 603. /3.
XII.
[a. Review. Vowels and their Euphonic Changes. If 3. 1. ;§§ 24-48.
I. Affixes of the Third Declension, f 5; § 100.
c. M the genitive ywr'o;, what is the affix? What is then the root?
What is the characteristic ? To which class of nouns of Dec. III. docs it
then belong (§ 100)? As it is masculine, what affix is added to the rooj to
form the nominative singular ? What is added to form the dative plural?
What do yiv-; and yvr-ri become, by § 51 ?
J. Mutes of Dec. III. — Labials and Palatals, f 11. 1, 2 ; § 101.
e. In the genitive -rctiio; (masc. and fern.), what are the affix and root?
What do the theme (nom. sing.) *•«?§-; and the dat. pi. -rttth-ci become, by
§ 55? As the voc. sing, has no affix (%^ 4. v., 5), what would be its form
without euphonic change ? What does *•«?$ become, by § 63. 1 ?
/. The Linguals *x7; and «»*£. f H-3; § 102.]"
1. L. 28. Elxov, they had. 29. ywn, § 101. y. 30. ftm-
crev, 1 aor. of necda. [P. 24.] L. 2. "Ore . . vvicrts, and when
these things [were] had takm place, it was almost midnight, $ 456.
I low is the ihi'iue vv% obtained from the mot wkt-1
[;/. As £««/;, -im;, is a barytone (i. e. has no accent on the la-t Byllable,
^ 725), how many forms of the accusative singular has it ^ 108. y^ ? What
does the old ace. ^aj/T-» become, by § 63. it. ? Decline x*Z' f CH ^ ^]
12. L. 4. Aapdov Ka\ II, R. VI., $ 356. How many forms has
Uapva-aris in the ace. sing. ! What are they! 5. TTpcvtfvrfpos
ptv 'A., [elder on the one hand] the elder A.
LESSONS XI. -XIII. 53
[h. In the genitive fufian; (neut.), what are the affix and root ? What
would be the theme without euphonic change? What law of euphony for-
bids this form ? What does it then become ("§ 63. 1, 103)?
/'. Decline ruftx, <pZs, and jjVaj (^f 1 1), explaining their euphonic changes;
and also the adjective tvx al »s (If 17, § 130), which drops r in the nom.
neut.]
3. L. 8. "EnXeov . . KciXca, they sailrd through a day and anight
with a fair wind, §§ 439, 415. 9. eireXmev, 2 aor. of eniXeiTrco.
12. 86para, § 103. N. To yap inixapi (§ 449. a) oIk etx 6 "'
for [the pleasing he had not] he had nothing -pleasing in manner.
4. L. 14. oi . . piv (§ 490. r.) . . TTpaypaTatv (§ 347), some with
trouble, and others without. 10. evrv^rjo-au (§ 193. in.) . . evrv-
XIP ' § 431. o~vve{i6a>v, from o-vpfioaoi. 17. a-weXeyovro, Irom
o"vAXeya). vvktos, § 37S.
XIII.
[a. Future and Aorist, Active and Middle, of Liquid Verbs. § 56 ; ^f 41.]
1. L. 19. Sjroi'Sas' tj 7r6\efjLov dirayye\a> ; Shall I report peace or
war ? (peive[e-pev-o-e, § 56), 1 aor. of peva>. 23. Ovk . . oVX/-
ras, they did not wait for the heavy- armed.
[b. In the genitive Xt/xivo; (masc.), what are the affix and root ? What
would be the theme without euphonic change ? "What does it become, by
§§ 57. 3, 105. 1 ? What is the dative plural (§ 57. 4)?
c. Decline Xi^-h, ta.ip.ajv, (ao, and pf,ruo f\ 12), and also £ppn» (IT 17), ex-
plaining their euphonic changes.]
2. L. 24. Kal . . QpqKrjs, and they disembark [into] at the liar
bour of Calpe, [somehow at the middle] about the middle of Thrace.
25. yeXari. What is the ace. sing, of this noun (§ 102. y) ?
27. tov prjvos, §§ 378, 470. n. o'icrei, fut. of (pepw, §301. 6.
29. 'Ypwv . . Scotrw (fut. of St§a>/xi), and of you [the] Greeks, I
will even give to each one a golden crown.
3. [P. 25.] L. 1. cmoikovTo, 2 aor. of aKoWvpt, § 295. 2.
'Hyepoi'a . . K., § 436. 5. ^ei'p (roots x €t P~ an & X e P~> § V2Z&. y,
1 12) tj Se£ia, § 486. y. 6. tovtov'i, § 150. y, 1 24. 7. Ke-
po)S, § 104, ^[ 11. 8. hura^ev (8ia-e-Tay-o-ev) , 1 aor. of o"iardr7-a>,
§§ 274. y, 70. 1.
[rf. The Syncopated Liquids •rxrf.o, a.ir t o, and pirno. ^ 12 ; §§ 106,
64. 2.]
4. L. 10. inTipxe (from vnapxa>) tw K., §403. avdpes, §443.
j3. 11. ye'iTaav oikS) tjj 'EXXaSt, 1 dwell a neighbour to Greece,
§ 399. X/yerai 'A. inheipai (1 aor. of eKoVpco) M., §> 551. 12.
Zjj, § 33. a. 13. iiTreo-xero, from vmo'xveop.ai.
[e. How are the themes pis (*f 12) and iT; (1J 21) obtained from the roots
fiv- and iv-.? §§ 58, 105.
/. Decline pis, us (which has a feminine from another root, § 137. £), and
its compound evbus (^f 21).
g. Decline r'urraois. f 21 ; §§59. 8, 70. 1.
54 NOTES ON
h. Decline r)s, which has also irregular forms in the gen. and dat. sing.,
and in the neut. pi. \ 24. B ; §§ 105. /3, 152. See §§517, 518.]
5. L. 16. to), § 133. y, 8. 18. nvpos, § 108. For a plur.
of Dec. II., sec § 104. /3. 20. Oi>oYiy rjpdpravev avbpos, no one
[missed] /<n/c</ of hitting a man, §347. 21. Mt]8ds. Why is this
used rather than ovSeiV? 'HbiKrjaapep tovtov ovbtv, we have
[wronged this man nothing] done this man no wrong, § 435.
[». The Interrogative «■«, and the Relative Indefinite 'dims. IT 24. B ;
§§ 152. 2, 153, 519 f, 535 f, 539.]
6. L. 23. oo-rty ov ftovXtrai, [who does not wish] that he docs not
xvish, § 531. 24. Up\v o^Xov elvai (§ 657. N. 2), o ti (§ 16. 2) . .
anoKpivovvrai , § 535. 27. tiXXcov, § 347. 28. rdde , § 513. 1.
Elne (§ 747. c) . . nopdas, § 536.
7. L. 29. At^are . . i'xfTt, § 536. 32. ovpfiovktvaov . .
Xpovov, [advise us whatever seems] give us that advice, which seems to
you to be most appropriate and useful, and which will bring you honor
in coming time. [P. 26.] 2. tf O ti 8e iroirjo-oi, but what he would
do, § 608. "Ora So/cel ravra, to ivhomsoever these things seem best.
[/ Declension of Comparatives in -»v (paradigm fiu%u*). §107; IT 17.]
8. L. 4. aWo opa fieXrlov, sees [another thing better] another
course which is better. 5. irevre koX e'Uoai, § 140. 1. 7. Ka-
kiovs . . i)pas, they are worse towards us.
XIV.
[a. Review. Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs. §§ 155-163,
4C0-466.
l>. In the genitive xiovres (masc), what are the affix and root ? What
would be the theme without euphonic change ? In Xsa*r-,-, what becomes of
t ? What then becomes of <r (§§ 57, 109) ? What does the dat. pi. xio^r-r,
become (§§ 55, 58)? Why docs xiovr become Xt«» in the voc. ? Decline
Xio,v(fl3).
c. Decline HSou;, ylyas, and SDnxfut (^ 13), explaining their euphonic
changes.]
1. L. 8. 7r68as, T[ 11, § 112. a. 9. up-^ovra — o-uvbatrvov,
§434.
[d. Feminine of Adjectives of Dec. III. and I. § 132.
e. Decline va; (If 19), explaining its euphonic changes.]
2. L. 11. ndvTts ol, §472. a. 12. (oprrjs, y 367. 14.
ouSe uXXo ov8et> 8(i>8pov, [nor no other tree] nor yet any tree. vy I"»~- f.
664. a. Tp-tXt) . . x^P a ' $ 472. a.
[/. Decline the Participles (LtvXiitH, \itwi, and <*ja; ( r t 22), explaining
their euphonic changes. See § 133. I, M.]
3. L. 15. Xa$a>i/, [having taken] taking, $ 631. 17. on . .
io-Tiv, that bring a Greek, he is sink a coward. IS. irnpiov «Yuy\'a-
vtv, § 633. 19. /iXXorf Kin nWore, § 542. y. 21. opa ;;X['cp
LESSONS XIII. -XV. 55
bvvoiri, [at the same time with the sun setting] at sunset, §§ 399,
485. a.
4. L. 25. KOpos . . M., §631. 27. Ka\ 8s, §491. R -
Selrai, entreats him. 28. Xaycbs <ox eTO Qnpdwv, had gone to hunt
hares, §§ 579. f, 583. a, 635. 'E|e7rXet, from ekirXeo.
5. [P. 27.] L. 1. avrod, §379. a. 3. iv . . 'Act la, in the
T/trace which is in Asia, a part of Asia Minor, so called from its hav-
ing been settled by Thracians. 4. dp£afj.evn . . 'HpaxXeias (§ 394),
and this Thrace [is having begun from the mouth of the P. as far as
H.] beginning at the mouth of the Pontus, extends as far as Heraclca.
5. ari . . (lo-irXeovTi, § 410.
[g. Decline npuu* and <pax£v (uncontracted $aviuv, § 56), applying the
rules of contraction. ^ 22.]
6. L. 7. NiKcbv rvyxdvei, he happens [conquering] to be victor,
§ 633. £evo<pa>vTi, § 652. j3, 1. 9. tcov . . ecrriV, § 390.
11. epovvra (T 53, § 301. 7) . . XPuC°h to say, that he ivished to have
an interview with him. 12. cos airoKTevcov, § 583. a.
7. L. 14. rbv . . 'A., § 474. 15. ibv . . o-rparnyoi, but
[during the before time] previously the generals did every thing [from
the prevailing opinion] according to the vote of the majority, § 447. /3.
8. L. 17. o ti av 8ey [sc. 7rdcr^ett'], 7reicrop.ai (fut. of 7rao-^a)), I
ivill suffer, whatever [it may be necessary to suffer] may be necessary.
How is rreiaofiai formed from the root nevd- (§§ 58, 281. e) 1 The fut.
of Trao-^w must be carefully distinguished from the fut. mid. of ireiOu),
which has the same form (Less. XL 4). 18. o-nelcracrdai (aneu8-
aaadat), from o-nevdeo. Show how this form is obtained.
XV.
[a. Decline the Pures 6u>-„ *ou;, x.U, «<V, and l^ti* (f 14), observing the
contractions which occur. See §§ 34, 84, 114. 2, 115. 2.]
1. L. 19. roxiMvplas ap^avros,u'ho had ruled over Syria, §§ 469. 1,
636. 20. irporepa (§ 457. a) Kvpov (§ 351) nevre i)p.epais (§419),
[sooner than C. by five days] Jive days before Cyrus. 21. "Erv^e
(from rvyx<iva>) 8e Sta peo-ov (§ 456) . . ~2e\lvovs, and there happened to
be flowing through the ?nidst of the estate (Xenophon's at Scillus) a river
Selinus. SeXii/oOr is contracted from 2eXti/o'ei?, properly an adjective
signifying abounding in parsley. See § 109. 2, and also 'Ottovs ("If 13).
24. iv ap.(poTepoLs, in both the rivers named Selinus.
[b. Special Law of Greek Declension. § 110 f.
c. Change of -i/>} to -ta>;, &c. § 116.
d. Decline hrtrtvs, vr,%v;, and ~2.uKoa.rn;, showing how all their forms are
obtained. IT 14 ; §§ 11 1. I, 113 - 116.]
2. L. 27. as /3ao-tXea, §§662. a, 485. a. [P. 28.] L. 1.
"2,<pevbovnTa>v , § 357. /3. ttjv raxlcrrnv [sc. 686v], [the quickest way]
forthwith, § 440.
56 NOTES ON
3. L. 4. Trep\ ir\i]dov(rav ayopdv , about the time of full market, the
latter part of the forenoon. 5. Tiao-afpepvovs. This noun is of
botli the first and the third declensions (§ 124. a). The usual forms
are, N. Tiacacpepur]?, ii. -vovs, D. -vti, A. -vr/v, V. -vrj. 6. tjv 6"
avToiv <£. tls"E\\i]v, [but there was of them P. one Greek] but one of
tin in iras a Greek, Phahnus. The construction is here changed from
apposition to the form of a distinct sentence. 7. eVn'/xco? f'^tof
(= evripos &», § 555. a), [having himself in a condition of honor] to
be held in honor. 8. rjyfpdvi, § 472. a. 'HpcucXft, § 115. (3,
1 14. 12. Trpto-ptis, §5 111. 1, 136. a.
[<?. Decline -r'oXis, explaining its forms. IT 14 ; §§ 111. 2, 113. 1, 114. 2,
115. 2, 116. a, ?.]
4. L. 14. 7r6\iv olK.ovp.ivnv, an inhabited city, as some of the cit
ies upon the route of Cyrus were desert. 15. Mi'Sov, § 390.
16. nepaaas, 1 aor. of nfpavvvpi, § 293.
5. L. 18. azrinepTve . . /3ao-iXe7, sent to the king the tribute ac-
cruing. 19. Zip, for as, $ 526. 20. avrn, § 473, N. tov
aOpo'i&iv, §§ 395. a, 620, 622.
[/. Decline rsT^o; and atrrv, explaining their forms. IT 14. |3 ; §§113.
2, 115. 1, 116. a.]
6. L, 25. TcXor, § 440.
7. L. 28. to ei?por, sc. T)v. 30. ovopa, evpos, R. XXII., § 137.
Bvo (§ 137. -y) irkiOpav, § 387. 31. dvci Kpdros, [up to their
strength] with all speed. *Hi» . . ern, and he ivas, when he died,
about fifty years old, § 480. 2. 33. eYcoj/, § 387. o>?, 662. b-
§. [P. 29.] L. 2. toutm, § 499. Toirav (§652. a) . . «»-
c/>eTo, anrf //icse 7/o one either sneered at as cowardly in icar, or blamed
[them] in respect to friendship. 3. ijcrrnv, § 230. y. 1. "ip(pu>,
121.
9. L. 5. /So'es, 1 14. Explain its forms (§§ 34, 112. 4, 113. 3,
114.2 and 3). opvldes, § 123. y. 6. *Ew, a form of eV (§§ 648.
/3, 730), used even in the common language with an ellipsis of the sub
stantive verb, § § 652. e, 653. e.
[g. Decline r,x" an( l «'$«f, explaining their forms, \ 14 ; §§ 112. 4, /3,
113. 3, 114. 2, 115. 1, a.
h. Decline roiri^nt and rafts, explaining their forms. %^ 14, 17;
§§ 112. 3, 113. 1, 114.2, 115. 1.]
11. L. 13. tV toutw [sc. to) xpovw, § 447. a], [in tlii^ tints]
meantohile. — . — 15. iyrrac atpacft;, [were out of sight] had eUsappt
8io)Kfi, § 610. 16. Kara tov irpavovs, down the Steep, § 447. y.
17. TEirl fie to KaT(pyd((o-dai [sc. ravra, § 523] liv (§ 376. t) (iri-
6vpoirj(hk 205. 2, 606), /o the [accomplishing what he might desire]
accomplishment of his desires. 18. 8ui tov eiriopKiiv, through [the
swearing falsely] perjury. 19. to <V dfrXow • • (Znu, §§ 149. a,
400.
LESSONS XV. -XVII. 57
[*. Decline fits, explaining its forms. % 19 ; §§ 112. 3, 113. 1, 114. 2,
115. 2, 132. 1.]
12. L. 22. to pevaropa uxnrep (j)ptdros, the mouth [as the mouth
of a well] like that of a well. The part o-ropa is in apposition with the
whole oiKiai, § 333. 5. A more regular construction would have been
to pet/ o-ropa e^ovaai, having the mouth. 23. inip rjpio-v, § 658.
26. noWov xpovov, §378. tovtov, § 351. oiva, § 652.1.
27. enep-^e, § 609. /3. A change is here made to the words put
by Cyrus into the mouth of the messenger. 28. ois, § 526. a-
13. L. 29. 'ApiBpos . . 6Sov, and the amount of the whole way
travelled by the Greeks in the expedition with Cyrus and in their re-
turn. 33. rpeiy, H 21.
XVI.
[a. Eemarks on the Declension of Pures. §§ 117 — 119.
b. Irregular Nouns. § 122 f.
c. The irregular Adjectives ftiyx; and <xoXv;. \ 20 ; § 135.]
1. [P. 30.] L. 2. epnXeoov, ace. sing, from epTrXecos, -av of
Att. Dec. II.
2. L. 8. TrXedpov, § 387. npaiav, T 20, § 135. 9. doWi/
ovk ei'coi/ (from edco), did not permit any one to injure them, § 627. 3.
ovt)e ras nepio-repds, SC. dducelv eiW.
3. L. 12. (rot . . yevecrBai, it is in your power, X., to become a man
(a great man), §§ 408, 627. a. 13. "E%eis ■ ■ too-ovtovs, § 660. a.
The omission of the conjunctions (asyndeton) increases greatly the vi-
vacity of the expression. 15. ovfjaais, from dvlimpi, § 284.
4. L. 16. ivvpa, 124. /3. 17. kvkXco, [in a circle, §418] round.
opecav, uncontracted form, § 115. 2. vbuip . . ovpavov, [there
was much water from heaven] much rain fell. 18. Srparon-eSevo-
pevuv 6° avrav, and [they being encamped] ivhile they are encamped,
R. xxxn., § 638.
5. L. 20. crcoot, § 135. 21. ro'is . . x' ' 110 ^ a protection to the
eyes from the snow, §§ 347, 403. 22. peXav, ^[ 19. Explain its
forms (§§ 105, 132. 2). 23. Ah, 1 16. TAow, 1 16, § 126.
2. 25. Mdcnca (also accented Mao-*a), §§ 126. 2, 562.
6. L. 29. Kupca Traprjcrav, [were present to C] came to the aid of
Cyrus, § 652. 1. —^—30. vrjes, from pais, T 14, §§34. a, 114, 121.6.
eV avra7s vavapxos, as admiral over them. [P. 31.] L. 1.
vavs ere pas Kvpov, other ships belonging to Cyrus. 2. (noXiopicei,
— <rvveiro\epei. The subject of these verbs is a pronoun referring to
Tamos ; while avrov refers to Tissaphernes.
XVII.
[a. History of Greek Declension. §§ 83-91, 141, 143 ; T 6.
b. Use of the Numbers and Cases. §§ 335-341.
58 NOTES ON
c. The Affixes of the Aorist and Future Passive. 1 30 ; §§ 198, 199.
See H 31.
d. The Aorist and Future Passive of fruvXivu. IT 35.]
1. L. 10. t1]v twv M., sc. x^P av i §§ 385, 447. /3. 11. Tovtw
. . ri, §§ 572, 431. a.
2. L. 16. KaTeTT(fi(f)dri (Kara-e-TrepTr-dn), §52. 1. 18. (\f)-
<p8qaav (e-X^-Orjaau) , from \apfidva.
3. L. 20. virnpirai TravTos tpyov, assistants [of] m every work.
21. Kupw (\()(8r)o-av {£-\ty-6ncrav , § 5'2. 2) yevia-Qai, [were said to
be to C] Cyrus was said to have, §408. npaxdrjatTai (u-pay-
6>)a-(Tai), from TTpd-rrto , ^[ 38, § 273. 23. eVi TtTTapaiv, § 137. e.
4. L. 28. Toirois ijadr] (e-^-dn, § 52. 3), § 406. toi^toi/,
§ 375. 29. 'llvayicdcrdrjv (t'-ai>ayKdd-6r]v) , § 273. N.2. avrols,
§ 404. 6\
5. L. 31. Sendqvai, § 222. 3. cVtSfi^at, aor. of eribeiKvvfu..
[P. 32.] L. 1. d-rroanda-ai, § 219. 2. pfj KVK\o>0(lr) {§ 218 ,
§§ 601. y, 602. 2. 3. on nura peXoi, ^ 407. i, 546. 4. «ro$
KaXcoy e^oi, that [it should have itself well] all should be well, ^ 510,
555, 601. y. KartKavdrj, from Kara/caia), § 267. 3.
6. L. 5. AftVai/rey, T 58. 2, § 282. diroKktio-dfino-av, $ 221,
6. 'AvapvtjcrOrjTe, aor. pass, of dvapipvr)o-Ku>, §§ 221. a, 2>>5.
eV iroiois rial irpdypacriv, in what hind of circumstances, § 517.
7. Tore S17 ku\ tyvcoadr) (from yiyv£>o-K.a>) , [then now also] then it was
at once perceived.
7. L. 9. fa&Vtfi;, § 222. a. 10. tK^rjddr,, $ 223.
11. dvr)xdi)(rav (dva-e-dy-drjaav) , from ni/dyw. dirorprjBtvTet (from
dnorepva, § 277. /3) rur KecpaXds, ^ 437.
8. L. 13. 7rapa8odT)cr(Tai, from Trapabidwpi. Kai . . o-uo-ra-
6rjo-6pevos (from cruvio-rnpi.), and also, when he teas setting forth from
Ephesus io be presented to Cyrus. 15. eavro (§§ 410, 504) 8f£tov
($ 457. /3), [on the right to himself] on his right.
9. L. 16. tcjidpno-au, % 42, §§ 199. n., 255. 0. 18. r$* Aoi-
77^ nopeiav (^ 431. a) . . \pfj (fy 284. 4) nopevdr/vai, whether [it is
proper to travel] they sJuwld pursue the rest of , their way. 20. i™j,
how. 21. Tadjfina-au, from 6diiTa>, §$ 272. <i, 263.
10. L. 23. Trap(K\r]dr)o-ai>, from TrapaKaXtut, § 261. 26. Ov
noWio fie varepov, and [not later by much] not much after, or soon
of/ir. <j7r6 . . arjpdov, [from] at the same signal. o? r' evfiov,
^ 170. 27. KaT(K6nr)vav, from KaraKoKTU), § 272- a.
XVIII.
[a. Review. Declension. §§ 72-154; ^f 5-24.
b. The Reduplication. §§ 190, 191.
c. The Affixes of the Perfect and riupcrfect, in each voice. ^ 29, 30.
LESSONS XVII., XVIII. 59
d. The Perfect and riuperfect of /Sut/Xiu*, in each voice. %^ 34, 35.
e. Remarks upon the Complete Tenses. §§ 233 f, 577 f.J
1. L. 28. Totai/Tci, § 432. ft. TreTToirjKe, perf. of ttouco, § 218.
In looking for words in the vocabulary, allowance must be made for
the reduplication, wherever it occurs. 29. dvartOappt'jKaaiv [dva-
di-Oappi-Kaai-v) , § G2. 30. iTnoipKrjK.do-i[iTii-o-opKi-Kacn) , § 191.4.
31. iu>pa.Kd s v § 189. 2, 190. olpai (§ 222. 3) t)e Kat ol uXXoi
iravres [sc. uo-pevoi ae eapa.Ka.criv], and, 1 tlunk, all the others also.
[P. 33.] L. 1. Kipos . . eiptjKa (§§ 191. 1, 301. 7), * 522. 2. 'H
. . dnoXaXenev (§§ 191. 2, 295), § 507. /3.
2. L. 4. 'AiroXcXowraow, «ff 37, §§ 199. n., 230. 1. 5. vi<av
rryeirai, [thinks that he conquers] considers himself victor. drveKTO-
vev, from drroKTelva- 0. eo-rrjKc, stands, §§ 191. 4, 233.
ypdppara i'xovcra, [having letters] bearing an inscription. 7. 'EX-
Xr/viSes, § 134. 8. Ilporjye'io-de rr)v rrpos rovs ivavrlovs [sc. 68oV,
§ 431. a] lead forward [the way against] directly against the enemy.
!*. cos pi) (o-TTjKccpev (§ 234. a), eriel tocpdrjpfv (§ 301. 4) . . noXepiovs,
so that ice may not be standing still (as if afraid) , [since] now that we
have been seen, and have seen the enemy.
3. L. 14. 8ieXrjXv0evai, peif. of 8up X opai, §§ 301.3, 191.2.
iv€Tu^ov t'j8r], they already [happened upon]/e// in with.
[/. Decline ubus, explaining its forms. %] 22. 7, 58. 1 ; §§ 103,
112.«, 132. 1, a, 301. 4.X. 2.]
4. L. 15. reBvrjKOTa, dead, from Bvi'jctkio, § 281. 16. ouS' . .
eXeyev, nor did any one [knowing] from knowledge say how he died.
19. TreTroiTjKM e'in, §§234, 611. 2. 21. fjcr6eTo . . r\v, §614.
a. 22. Havres 8e aovro aTroXcoXeWi (from drroXXvpi) , cos eaXcoKvi-
as (from aXiaKopai, §§ 301. 1, 198. 2) 1-77? tvoXccos, and they all thought
they were lost, [as they would be, the city having been taken] as though
the city had been taken by an enemy, or inasmuch as (in their opinion)
the city luas taken, § 640. 23. elicos [sc. etm], it is probable.
5. L. 25. El\Tj<pe<rav (Xe-Xi'jft-Kecrav), §§ 61, 191. 1. 20. el-
a-TTjKu (e-e-o-ra-Kei)> a second form of the plup. of to-Trjpt, in which the
augment is prefixed to the reduplication, §§ 189. 3, 233. 27. re-
Te\evT7]K.ei, § 194. 1. (bappanov tticov (from ttlvco, §278), Trvper-
tu>v, [having drank a drug, being in a fever] through the effect, of med-
icine taken for a fever. 28. ra 8' i<eivov, § 477. a. 29. r;Xo>-
Kei, from a\io-Kopai. 30. cld>6ei, §§ 236. c, 297. 31. Xircovi-
ctkovs tie eve8e8vicecTai' (from eVSui/co, §278. y) inrep yovdrcov (§ 103. N. ),
and they [had put on] wore small tunics [above their knees] not reach-
ing below the knee.
[jr. Formation of the Tenses. ^28 (see ^[ 4. n.). Apply this table in
parsing verbs, until it becomes perfectly familiar.]
6. L. 32. TLavd' (for ndvra, § 65) fjp.lv TreTroujTat, § 417.
[P. 34.] L. 1. ov8e . . pipvncrai (§ 233), not even [seeing know]
understa?id what you see, nor [hearing remember] remember what you
hear. 2. "On-coy . . avbpes, § 602. 3. a^ioi rrjs e'Xev0epias
60
NOTES ON
(R. xii., §> 374.0), r}r (§ 526) KftrnjaBe (§ 234.0), tror% o/" the free-
dom whxcn you [have acquired] ew/oy. 5. ou . . Tvx(iv,j'or it is not
possible to attain this in any other way.
7. L. 7. 'Opd\oyt7s . . ytytvr]cr6ai (from ylyvopai), § 627. a
10. t)ia tu bieawdpBai (t)ia-(-amip-adai, ^ 60 ; from 8ia<nrflpa),
§§ 259. a, 268) avrco (§ 412) to arpdrfvpa, on account of [the army
having been dispersed for him] the dispersion of his army.
§. L. 11. HapvaraTibos, § 390. 12. ds (<l>vr]v hthopivai (from
c)'ic)u>pi), having been given for the girdle, i. e. in accordance with a
Persian custom, their income was appropriated to supplying the queen-
mother with girdles. 14. Teraypivos, from totto). 16. K.
TreTrrcoKoYa (from tt/tttw, §§ 286, 236. a), that C. had fallen, § 633.
ecpvyev, from (pevyeo, § 270. 9. 17. e^tvypevnv (from £ev-
yvvpi, § 294) 7r~koioit (§ 116. 1) . . eVra, [connected by 37 boats]
composed of thirty-seven boats connected together.
[ft. Connecting Vowels and Flexible Endings of Conjugation. §§ 202 -
215 ; IT 31.
i. Analyze the Affixes which have been learned in 1V1T 29, 30, distinguish-
ing in each the Tense-Sign, Connecting Vowel, and Flexible Ending (so far as
they exist). Write the Affixes as analyzed, separating the elements by hy-
phens, and verify the work by comparing IT 31.
j. Analyze the Forms of Verbs which occur in reading, distinguishing the
following elements, where they exist : — 1. the Preposition with which the
Verb is compounded ; 2. the Augment ; 3. the Reduplication ; 4. the Root,
distinguishing all the additions made to the original root ; 5. Letters
inserted between the root and affix ; 6. the Tense-Sign ; 7. the Connecting
Vowel ; 8. the Flexible Ending ; and 9. v paragr.gk. In Participles, the
Flexible Ending of Conjugation may still farther be resolved into («) the Ad-
dition to form the Root of Declension ; (b) the Connecting Vowel of Declen-
sion ; and (c) the Flexible Ending of Declension (§ 133. 1. x.). Continue this
analysis until it becomes perfectly familiar.]
9. L. 19. apeporepa (§ 472. a) ra 2>ra (% 11, § 33. y) reTpvTTrjut-
vov {Te-rpvna-pev-o-v) , [bored as to both his ears] having both his cars
bored, § 437. 20. Id«|e (e-cW-o-a-r, §§ 203. /3, 211), from 8et-
Kuvpi. awrerpipptvovs (<Tvv-T€-Tpt(5-ptv-o-vs, §§ 34, 53), from
arvvrpifto). 22. KaTeiXripptvu) (/cara-ei-Xn/3-/ii«V-o-i) , from KaraXap-
/3«ea>. 23. Su&vxdai (oui-e-fcOy-o-tfat, §§60, 52), from 8ia(cv-
yvvpi-
10. L. 25. ijx6w av {i-ity-Qe-o-av, § 199), from <Tya>.
26. jjo-OrjvTai {a-a'taQ-q-vTai, §222. 1), from alaOdvopai- ojtos
'EXXnwKoO, [being Greek] composed of Greeks.
11. L. 32. irpofidruv tveKa, 11. M., §§372. y, 674. 3.
dnoSeduyptvoi ijaav (§§53,213.2), perf. mid., had expressed tluir
opinion, § 558, [P. '•','>.] L. 1. oaKXairo (c-jst-jcXii-jn-o), were
hept closed, § 577.
12. L. 3. 8«7rXfuo-fli< (i^a-t-n-Xf r-(r-n-i'r), § 220. 5. rov . .
yfy/)a(/)oros-, who painted the Dreams in the Lyceum. 6. talo-varo
t-o-t-a-co-o-To, § 221. a), from (To)(oi, § 289.
LESSONS XVIII., XIX. 61
13. L. 8. dp.a rai/ra noiovvrav (tyoi(-6-vt-u>v) rjp.u>v, [at the same
time, we doing these things, § 638] as soon as ive do this, § 616. a.
9. d0fcrr^et (from d(piaTT]p.i, § 239) . . XeXen^erai (Xe-XeiV-o"-
€-rai),^582. Ei yap Tiva dWr/Xois pay^)/ cvvd^ere, vopifccTe,
for if you [shall join any battle] engage in any battle with each other,
consider. 11. KaraKeKoyJAtaSai, § 582.
XIX.
[a. Review. Consonants and their Euphonic Changes. IT 3. n., §§ 49
- 71.
b. The Nude Affixes of the Present and Imperfect, in each voice. HIT 29,
30.
c. Verbs in -p,. § 224 f.]
1. L. 19. hrrmrrw {l-ara-vrai) , 1 48, §§ 283. c, 284. 13
enio-Taade, indicative. 14. cfitpei, [carries] blows. 16. <pr]p.i
(0a-/«',§§2O9,224. 1, 284. r.), 1 53, § 301. 7. 17. airos, § 627. a.
"Apa Se rjj r]p-ipq, an< ^ [ at tne same time with the day] at day-
breah, § 399. 18. arvveXBovTes, from crvvipxopai. 19. ovre
cVXXoi/ tt€jjlttol (§ 608) a-rjpavovvra (§ 583. a), o ri \pi] (§ 284. 4) ttou'lv,
wither sent another to signify what they must do.
2. L. 21. crrpaTiaiTcbv — ns, § 362. /3. 22. Irjcri (t-e-crt,
1 54, §§ 211, 224. 1, 229, 284) rf, d&vy (§ 416. 1), lets fly with his
are, throws his axe at C. 23. acocppovrJTe, $ 603. /3. toutoi/
(^ 435) ravavTia (ra ivavrla, ^ 39. N. I) . . ttoiovcti (§ 546), [you will
do to him the things contrary than they do to dogs] you will treat him
in a manner the reverse of that in which they treat dogs. 24. ras p.tv
riftepas (§ 439) 8i8(d(ri (8i-8€-ixri, §§ 58, 284 ; cf. riBiauri, 150), they
tie. up [through the days] by day. dcptam (dno-i-e-vari, § 229. b).
3. L. 27. AlBaxri (81-80-0-1), 1 51, § 284. 28. napa8i86dcrw
(7rapa-8i-8o-vai-p), § 58.
4. L. 29. orvp.p.i.yvvdo-iv (o-vv-p.[y-vv-i>cri-v), § 294 ; cf. 8eiKvvdcri,
152. 30. drroKTivvvdo-i, §295. 31. 8eiKvvovo-t, §225. R.
ToCro . . ns, § 638. [P. 36.] L. 2. rbv Biov, the god,
who was supposed to have caused the sneezing as an omen of good.
5. L. 3. zTrida-iv (eirt-i-wi-v, §1 58. a), they will advance, 1 56,
§§ 224, 231. 4. amp-eii (ano-i-jxtv) . . e-rriKparelas, ice shall depart
hence out of the power of these men. 5. eiVeto-i, § 224. 1.
[d. Formation of Words. § § 302-316 ; IT 62. A, B.]
6. L. 6. ^tXj)y . . K€(pa\i]v, §1 472. a. els ttjv p-dxqv KaBlo-Ta-
to, stationed himself for the battle. 8. w? i8vvavro tu^io-to, as fast
as they could, § 525. a. 'Ek tovtov, [from] upon this. e'crraX-
fievos (from o-re'XXa>, § 277. a) . . /caXXiora, arrayed for war as hand-
somely as [he could array himself] was in his power. 10. e'eprj
{e-<pa-T, §§ 211, 224. 1), said he, 1 53. ri (§ 432. 3) avriTfrd-
Xarat (awi-re-ray-nrai, § 213. 2, r.), ichy they are drawn up against
us. 11. i'eprja-da, § 182. II. 12. inrjpeTO (em-e-ep-e-ro), § 298.
6
62 NOTES ON
13. 6 8' Zcpn [sc. rlXjj^r; ravr tivai], and he said [that they were
true] yes, § 624. ft. ovk teprj, § 610. b.
[e. Formation of "Words (continued). §§317-328; TTtf 62, C3. Ap-
ply the rules of derivation and composition in explaining the forms and signi-
fication of words until they become perfectly familiar. In this way, the labor
of learning the language will be greatly diminished.]
7. L. 14. eWi'tferro (im-t-di-df-vTo, § 62), «|f 50, § 284.
ro'is Karafiaivova-i (Kara-fta-lvo-vr-at, <§ 278), those who were descend-
ing, §§ <i3G, 215. 2. 15. 8eoWdrey, «|[ 58, §§ 282, 236. a.
16. uvto, aerirtp av bpafxoi (301. 5) irtpl v'iKrjs, they [threw themselves]
rushed forward, as one would run for [victory] a prize (as one would
run if he were running for a prize, § 601. ft). 18. Xapftclvttv, [tc
take] permission to take. c'8i8ov, §225. 19. « Si'Soro Xe'yet*
(§§ 546. /3, 620. a) r<3 ftovXoptva (§ 636), [it was given to speak] per
mission to speak was given to any one who wished.
20. iirtbtlKwerav (tm-c-bdK-vv-crav) , ^[ 52, § 294.
22. i/o/x<i> 7wl adoures, tinging [with] a certain tune. 23. firrjyvv
2. vopco Ttn adovres, singi7ig [with] a certain tune.
■>, § 294. 24. dirijti] fire, 1 56, § 231. b, 237.
O. L. 26. Oi hi iroktpioi, cor rjp^avro (t-upx-cr-a-vTo) Bt'tv, aiiKtTt
i'o-ino-av {t-crra-crav , §§ 224. 2, 257. ft), and the enemy, when they (the
Grecian targeteers) began to run to the assault, no longer [stood] /tela
their ground. 27. dpa . . avion], § 616. 3. 28. dviftr), §§ 227,
278, "ft 57. 30. 7roXXcoi> kcu (§ 655. 6) uya6S>v ycp.ovo~as, [full of
many and pood things] abundantly supplied with excellent provisions.
31. larpovs KaTterTnereiv (1 aor., § 257. ft) uktco, they appointed
eight surgeons. 32. rtrpupivot, from rtTp^exKo), § 285.
[/. Review. Greek Characters. ITU" ], 3; §§ 10- 23.]
10. [P. 37.] L. 1. Wevro (T[50) to. oirXa, [put their arms] stooel
in arms (a military phrase). 3. irapiboerav, § 224. 2. L.
1. tyvao-av, ^[ 57, § 285. Why must this 2 aor. have the nude form ?
5. ijXeoaav — idXeo, §§301. 1, 189. 2. 7. iviSv, 1 57,
§ 278.
11. L. 10. iiri(JTacr8<£>crav, vrt ovre dirobtbpaKao-tv (§ 285), otb)a
(^J 58, § 301. 4) yip oirt] ot^ovrat (§ 579. £) • of>re diroirtepfvyacriv, let
them know that they have neither escaped by concealment, for I know
whither they heive gone; nor hare they fud beyond my reach.
12. Aerie ikeiv (§ 301. 1), § 628.
[<?. Review. Quantity. §§ G75-GD3.]
12. L. 14. ererrcocrrrti , § 549. a. 15. htaOiptvot blaboTf, har-
ing disposed of them by sale, make distribution of the proceeds.
16. "\8t (TI 56, § 210. 2) S»), nwi/^trrV' (ow/tkk^A, §§ 62. S,
221. a], . . Knracrr/je^ufxfi'or tvfij (§ (i.'>7), come now {or well then),
call to /nind, how great an object you then deemed it /-> obtain what [now
having subdued you hold] //"" have noto congnered and possess.
18. untie, imperative, % 5(>. 19. KtXtvato. In what mode and
tense is this (J 606) 1 irdpeart {irapd-t-o-rt , § 230. ft), imperative
Uvrxov, §808
LESSON XIX.
6J>
[A. Accent- §§ 722 - 733.
i. "What words in paragraph 12 are accented as far back as possible?
f In reading paragraphs 13 and 14, observe the illustrations which occur
of the rules of accent already learned.]
13. L. '23. reXevrav ixakeiraivev, [closinp;] at last he became
angry, § 632. ol . . ov yap [sc. i'cpaaav, §661. /3] dv bvvaaBai no-
pfvOijvai, and they bade him slay them; for they said that they were not
able to proceed. 26. /3ap$apiK<u [sc. a-Tparevpari], § 447. y.
14. L. 29. dyaye'iv (from Sya), § 194. 3, s. 30. T>> . .
(irtdi'ivai (§ 224. 2. e) avra, he said that he icished to inflict upon him
the punishment due. 31. rovs (pevyovras ■npokaBai. (% 54), to be-
tray [those fleeing] the exiles.
[k. Accent (continued). §§734-750.
I. Explain the accentuation of all words which occur (so far as determined
by general or special rules), until the subject becomes perfectly familiar.]
15. [P. 38.] L. 1. tiovvat, § 224. 2. e. "Qcrre . . Ttaibetav,
so that it is time for you also to exhibit your training. 2. KJ]pv£
Uvai (§§ 208. 2, 746.' a), to go as herald. 3. dneKTovus, § 747. a.
Auros . . Uvea, but he said that he should not himself go, §§ 510.
1, 616. b.
16. L. 4. AteXeyoiro . . e(f> eavrols, they both talked to themselves,
and laughed at (or by) themselves. 5. ecpto-rdpevoi, ottov tv\ouv,
stopping wherever they happened to be. 6. uxpvro dnekavvov-
res, $ 637. 8. ava-ravres ddpooi ttov., collecting somewhere in a
body. 9. vvktos, § 741. dnodpas (^[ 57, § 285) a^ero, ran
off, § 637.
[m. Review. Syntax. §^329-344; 1HT 65, 66.]
17. L. 10. 'Epe\cT<ov . . paxpdv, they practised [to shoot] shoot-
ing, sending [up far] high into the air. 12. rd irXelo-rov (§ 374 /3)
d^ia tvdepevoi, putting on board [the things worth most] their most
valuable effects. 14. avrov, § 379. a. ■ ray . . divras, placing
their shields against their knees, ready for action.
[«. Review. Svntax (continued). — Syntax of the Genitive. §§ 345
-370.]
18. L. 22. rdtjecov, § 726. /3. Iovtos, §§ 208. 2, 749. e.
23. "Qi^to, §§ 25. 3, 26. 24. els rt)v emovo-av ea (§97. 3), upon
the following morning.
[o. Review. Syntax of the Genitive (continued). §§371-396.
p. Make a Table presenting a general view of the various uses of the
Genitive, according to their divisions and subdivisions.
Remark. The similar reduction of other great divisions of Syntax to a
tabular form will be found an exercise of great utility.]
19. L. 26. dv rts Ta%v dvLOTrj (§ 226. 1), if one rouses them sud-
denly. eon, § 732. c. 29. o tl dv dvvcopat (§ 728. 4), vpds
dyadov (§ 435) woie'iv, [whatever I may be able, to do you good] to do
you whatever good I may be able. "Enep-^e . . Kal KeXeuovo-t, § 544.
64 NOTES ON
31. KfAfvoucri <fiv\dTTf<r8ai, they bid you be upon your guard.
32. rw Tr\T]o-toi>, the neighbouring, § 475.
[q. Review. Syntax of the Dative. §§397-421.]
20. [P. 30.] L. 2. pA (§602. 2) ovk c X «> ($601. a) . . ok So,
[lest] //i«^ I may not have [what I may give tu each] enough to bestow
upon each one of my friends, if [it should be well] I succeed, but [lest]
that I may not have friends enough [to whom 1 may give] upon whom
to bestow. 6. on (§ 673. ji) ncTrpdo-cTat. (§ 265), § 610. py)
«6W, § 598. 1.
[r. Review. Syntax of the Accusative and Vocative. §§ 422 - 443.]
21. L. 11. Tavr tyco (o-jrevhov, § 432. 3. 12. hvvalpriv
(Svva-l-p-qv), § 205. (pddaat. (§ 278) . . kf p/3oXijj/ , to [anticipate]
arrive before the pass should be occupied by the enemy, or to anticipate
the seizure of the pass. 15. 8ia/3alei/ (dta-fid-i-tv), §§ 205. 1, 213.
[s. Review. Syntax of the Adjective. §§444-466.]
22. L. 17. ff 07ra)? . . uKkots, in order that he might [put] pro
duce fear in others also. TeXoj, § 440. IS. Trpoo-'ioivro,
§ 226. 3. 19. 'En-fbeiijev avrbv (§ 144) . .eira [= tivi, §§ 152,
732. ii.] o-rreio-aiTo, he [exhibited himself, § 425. 4] showed that he
[made it to himself, § 558] regarded it of the utmost consequence, if he
had made a treaty uith any one. How is the simple indefinite pronoun
distinguished from the interrogative, and from like forms of the ar-
ticle « 20. crvvOoiTo, § 226. 3. 21. vttoctxoito, § 292.
pi)biv yjfevdeaOai, [to falsify nothing] in nothing to prove false.
[t. Review. Syntax of the Article. $§467-493.]
241. L. 28. ei e'Si'Sou, «rt rovra tip cttiftov, if he gave, he would
give for this end.
XX.
[a. Revtew. Syntax of the Pronoun. §5 494-518.
b. Nude Forms of Second Perfect and Pluperfect. § 237.]
1. [P. 40.] L. 1. i(p(o-Tao-av(iin.-(-crTa-o-av, §213), 1" 48, §237.
3. KayaOdi, for ko\ dyadu), §§ 38. 1, 40. /3. TtOvarov, § 237.
4. dviXtaBai., §§ 301. 1, 746. b.
[c. Review. Syntax of the Pronoun (continued). §§519-542.
d. Decline 'urus, and explain its forms. IT 22 ; § § 132. /3, 179, 237.]
2. L. 9. 6Vt . . ttrj, that these ivcre public property. t(6ihu>-
ras, § 237.
[e. Review. Agreement of the Verb. §§543-552. — Use of the
Voices. §§ 165, 166, 553-564.
/. Repeat and explain the forms of »7S*. % 58 ; §§ 237, 301. 4. n.]
3. L. 13. t(TT(. indicative 11. Svpotda Ipaorq (§ 65S. n)
Trdvra (§ 437, or 432) tytvo-ptvos (§ 746. c) avrdv, [I know with mv-
self having deceived him as to all things] I am conscious to myself if
having deceived him in every thing.
LESSONS XIX. -XXII. 65
[g. Review. Use of the Tenses. IT 26 ; §§ 167, 168, 565-585.]
4. L. 16. "la-di . ,&V t $ 633. ot<rt, § 210. b. 17. wepi-
yeve'crBai av, could prevail over, §§ 615. 2, 601. a. bwap-ecos , § 726.
j8. itrre, imperative. ami . . 7rai/r&)i/ (§ 741. a), instead of
all (kings which I have, ^ 525, 526. a.
[*. Review. Use of the Modes. IT 27 ; § § 169, 5S6 - 600.]
5. L. 23. 7" Set . . eyot, § 425. 4. 24. redimKOTa, § 633.
AeStcbs (Tf 58, §§ 237, 282) . . raura, fearing lest this should lake place.
[i. Review. Use of the Modes (continued). §§601-619.]
6. L. 26. Troirjaot, $ 587. 2. 28. i K a6j]VTo, "[f 59, §§ 192. 3,
275. f.
[_/'. Review. Use of the Modes (concluded). §§620-644.]
7. L. 31. ?k€ivto, 160, $ 232. [P. 41.] L. 1. S>o-nep i£6v
(§ 638), [as we might lie down, it being permitted] as if it were per-
mitted, § 640. TrapriyyeWev — viioptveiv, passed the word (along
the line of march) to halt-
XXI.
[a. Review. Syntax of the Particle. §§645-674.
b. Yerbal in -rUf. §§ 314. f, 407. x, 642 - 644.]
1» L. 3. <tk(ttt€ov . . eivai, § 642. 4. edonei . . elvai, §642.
6. 07771 hvvaivro raxiora, [in what way they could most rapidly]
as rapidly as possible, § 525. a. irp\v fj, §§ 657. x. 4, 629. 2.
[c Review. Conjugation. §§ 164-186.]
2» L. 8. 'H/xtf . . 7roi77rea [sc. etVat, § 547], § 407. k. or! tois
/3ap/3dpotr, [dependent upon] i/i the power of the barbarians.
10. 'Aa\' . . Tvavra (fy 643. a) iroinriov [sc. e'o-riV], § 601. j3. Cf.
navra iroinria above, and observe the freedom with which either the
personal or the impersonal form of construction was used. 11. Xe-
KTf'a, sc. (o-t\ ravra.
XXII.
[Review. Conjugation (continued). Vli 28 - 35 ; §§ 187 -215.
Remark. Lessons xxn. -xxrv. consist each of a single extract.]
L. 14. 'E7ret . . iyevovro, and when both the libations had been made,
at a feast given by the Greeks to the ambassadors cf Corylas, king of
Paphlagonia. These libations introduced the second part of the feast,
which was especially devoted to pleasure. 15. 7rp<k avkov, to the
music of a flute. 17. expuvro, [used] flourished. 18. Trenkn-
ytvai, to have wounded. 6 . . ttcos, and he fell [somehow] quite
artfully, so as to imitate the fall of a wounded man. 22. rjv be
ov&ev TreTrovOois, but he [was having suffered nothing] had received no
harm, § 637. 23. ttjv napiraiav KaXovpevrjv, the Carpeea so called,
or the dance called Carp&an (sc. op^no-iv). 28. iv . . avkov, [in
time to the flute] keeping time icith the music of the flute. 31. ru
X e7pe, $$ 133. S, 437.
6*
66 NOTES ON LESSONS XXIII., XXIV.
XXIII.
[Review. Conjugation (continued). IT IT 36 - 52 ; §§216-253.]
[P. 42.] L. 1. r6 Sdirvov, the supper given by Seuthes, a Thra-
cian prince, to the Greek generals and captains. 3. Kal . . no-
Xecos-, and [if any embassy was present from a city] whatever ambassa-
dors from any city were present, § 663. 6. 4. to . . kvk\<o, [the
supper was to them seated in a ring, § 408] they were seated in a ring
for the supper, while the Greeks at this period were accustomed to
recline at their meals. 5. flo-ijve^drjo-av (from (lo-^tpa) ttclq-iv, were
brought in for the supply of all. 7. koto, roi/s £tvovs, beside the
guests. 10. Kara piicpuv, [by little] into small pieces. 11. Scrov
. . Karaknrav, § 628. 12. /caret ravrd, [according to the same
things] in like manner. 13. (payt'iv 8eiv6s, § 620. 14. to piv
hiappLTTTflv (Xa (from caco) yai'peii/, [permitted] bade [the distributing
farewell] farewell to all distribution to others, i. e. entirely neglected it
15. 6aov rpixoiviicov tiprov, [a loaf containing as much as three
chosnices] a full three-quart loaf. 19. (qbn, §552. 22. fjni-
araro, § 192. 3.
XXIV.
[Review. Conjugation (concluded). IT IT 53 - 61 ; §§ 254-301.]
L. 24. Tovrav — iraprjpe'KnKas, § 376. 8. 26. Toi> . . dnoSpalrj,
for I neither know [from what kind of speed] with what speed any one
[fleeing could escape] could escape by fight the [war] hostility of the
gods, nor into ichat darkness he could rim for concealment.
29. Travrcw, § 350. 30. lo-ov used adverbially. With these
noble words of Clearchus to Tissaphernes, we close our extracts.
EXERCISES
TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK
I.
1. I am plotting. We plot. You plot\ You two are plot
ting b . They advise . We are throwing and striking. They
two advise. To plot. To strike and throw. Let him advise.
Let them advise d . Do you be plotting. Let them strike and
throw. Advise 6 . Do you two be throwing and striking. Let
us advise f . Let us strike. You two are plotting. Let us plot.
Let them two strike and throw.
2. He says. They wonder. Let him learn to rule. Do
not' delay. You do not delay. He does not advise. Let him
not advise. We do not wonder. Let us not wonder. They
are not willing to learn. Do not burn. Let them not rule. I
do not wish to speak. We are learning to teach. If indeed we
should advise. But h let him consider. If he should wish to
advise. Let them not arrest.
II.
1. Cyrus sends Lycius'. Chirisophus apprehends Phalinus.
Lycius and Phalinus plot against Callimachus. Let us bring
stones, and not delay. Thereupon [now] Cyrus wonders.
Let the Lacedaemonians rule. O Cyrus, they wonder. I do
not wonder, [O] Cyrus 1 .
(a) This may be either singular or plural. When the English admits more
than a single form in Greek, it will often be useful to write all the forms which
are admissible, (b) Dual, (c) Observe carefully in respect to the use of »
paragngic, § 66. (d) § 213. 3. (e) 2 Pers. Sing, or Plur. Imperat.
(f) Subj., §§ 597. fi, 598. 1. (g) Observe carefully the distinction between
ou and (6». (h) Use great care in respect to the position of particles, and of
other words in connection with them, (i) Arrange this in six different ways,
(j) The Greek sign of address a is less emphatic than the English O, and is
hence more frequently used.
68 EXERCISES ON
2. Cyrus sends vessels. Thence Clearchus advances five
day's-marches. O Lacedaemonians, send vessels and money to
Cyrus". If indeed the sun should rise. They suddenly hear
a tumult. Cyrus has no vessels . Clearchus, carry back word
to Cyrus. Arireus has indeed no money, but he has five vessels.
We bring no money. Do not send vessels. They send no ves-
sels. Let them send no vessels. Thereupon Proxenus burns
five vessels. Let us go up, for the sun is rising.
in.
1. Let us take counsel. Let them learn both to rule and to
be ruled. Clearchus, if you wish 6 , speak. But, if they will,
let them remain. Let Proxenus march. Clearchus is not will-
ing to journey with Arioeus' 1 . Let us not march with Cyrus.
O Lacedaemonians, let us consult 6 together 132 . Let them
march f , if they will.
2. Thereupon Cyrus sends for Clearchus. Clearchus and
Proxenus are persuaded. We are not willing to obey, nor to
follow. But, if you desire, go up. Do not, by the gods, be
insane. Do not, then, depart. Suddenly the sun appears.
And may they arrive safely ! But now let us £o forth with
javelins. Lycius brings five leathern bags to Chirisophus ? .
They are not ashamed before either men or gods. May you
now depart safely ! Do not suppose, Lacedaemonians. We
are not mad.
IV.
1. Cyrus sends for Ctesias. Orontes is arrested. Cyrus
advances five parasangs. Agasias of Stymphalus, a captain,
comes up and arrests five robbers. Thereupon thirty robbers
approach with javelins and leathern bags. A robber wounds
Agasias. It is said. Do not wonder, Agasias. Orontes, are
you not h ashamed before either men or gods ?
2. Phrygia produces barley, wheat, sesame, millet, and pa-
nic'. Mithridates writes a letter, and sends it) to Cyrus. They
(a) Dat., §§ 398, 399. (b) C. has not vessels. For a negative odjei ti\e
before a substantive, the Greek often employs a negative adverb before a verb.
(c) 'E^iXai and /Wxo^a* are nearly synonymous, and in many cases cither may
be used. 'FJiXu, however, expresses the uish or u-i/l more as a feeling; and
pjovXouai, more as a rational fmrpott or preference, fd) l>at., §§ f>4S, 652. a.
(e) Middle Voice, (f) § 213. 3. (g) Dat., § 399. (10 The general diatino-
tion between cu and fin in interrogative sentences is the following : OJ e x pe ett
an affirmative answer ; pri, a negative. (i) Barh-ij and wheat ami sesame, gpft
In such cases the conjunction is usually repeated in Greek, fj) 'Hie Greek
LESSONS II. - V. 69
bring' 3 - Vi five wagon-loads of large stones. Seuthes has no sol-
diers. Thence he advances through Phrygia five stations,
thirty parasangs. From sea to sea. Soldiers, do not approach.
Abrozelmes comes with thirty robbers.
V.
1. A narrow pass appears. A thousand wild asses approach.
"White clouds appear. They march through Phrygia, a friendly
country 11 . Two carriage roads', very steep and narrow. Cyrus
sends to Clearchus fourteen hundred 1 " heavy-armed men. We
have no strongholds. Agasias goes forth with hoplites and other
soldiers, twenty-four hundred in all". They carry goat-skins,
sacks , and other receptacles.
2. The robbers bring stones. The soldiers so judge. And
on the fourth day, Cyrus with two thousand heavy-armed troops
descends into the plain. On a sudden 13 ' 17 Lycius closes the
gates, and inserts a strong bar. But let us not leave the place
by flight. The soldiers are in great need of p a common de-
liverance.
3. But on the fourth day the trumpeters give a signal. There-
upon the heads of the robbers are cut off. If indeed 13 - 7 the
deity should so direct. Mithridates flies at full speed, and
throws himself into the sea. The truce remains. The soldiers
wonder at 13- 5 the truce.
4. Mithridates therefore comes again to Orontes. But Seu-
thes escapes into the stronghold. He descends into the vil-
lages' 1 upon the springs of the river Centrites. Proxenus there-
fore ascends into the citadel above the plain. He escapes into
the village over the plain which lies along the river Marsyas.
5. The master of each village. Let us strive for an honor-
able death'. The hoplites fly at full speed through the midst
of the plain. The soldiers of Cyrus come against my country.
The friends of our brother leave the citadel by flight. From
this dav let the truce remain. Let us cease from that design.
o
They flee out of that country.
6. From that day the Lacedaemonians rule upon the sea and
upon the land. Seuthes rules at the present time 5 . It is said
in the preceding narrative. The heavy-armed cross with diffi-
usually omits pronouns which will be readily understood, and which have
no emphasis, (k) § 331. (1) Dual, (m) § 140. 1. (n) to the number
of two thousand and four hundred men. (o) and sacks, (p) need strongly.
(q) In respect to the position of the article and a limiting word or phrase, and
the frequent repetition of the article, observe carefully § 472 and the usage of
Greek writers. The position of the genitive partitive (§ 358) conforms to
§ 472. a. (r) about the dying honorably, (s) during the now time.
70 EXERCISES ON
culty the river Centrites. Ctesias says that the Persians also
expose themselves in war with their heads unprotected. Clear-
chus sends two thousand heavy-armed troops, and ahout ten
thousand targeteers\ Cyrus is plotting against 13 " his 1 ' brother.
They traduce Seuthes to the friends of his brother.
7. Suddenly 1317 the rest of the enemy appear upon the plain
beside the sea 14 1S . The one traduces the other. The barbari-
ans slay both Clearchus and many of the others. The rest of
the soldiers give way and flee.
8. But on the next day Cyrus sends for the rest of the gen-
erals. The enemy quit the plain without resistance. Cyrus
sends back Proxenus and his men into Lydia. The men from
the villages upon the right descend 152 into the plain. On the
fourth day 1 ' 2 , Tissaphcrncs and Arioeus with their men'" leave
the hill. He sends for the Cilician queen.
9. Come into the centre of the plain. For they have our
property. On the next day Cyrus sends for the Arcadian
infantry. They wonder at the fate of Clearchus. One
teaches 13 - 7 one thing, and another another. The physician has
come opportunely. The soldiers take supplies. Do not wonder
at our affairs. They die 13 ' 16 in the midst of the way home-
ward.
10. And he" 1 is both persuaded, and sends away 16 l his broth-
er. He arrests Lycius the son of Phallnus a Syracusan. But
they have the fruits of my toils.
11. Cyrus sends back the two messengers, and Orontes with
them. Tissaphernes falsely accuses Cyrus of plotting against
his brother. Tissaphernes and those with him burn the very"
wood from the houses. They burn the wood from the same
houses. They burn the wood from the very houses. The sol-
diers themselves gather wood from the same place. The same
soldiers gather wood. Upon the same day they themselves
bring him to Chirisophus. They bring the man himself f to
Clearchus. You yourselves are burning the houses. And let
us take some of the colts ourselves.
(a) targeteers about the ten thousand, (b) When the possessives my, thy, his,
&c, are not emphatic, and the reference is obvious from the connection, they
are commonly expressed in Greek by the simple article (§§ 482, 503). When
tin- possessive is used in Greek, the article may be joined with it or omitted,
according as the reference is definite or indefinite ; as, l l/xos ilsXfl;, my brother
(definite) ; iph ah'.XQo;, a brother of mine (indefinite). (c) those al>out '/'. and
A. (d) Observe carefully in respect to the DM Of omission of the pronouns in
Greek, according to their prominence or want of it. And in reaped t.> the
third personal pronoun, observe the various ways in which it is Supplied, ac-
cording to the nature and degree of its prominence. See f :*>0 - J f. (e) The
position of avros in its different uses must be carefully observed (§§ 508. II.,
509, 510. a), (f ) To show that avror is used as the emphatic, and not as
LESSONS V. - VII. 71
VI.
1. The barbarians said to Clcarchus, that they had come' re-
specting a truce. The soldiers themselves said, that they were
deliberating in common about the rest of their journey. Tracks
of horses appear. Thereupon the targeteers themselves take
some of 16 *** the same horses. On the same day Seuthes was
hunting on horseback. And he cheerfully complied, for he
confided in the Lacedaemonians.
2. The barbarians wondered that Cyrus made war upon his
brother Artaxerxes. The soldiers wondered that the generals
nowhere appeared. The captains were angry with the soldiers.
But he himself, with the rest of the captains, remained at the
door. And again upon the fourth day they consulted the gods
Dy sacrifice 1 ' in respect to the way homeward 1611 . The barba-.
rians remained, for they trusted in their' strongholds.
3. Two young men 5 ran forward from the trees. Clearchus
sends for the rest of the heavy-armed, and with them ascends
upon the second hill. The unprincipled plot against the
good 16 12 . And others, when the day began to dawn, descend-
ed in silence into the plain, and made a secure attack* upon the
enemy 1523 .
4. The friends 10 1S of Cyrus were taking' Orontes by the gir-
dle. The soldiers were inflicting severe blows. But the bar-
barians turn in flight, one one way, and another another. They
were put to death" 1 by Cyrus. The generals took each his share
of the money. The enemy leave only thirty alive. The rest
are said to have met with their end. When the rout of the bar-
barians had taken place, the soldiers are said to have divided
among themselves the prizes.
VII.
1. The Chaldceans are in the midst of the park 1516 . The
other barbarians are said to be friendly 11 ' 21 . For the road was
the common personal pronoun, place it at the beginning of the sentence
(§ 510. a), (g) The oratio ob/iqua, or indirect quotation, freely employs in
Greek either the distinct modes with connectives or the incorporated modes
without (§■$> 607. H., 614, 619). When the distinct modes are used in con-
nection -with past time, the forms of expression in §^ 608 and 610 are both
common, (h) sacrifced. (i) the. Q) For the use of both the dual and the
plural, when two are spoken of. see § 237. When it is designed to give ex-
press information in respect to the number, as in the example above, it is usual
to employ the numeral, whether with the dual or the plural, (k) made an
attack securely. (1) Observe carefully the distinction between the aorist and
the definite tenses, (m) died.
72 EXERCISES ON
said to be very steep 11 M . Be ready. If indeed 13 7 we are men.
The fountains beside tbe road were beautiful. And the gods
arc judges of the contest 1 . And the judges of the contest are
gods. Let the soldiers be brave.
2. The Chaldeans wish to be friends b and allies. Upon
this 13 ", the soldiers inquired about the Pisidians, whether they
were friends or enemies. And Seuthes told where the villi
were'". For thus the matter stands. The expedition is said to
be against the Lacedaemonians. And Orontes the Chaldn-an is
also present.
3. For there is a narrow pass between the trench and the
Euphrates. There are beautiful villages beside the Euphrates.
For I hear that there are suspicions. For it was now becom-
ing' 1 dark. For it was now dark. But when it was now even-
ing, he came 8 to Cyrus. It was necessary to fight, fur there
was no money 13 l0 . It is necessary to march 14 4 along side of
the river, for we have" 15 no vessels. Let us march, for it is
now daybreak.
4. Here Orontes had a palace, a park r , and beautiful villages.
The generals have a suspicion. Here again the soldiers \
dejected'. The targeteers' 3 " begin to run of their own accord
upon the villages. Artaxcrxes made war upon the Mysians and
Chaldseans.
5. Let us give the signal' 3 6 , for it is now late. It is growing
late. And when it was now about sunset, suddenly the barbari-
ans appear upon the plain. The sun is setting. For it was
now towards day.
6. It was not possible to take the villages. It is permitted to
take some of 16 " 3 the horses 1627 . For we cannot have h money.
But we could not obtain supplies.
7. It is now time to depart 14 y . The soldiers have leisure to
hunt 16 * 7 in the park. For it is necessary now to consult to-
gether' 3 \ The circuit of the palace 13 1T was a parasang.
VIII.
1. You' are generals, but we are soldiers. We advise you,
Clearchus, to follow and obey Cyrus. We flee 18 s , and you pur-
fa) Observe, that the Bubjeot of the sentence and an attribute are often dis-
tinguished by the article's being used with tbe fixst and not with tbe *
187. "•, ■'■ (b 6ori frimd*. Ti in GreeV implies lest emphasis than
both in English, and is therefore much more Frequent <• told nV i
where they vert, (d) Observe the distinction between i!mu and ^.~,tcfta.i.
e comes. The Greek makes great use <<r tin- Historic P r e s en t, and mutes
past and present teasel much more freely than the. English, (f i and <i juirk.
(g there wa$ dejeeticm te> the eoldiert. (h it t» net to km*. i You im the one
LESSONS VII. - IX. 73
sue 17 2 . I, Seuthes, am neither so thoughtless nor so foolish. We
thought you an enemy 15 28 . Send me 1 away, and think me no
longer a friend. Send away both me, and the army with me.
2. We plot against them with good reason, for they have our
property" 5 8 . Do not wait for others to come to you. You and
I have the same enemies' 1 . We can 1 now take pledges from
them.
3. They ride back to their own village. What age do you
now wait for? Let them inflict severe 1423 blows upon each
other. It is time for us to be upon our guard against them, as
enemies. It is necessary 13 - 27 for you to deliberate for your own
interest™. For I am no longer general, but Clearchus.
IX.
1. It is safer for you to pursue 17-2 , than for them. It was
said, that Cyrus was both more kingly, and more worthy to rule,
than his brother". We suffer most unjust treatment in being
cast out among the barbarians. The soldiers were far more
zealous than their generals. Let us knock upon the door 17- 9
ourselves" 3 - 19 .
2. O Seuthes, most wonderful of men. O Tissaphernes, and
ye others, as many as are friends of Artaxerxes, have you no
respect for" the gods ? Thence Cyrus advances 13 - l0 through
Phrygia by the shortest and safest way. The Cilician queen
sends back the most of her friends into Cilicia.
3. The worst men are worthy to suffer the severest punish-
ment. For, first and greatest, your oaths by the gods forbid
you to depart 14 - 9 . The good counsel the best measures. Clear-
chus was nearer than Proxenus.
4. But Lycius made much the greatest haste p . The barbari-
ans escape 15 - 12 into the nearest villages. The enemy were now
coming q nearer. The targeteers 15 ffl ran much faster than the
heavy -armed troops 15 a . The soldiers ascend 13 - 1S into the high-
est village. They watched 19 " each other more negligently.
hand [13. 7]. See § 502. i. (j) In the oblique cases of lya, the emphatic
forms are i/noiJ, l/zoi, and \p.i ; while the unemphatic are fiov, fioi, and p.i, which
are enclitic, and do not begin a sentence (§§ 142. 1, 502, 732). After a
preposition, use the longer forms (\j 732. b. 4). In general, avoid placing an
unemphatic pronoun at the beginning of a sentence, (k) There are the same
enemies to you and to me. (1) It is permitted us to take, (m) in behalf of your-
selves, (n) Gen., § 351. (o) are you not ashamed before? (p) hastened much
the most, (q) becoming.
7
74 EXERCISES ON
X.
1 . You honor me. You arc honored by me. They were
honored by us. The soldiers see two eagles. With the aid of
the gods, we conquered many times our own number. The
generals called aloud to the soldiers, both in Greek and in Per-
sian. Honor the good. Thence we attempt to enter into Cappa-
docia. Let us strive to conquer the enemy. Strive to become
good 16 12 . They said to the messenger 16, '", that they were now
conquering the enemy. Do not encamp in a bad place. He
cried out in Greek, that Seuthes was near with few attend-
ants 18 - 20 .
2. The rivers flow through the plain 16 ' 8 of Cilicia into the
sea" 18 . The river was called Moeander. The barbarians call
the river Marsyas. The soldiers ask Seuthes fur money 1315 .
Ask Cyrus for your pay. Ask Cyrus for our pay". They en-
deavoured to rob us of our pay. Soldiers, let us bring stones,
and erect b a mound.
3. The soldiers brought stones, and threw them into the sea.
You fear us, as you yourselves acknowledge. We are the very
persons whom they seek. To me, therefore, it seems to be no
time for us to call the Persians together. Let us not neglect
ourselves. It is time for Cyrus to apprehend Orontes. On the
same day, Lycius arrives with four hundred targeteers. Epyaxa,
the Cilician queen, summons to c her tent the seven best of her
attendants' 1 .
4. The soldiers encamp in the open air. Let Clearchus and
Chirisophus take the lead, since they are also Lacedaemonians.
With no good reason surely could you envy us. Let us no
longer 108 envy the wicked*" 18 . We labor cheerfully, and ac-
quire securely 1 ' 1 9 . First carry back word to the army' J \ that
there is need of silence 171 '". In the first place, Cyrus appears
to be more modest than the rest ; and in the second, to obey the
most implicitly his elders. Callimaehus was fonder of 1:
than Clearetus, and managed them' with more confid<
5. It is now time to feed the horses. The worst 19 '*' men are
thought worthy to rule. They claim to be honored by us. He
iges in earnest conversation, in order that he: may Bhow*
whom he honors. They engaged in earnest conversation, in
order that they might show whom they honored 1 '. lie learn-
ed 136 to obey, in order that he might be thought worthy to
ride.
(:\) Why i-; it oeoeftsaxy to express the possessive in this example, but not
in the preceding, or the following? (10 make, (c) cc&tt together into. (<11 of
thoet about her. fe) the hnr*e$. (f) § lGO. fg) <>§ 599, 601. Ii What
LESSON X. 75
6. The soldiers were exceedingly angry with their generals.
I asked them how much gold they had. The two admirals were
sick. On the next day 162 , the messengers brought back word,
that both Darius and the rest of the Persians commended us.
He said that the robbers 14 - 15 had again assembled. He said that
the robbers were again assembling. They endeavoured' 20 - 16 to
pass by force.
7. They commended the captains. They asked 20-23 Cyrus
for money and vessels. They had come, but Clearchus was
still riding up. Here were found many vessels. They used
the cords' which they found in the villages of the barbarians for
their slings. The men whom Darius supposed to be faithful to
himself, [them] he soon found to be more friendly to us than
to him. We saw each other joyfully and embraced as friends.
They said, that the Taochians inhabited strongholds. The
others had not yet come. They used the lead in various
ways'.
8. Would that Glearchus were living 11 ! They had for arms
small spears 14 - 10 . Would that the Chaldaeans were free !
Cyrus did not permit the generals to collect an assembly of
their own soldiers. Permit us to open the door 17 - 9 . They saw
the messengers at the door. One waited for 122 another. We
gladly opened the gates. The targeteers were drawing up the
hoplites. Would that you were ruling 13 " justly 21 - 4 !
9. For this was a custom with the Chaldeans'. Let these
things be. He commanded these to remain, but the rest to pro-
ceed. This passage was narrow. These two passed through,
and came within the inclosure 18 - 29 .
10. We had such an opinion respecting you. The admi-
rals' 21 - 17 said the same things. For these same persons com-
mand us to remain. They said thus much. And there are so
many vessels. So great is the number of the enemy m . Such
were the wishes of the soldiers".
11. We say, when the north wind blows against us, that it
is bad 19 27 sailing. Tamos the admiral is well-disposed. He
commanded the well-disposed to follow. Would 2130 that the
gods were propitious ! He bids Tamos conduct these from
Ephesus. The dawn is beautiful. They fear 80 - 25 the north
wind. As soon as the day began to appear, they crossed the
river. They waited for 143 the morning.
two modes could be here employed? (i) Dat., § 419. 5. (j) some in one
way and others in another. (k) C. ought to be living, §§ 567. y, 599. N.
(1) to tlie C. (m) The enemy are so many, (n) Such things the soldiers wished.
76 EXERCISES ON
XI.
1. When they have arrived there, they will deliberate in
view of this. Tamos the admiral excluded them from Ephesus.
I would most gladly close the gates. Hear that 15 18 tumult 1317 .
He called the Scythian archers. He called the generals into 11
his tent 18- 19 as advisers. We will hear you.
2. I will conduct you in ten days to a spot from which you
will see Byzantium. If b the gods are propitious 22 - u , and so di-
rect 15 8 , you will take Byzantium without a battle. If you are
well disposed 22 - ,l , you will follow me. They will tarry the
present day. Send me to Ariseus. We will send with you
bowmen, who will forthwith turn the enemy to flight. He sent
for Proxenus.
3. But they said to him, " Do not close the gates." And on
the other hand do you show us, from what source you hear about
us. And you yourself shall lead. We will follow them, and
endeavour to imitate them. We hear, that you say to Artaxerxes,
that Mithridates would never have attempted to burn the
houses 13 - 15 , if we had not commanded him. Do not hear these
men. But this robber 14 - 15 may the gods requite !
4. They hunted in the park 15 - 16 , whenever they wished to
exercise themselves and their horses. We will comply with
this custom.
5. It will be difficult both to speak and to hear. At present
he is satrap of Lydia.
6. We will provide pay for the soldiers. The enemy will
not be able to march rapidly ; and perhaps also they will be in
want of provisions. They will not fight within thirty days.
They took leave of us, as now upon the point of setting sail.
But upon the fourth day, if 22 - u the north wind 22 10 blows, we
shall sail away. And it is now time for us to consider, how we
shall fight most successfully. When it is dark 18 - ", I shall put
them on board.
7. I gave him a thousand darics. If he speaks the truth, I
will give him a talent. The ten thousand darics we paid at that
time, since the thirty days had passed.
XII.
1. His wife will persuade him. He sent his wife. They
had golden flesh-combs. And the prizes were linen corselets.
(a) within, (b) In a conditional sentence great care must be taken to em-
ploy the appropriate mode and tense, and also the proper connecting particle.
See § 603 f. (c) During the now time.
LESSONS XI. - XIII. 77
And, when they were sending the heralds to the Thracians, it
was already 18 H midnight. Do not make war against the Arca-
dians. When we have arrived there 22, l5 , we shall be at the door
of Greece. The Thracians send heralds by night d .
2. Darius wished Parysatis, and the two children Artaxerxes
and Cyrus, to be present.
3. They sailed five days and five nights with a contrary 22- 10
wind. The Cerasuntians were^iaking a din with their spears
against their shields. For he had nothing harsh in his disposi-
tion, but was always friendly 14 ' 21 and kind 2211 . We should like
extremely to hear e the affair. When the soldiers were out of
bread', they came to us.
4. W T hen I had gained this success, I sent for 14, 6 the Thra-
cians ; and they came without trouble.
XIII.
1. And they asked again, " Shall we report war or peace ? "
We shall remain here ten days. He will certainly reply to you
soon. Clearchus waited for the targeteers.
2. Each one of the soldiers receives a daric a month ; and
each one of the generals fourfold. He gave golden crowns to
the Greeks. We disembark at two fine 16 - u harbours, about the
middle of Cilicia. The young men 1714 answered, some with
laughter, and others without 24 - 15 .
3. They asked Cleanor for guides. Meno the Thessalian
took the lead of the left wing, and Clearchus, the Lacedaemoni-
an exile, of the right. On the next day he sent for two compa-
nies of Meno's army. Thereupon he commands his attend-
ants 20 - 29 to cut off the head and the right hand of Cyrus. I sent
this messenger to ? Babylon to Artaxerxes.
4. Do not call me mother. Darius the father favors Artax-
erxes. This h man [here 256 ] dwells a neighbour to us. Do
you, men of Greece, carry back this word to Cyrus. Apollo
flayed Marsyas. He promises, that he will give to each one of
the Greeks five minse, when he arrives at Babylon. O father,
answer 4 2l me. We will obey 14 - 7 our fathers.
5. Some said, that the two lines were five stadia apart 1 . Let
no one 5 fail of hitting a man. No one of us says this k . Some
of the soldiers pass the night without food or fire 1 . Let no one
(d) § 378. (e) most gladly hear. (f) bread had failed the soldiers.
(g) Observe carefully the distinction between us and a-joj with the accusative,
(h) § 473. /3. (i) were distant from, each other, (j) Observe the distinction
between avStif and (*r$tU- See Notes on Less. I. 2. (k) § 451. (1) and
without fire.
7 #
78 EXERCISES ON
pass the night without food. No one of the Greeks perished
Let no one wrong us. We took some of the ostriches. Let
no one of the villages 15 13 be inhabited 21 - 20 .
6. Men of Greece 25 I0 , who of you is so mad, that he is not
willing to follow Cyrus ? Say, Clearchus, what" opinion you
have respecting the march, whether we shall follow Cyrus or
not. Hereupon 25, 4 Meno, befpre it is evident what reply the
other Greeks will make, assembles his own soldiers apart from
the rest. It is evident what he will do.
7. This woman asked him, who he was. This will bring us
honor in coming time. But what they would do, they did not
signify. Do you then, as friends, give us that advice which
seems to you to be most appropriate and useful. Tell us then,
Seuthes, what you have in mind. To whomsoever it seems
best to make the journey with us, let him hold up his right 16- 6
hand.
8. But if any one of you sees another course which is more
honorable 16- n , let him mention it. The two lines were not
more than four stadia apart 25, 1S . More than six hundred soldiers
arrive at the village. Cyrus is worse towards you, than you
are towards him.
XIV.
1. The rulers of these villages made b Xenophon a companion
at table, and bade him have no fear. The soldiers used the
thongs c for their slings 21 - 23 .
2. He made all the citizens his friends. All the Lacedaemo-
nians, both men and women, took part in the feast. They rule
the whole country.
3. Tissaphernes therefore goes up to Babylon, taking cer-
tain 25 " of the Greeks as friends. These men disgrace both their
native city and the whole of Greece, that being Greeks they are
so senseless 19 3 . Being such, he will disgrace all the citizens.
But the younger 24,5 of the children happened not to be present.
The brazen shields 24 u now and then shine through. For, when
it had become dark 18 ", they marched, having the Euphrates
upon their right, supposing that they should reach d the village
by sunrise.
4. The exiles, hearing this, laughed. The Thracian?, raising
an army, besieged Pcrinthus both by sea and by land. They
sailed forth to make war upon the Greeks. Their husbands
(a) In respect to tho different forms of complementary pronouns, see § 535.
(b) Why is the middle voice here used? (c) Dat, § 419. 5. (d) come to.
LESSONS XIII. - XV. 79
had gone hare-hunting . And she f , going to Xenophon, en-
treated him, not to slay her husband.
5. And this country 26- u , beginning at' the mouth of the Eu-
phrates, extends as far as Babylon, upon the right as you sail
into the river 15 - 13 . During this night, then, they lodged there
upon the beach by the harbour of Calpe. This harbour is in
Asiatic Thrace h .
6. We happened to be victors 1 . He sent some one to put to
death the two young men. It is the part of the victor' to pur-
sue 17 ' 2 , but of the vanquished to flee 15 - 8 . And whoever desires
to conquer, let him be brave 17 - 29 . He happens to be at break-
fast 11 . They arrest Orontes in order to put him to death.
7. Parysatis loved Cyrus her 1 younger son more than Artax-
erxes the king™. But at the present time 15 - 21 the admirals 21- 1T
do every thing according to the major vote.
8. We will suffer with Cyrus whatever may be necessary.
He said, that he would suffer™ with us whatever might be
necessary. If it is necessary , we will make a treaty. They
gladly 21 - " made peace.
XV.
1. Here Belesys, the satrap of Syria, had 1817 a palace and
park. We arrived at Tarsus four days before Meno. There
are many 21-22 fishes and muscles in the river Selinus. There
was at Ephesus a most beautiful 16- u temple of Diana.
2. It was evident, that the horsemen were somewhere near.
These animals the king sometimes chased. There is immedi-
ate 1 " need of an interpreter. Epyaxa sends her own interpret-
er to Cyrus. They made us interpreters. The horsemen pro-
ceed to the king. They thought that the letters were ready for
them. He wrote a letter to Belesys, who had been ruler of q
Syria.
3. And when they had come back, they relate the affair 24- u
to Tissaphernes. When it was now about the time of full mar-
ket, there comes a herald from the Sinopians. We followed
Stratocles the Cretan as our guide, and exhorted each other by
name. The Sinopians entertain the generals of the Greeks.
(e) about to hunt hares, (f) Use both the form of expression in § 490. 1,
and also that in § 491. r. (g) having begun from, (h) the Thrace the in
Asia, (i) happened conquering, (j) Sing., the one conquering. (k) breakfast-
ing. (1) the. (m) the reigning A. (n) Fut. Opt., §§ 587. 2, 608. (o) Subj.
with iav. "When the conclusion is expressed by the future indicative, the con-
dition is commonly expressed by the subjunctive. See § 603. (p) the quick-
est way. (q) the one having ruled.
80 EXERCISES ON
This wild beast Hercules pursued. In these places the target-
eers 15 • 28 were more useful than the heavy-armed. But one of
the heralds was a barbarian, Ariseus, who happened to be an
attendant of" Cyrus, and to be held in honor by him.
4. By this fountain Midas, the king of Phrygia, caught the
Satyr. He is said to have mixed the fountain with wine. This
brings honor 26 - l to the whole 26 - B city.
5. And these again were other pretexts to Orontes for writing
the letter 27 ' 28 to the king. Here Cyrus gave ten talents to S i 1 5l-
nus, the Ambraciot soothsayer. He sent to Artaxerxes the trib-
ute accruing from the city which this satrap happened to have.
6. And the depth of the fountain was two fathoms. He flees
to the mountain with his wife and children\ At last they de-
serted their houses. We have need of i3 - l brazen helmets, and
purple tunics, and greaves.
7. The width of the river Cydnus was two hundred feet.
Through the midst of the plain flows a river four hundred
feet in width. The Cretans, deserting the city, fled with all
speed to the mountains. And they were about fifty years old,
when they died d .
8. No one either sneers at you as a coward in war, or blames
you in respect to friendship. Agias and Socrates were both,
when they died, about thirty-five 6 years old 1 .
9. And in the sacred district they found 21 - 22 oxen, swine,
sheep, goats, fowls, and their young 1 . In the sacred groves
were many goats and swine. But there is in this country 10 1: ;i
mountain covered with 5 trees, capable of supporting 11 oxen and
horses 174 . The meadows were full of oxen, sheep, and goats.
10. The barbarians gazed upon the Argo in silence 17 - ,6 .
They sailed with a fair wind along the Jasonian shore, where
the Argo came to anchor.
11. And meanwhile a false report goes abroad, that Cyrus
will pursue them with a trireme. But these things indeed were
true. The Cretans ficd down the steep, and disappeared'.
They thought that the shortest way to the accomplishment of
their desires was through sincerity and truth 1 ; and falsehood 11
they considered to be the same with folly. All 71101 blam
perjury 1 and deceit.
12. They cross 15 24 a ravine very broad and deep. They re-
quest us to drink this wine to-day with our dearest friends™.
(a) to be with or near. (b) having also wife and children. (c) There .'■
to us [dat.]. (d) Express these sentences variously, according to the models in
the Greek text, (c) § 140. (f) die young of these. (^ full of. (h) comj)e-
tcnt to nourish. (i) became [17. 23] invisible. (j) the sincere and the true.
(k) the false. (1) tlie to perjure one's silf. (m^ with those whom we love most.
LESSONS XV., XVI. 81
They said, that for a long time certainly they had not met" with
a finer 16 - " harbour than this. They said, that above half of the
whole army were Arcadians. The mouth of the river is broad
and deep. He sent to his friends a jar of wine half full.
Falsehood is often more agreeable than truth p .
13. The amount of time occupied by the' 1 journey 17 - ' was
four months and ten days. The breadth 28 - 28 of the river was
three stadia.
XVI.
1. And thence they march 14 - 4 through 1416 a plain large and
beautiful, well watered, and full of trees of every kind.
2. In the river Chalus are large and tame fishes, which the
Syrians regard as deities. They permit neither 14 - 10 fishes nor
doves to be injured".
3. They rushed up to Xenophon, saying: "Now, Xenophon,
it is in your power to become great." He has so many cities
and men. Now, Thracians, if you were willing, both you
might benefit me, and I would make you free 17-29 .
4. And while the Greeks were encamped, much rain fell in
the night. The women wept for a long time upon the moun-
tains.
5. The Greeks regarded 30 - 9 Jupiter as king of all the gods.
They sacrificed to Hercules in respect to the journey 17, l . So
he arrived at his tent 19, 15 safe. The name of this city is Cor-
sote. The river Mascas flows around the city. He wore"
something black before his eyes, as he marched'.
6. He remained three days in Issus, the last inhabited city of
Cilicia upon the sea-shore u , a city large and prosperous. And
here Pythagoras, the Lacedaemonian admiral, came to the aid of T
Cyrus with w the ships from the Peloponnesus. With these tri-
remes 59, 13 , five-and-twenty in number, Tamos besieges Miletus,
and assists Cyrus in the war against Tissaphernes. Anaxibius
was admiral over these ships. He anchored 29 - " the vessel be-
side the camp 3020 . The vessel of Tamos lay at anchor in the
harbour 24,24 . The two generals arrived 30,20 in x the ship, having
been sent for by the king 27- 26 .
(n) not yet surely within much time had they met. (o) The false, (p) the true.
(q) of the. (r) They do not permit to injure neither the fishes nor the doves,
(a) had. (t) marching, (u) sea. (v) loas present to. (w) having, (x) upon.
82 EXERCISES ON
XVII.
1. This river separates the country of the Thracians from*
that of the Mysians. In this way he marched three parasain- ;
and when he was marching the fourth, he saw an eagle'" 1J
upon the right 16 6 . No one of the Greeks was shot in this battle.
Three horsemen 27- ^ were shot upon the left wing. Nor did
any other one of the soldiers find 21 ^ any thing in this
march 17 - '.
2. The robbers 14 - 13 will all 26 u be apprehended. He was said
to have been sent down by the great king as satrap of Phrygia.
Very many were taken, and very few were left behind.
3. He asked 23 31 , what b would be done c . They were arranged
four deep, the troops of Clearchus upon 31lJ the left, those of
Meno' 1 upon the right, and the rest in the centre. Cyrus was
said to have been greatly disturbed. He said that this had been
done. He had e the worst 19- 27 assistants in every work.
4. Cyrus often sent wine to his friends, whenever he obtain-
ed any which was very pleasant 29 % bidding those who bore' it
also to say, " Cyrus was greatly pleased with this ; therefore he
wishes you also to taste of it." We shall be compelled to
flee 158 . Brazen helmets and purple tunics 23-26 will be provided
for the soldiers.
5. And the citizens 25 n hearing this were greatly disturb-
ed 31- 22 , fearing lest the whole city should be consumed. Cyrus
exhibited his whole army to the Cilician queen at her request'.
The generals took care, that all should be well' 1 . They with-
drew the left wing from the sea. We were afraid lest we
should be surrounded by the enemy on both sides.
6. Fearing lest we should be intercepted, we fled with all
speed. Then it was at once perceived, in what kind of circum-
stances we were. Then we suspected 21 13 , that the man had
been insidiously sent by Tissaphernes. For let him recollect,
in what circumstances he happened to be.
7. The generals feared lest they should be taken 1 and be-
headed. They were said to have been vexed, and to have been
afraid lest they should lose 1 the friendship of the king. They
will be carried up to the king and beheaded.
8. They feared lest they should be delivered up to the satrap.
He was carried up to Babylon, to be beheaded*. They set
forth from the camp 30 20 , to pursue the barbarians. They recol-
lected two eagles screaming upon their right.
(a) and. (b) § 535. (c) §§ 608, 610. (d) the of M. (e) There were to him.
(f) bearing. (g) having requested, (h) It wax a care to the generals, that it
should have itself well, (i) § 205. 1 . (j) shoidd be cast out of. (k) § 5S3. a.
/tT -NT T V 1
LESSONS XVII., XVIII
tlB/i *
. THE \
83
9. Show yourself the best of the soldiers. They feared lost
the enemy would appear upon the next day. On the third day,
we deliberated with the ambassadors 23 - I2 , whether we should
pursue the rest of our way by land or by sea. The next day,
the soldiers assembled and deliberated', how the dead might be
buried.
10. When the generals had been called into the tent 19 I5 of
Tissaphernes, they were seized by the barbarians. And not
long after they were delivered up to the king. At the same
signal, both those within the tent will be apprehended, and those
without at the door will be cut down.
XVIII.
1. Such has been" 1 the conduct of the men, and such are
their words". You, Tissaphernes, have perjured yourself and
broken the truce. For good order has saved many armies 32 l ,
and disorder has destroyed many. The generals whom we
have mentioned, set forth from Sardis with Cyrus. We have
now regained our courage, and, methinks, all the other soldiers
also.
2. At the present time 15 ' 21 , the Lacedaemonians preside over
the Grecian cities. Lead forward directly against the barbari-
ans, so that you may not be standing still, since you have seen
the enemy and been seen by them. Xenias has deserted his
friends. The Persians consider themselves victorious, since
they have slain Cyrus. There stand in the sacred grove 29 ' 7 two
pillars, bearing inscriptions.
3. Thereupon certain men of the army came to the generals,
saying that they understood the language of these barbarians.
We have been slaves at Athens. And before he had slain his
brother 13 22 , he thought that he was already victor.
4. It is probable that the city will be taken at daybreak.
Having heard this statement , the generals said, that they did
not commend the messengers, if they had pursued such a
course p . On the next day he sent messengers to say q , that Xe-
nias and Pasio had deserted the army 32- *. After this, Orontes
was never seen r by any one 5 either dead or alive. The city is
(1) having assembled deliberated, § 631. (m) In respect to the complete tenses,
observe carefully when the simple forms should be employed, and when the
forms compounded of the participle and the verb tlfti (§§ 213. 2, 234, 637) ;
and also when it is better to employ the more familiar forms of the aorist
(^ 580). (u) The men on the one hand have done such things, and on the
other sag such things. (o) these things. (p) done such things [22. 6].
(q) § 583. a. (r) Aor. Pass. See § 301. 4. (s) no one.
84 EXERCISES ON
taken", and all arc lost. They said, that the barbarians had left
the heights.
5. He wore a small tunic, not reaching below the knee.
They were standing beside the door. They said, that the rob-
bers 14- l5 had taken many sheep. On the same day messengers
came with the intelligence b , that many had climbed up, and
that the place had been taken. The enemy had regained their
courage 3 *' 29 . Who will take the place of Neon the Asinsean ?
Advise the citizens'"' 6 ' u to sacrifice to the gods as they have been
wont to do.
6. Fcllo\v-citizens c , your work is done" 1 . See, then, that you
be a man worthy of the honors 26 ' ' which you possess, and for
which I congratulate you. And whoever of us desires to be-
hold his native land' 26 ' 16 , let him be a brave man. Remember
to be bold 10 ' 23 men; for it is not possible to obtain freedom in
any other way.
7. We confess, then, that we have been unjust towards our
allies 18 ' 4 . So that we, from what we hear, judge no man to have
been more prosperous. No man has ever"' 16 been more 20 "
loved, either by Greeks or barbarians. He is not willing' 4 4 to re-
main, on account of the dispersion of his heavy-armed troops' 5 - 21 .
8. These villages, in which we are now encamping, are said
to have been given to Parysatis for her girdle. After this, Xen-
ophon, encamped near the city, waited for the heralds 23 28 more
than ten days. These happened to have been stationed upon
the right 31,23 near the cavalry; and, when they perceived that
the general was dead 33 ' 15 , they fled with all speed 32 s . And
when now it was e evening 18 ", the Greeks cross the bridge,
formed by the union of twenty-three boats.
9. And at the same time he showed them f Lydians with their
ears bored. We saw a man with both his legs crushed*. In
our march we found' 1 villages beside the river in possession of
the Thracians. They find many soldiers separated from the
rest of the army. They pointed out a man with both his' hands
cut off 25 ' 4 .
10. And, after the woman had been brought to the generals,
they ask her, if she has anywhere seen other companies 23 '
composed of Greeks. The messengers said, that the hill above
the way had been seized by the barbarians. When he had
been brought to Tissaphernes, he related every thing thai had
taken place. The Pisidians are said to have all gathered in a
circle around the exiles'"' "'.
(a) has been taken, (b) came saying, (c) § 443. (d) all tilings have been
done by you. (e) had become, (f ) Dat., § 404. y. (g) crushed at to both the
legs, (h) Marching ice found. (i) having been seized by. ( j) Soe § 133. 3.
LESSONS XVIII., XIX. 85
11. They said, that the houses had been palisaded around on
account of the oxen 29-5 . These satraps had been honored by
the king by reason of their fidelity. The soothsayer had ex-
pressed the opinion, that there would be a rout 1 ' 43 of the enemy.
The result of the battle will be favorable. Let the gates be
kept closed, and let arms appear now and then 26-19 upon the
wall.
12. At k Lampsacus, Euclides, the son of the Cleagoras who
painted the picture of the Dreams, congratulated him upon his
safe return 1 .
13. Upon your doing this" 1 , 1 shall immediately withdraw ; so
that you will have no guide 252 left". For, if you will do this,
consider that no friend will be left you. Upon the same day,
both I shall be immediately cut down, and you yourselves not
long after. Ariseus stood aloof . They had been cut clown by
the horsemen.
XIX.
1. We gladly 2126 saw the enemy no longer standing their
ground, but flying with all speed 32 5 . O most wonderful 33 - 32 man,
you surely do not even 34 - l understand this, that the south wind
carries us within the Pontus to Phasis. And they say that
they themselves healed the wounds of the king. At daybreak,
he sent certain persons' 25 - 17 to signify, what the soldiers must
do D .
2. Certain of the soldiers of Meno, as they see Clearchus
riding back 19 - 13 to his own tent, let fly with their axes. We tie
up a cross dog through the day, but let him loose at night 1 .
But if we are wise, we shall treat this man in a contrary man-
ner.
3. They give to him twenty horses. Having bound the
prisoners 17 - 26 he delivers them up to the king.
4. He puts to death both Clearchus himself, and the other
generals. You mingle with the citizens 23 - u . While they are
speaking, I sneeze.
5. If you are wise, you will depart hence out of the power
of this man. If you enter r , you will be apprehended by the
guards 23,2 . He will advance silently 1716 .
6. The Persians station themselves for the battle with their
heads unprotected 3 . He asked the heralds 23 - " s , if all this were
(k) In. (1) that tie had been saved, (m) At the same time you doing this.
(n) no guide will have been left to you. (o) Plup., § 233. (p> what it is neces-
sary that the soldiers should do (ace. with infin.). (q) through the night.
(r) shall enter, §§ 231. a, 587. 2. (3) having the heads bare.
8
86 EXERCISES on
false; and they said 'yes.' He asked them if they were
targeteers 18 - B ; they said 'no.' They arc unable to march
rapidly. As the general himself said. He marches as rapidly
as possihle.
7. He threw off his purple cloak, where he happened to be
standing. He gave to the soldiers permission to take wba ■
they pleased. As he was speaking, they both* 9,4 sneezed.
After this, permission to depart 14 - 9 is given to all who wish. I [e
feared lest he should be intercepted. They rose, arrayed as
handsomely as was in their power. He rushes forward, as one
would run for safety 104 .
8. He exhibited the head of the satrap both to the Thracians
and to his own soldiers. And upon these mountains 1017 they
found' 21,2 " much snow, and cold so intense that even the win
which they carried in goat-skins 1410 froze. They all deserted'
to Cyrus. No one of you came into this city. We departed
with jrood courage.
9. As soon as they had said this, they rose up. And the
enemy, as soon as they had heard this", departed. The barba-
rians, having erected a trophy as victors , ascended upon the
mountain. And when we had descended into the plain, we
sacrificed an ox'- 9 % and erected a trophy. We appointed three
surgeons only 17 " 1 , for the wounded were few 16-20 .
10. And leaping down from their horses, they put on linen
corselets. And, when the messengers had said this, he knew
that his fear was groundless, and that the army was safe. He
delivered 11 the skins of the oxen to the young men 17 14 . We at-
tacked the rear* of the barbarians, and slew many. And tri-
remes' 29 - 13 were taken to the number of twenty, and all the trans-
ports 28, w .
11. Pasio has deserted us; but let him know well, that he
has neither escaped by concealment nor by flight. For we
both know whither he has gone, and have a swift trireme, so
that we can takc f his transport vessel. Be well assured, that
we are friends.
12. But let him go, conscious 7 that he is vile and worthy 1 '
of blows 17 - a . We deliver these things to you, Charmuius ; and
do you, having disposed of them, make distribution to the sol-
diers. For the present therefore, Xenophon, depart, leaving
these men; and when we bid, be present at the trial.
13. Set the sentinels for the. night, and give out the watch-
( a) departed. (I'" "' the same time liarint) heard llicsc ihlnits. (c) as coni/uer-
/»;»/ [33. 5], (d) < Ibserve c irefully the use of the lei isd M aoriats of rihyu,
iHuftl, .111(1 "r,ui, § 801. N., INT 50, 51, .">-». (ti) last, (t) so as to takr.
knowing.
LESSON XIX. 87
word. It is not possible for the soldiers to buy either 1 ' bread or
wine in the market-place. Fellow-soldiers, arise and cross the
river.
14. Stand to your arms around the tent. He bade the cap-
tains 1411 inflict punishment upon the fugitives 2421 . He com-
manded the Pisidians to give up the exiles; and they gave them
up.
15. The king gave to Orontes a large sum of money'. Ex-
hibit your training. But he said that he should not j himself be
present at the trial 37,19 . For who will be willing to go as
heralds, after having slain a herald ?
16. Having mounted his horse in the night, he rode off to his
own country 1421 . On the next day 162 they all ran oft'. He
stopped, wherever he might happen to be. The enemy col-
lected in a body. I am afraid, that they will run ofT k in the
night.
17. Place your shield against your knee. Read the letter,
Socrates, and then advise 132 me 1 respecting the expedition 186 .
Give and take the right hand m . Read these letters. Embark
in the vessel, and put on board your most valuable effects. He
practised shooting, sending high into the air. They had as
guides the women who had been taken prisoners".
18. The cold 3623 froze both my ears 3419 . They asked, who
was the satrap of the country. A noise ran through the ranks
of the army. He said, that upon the following morning the
Persians would come to give battle. Depart in the night.
19. Endeavour, so far as you may be able p , to do good to
others. Be upon your guard, lest the king attack you in the
night. There were many barbarians in the neighbouring vil-
lage 15 - 13 . They roused many partridges in the park.
20. He said that he would not remain 14 - 3 , unless they would
give him money. Therefore we do not fear this, that we may
not have enough to bestow upon our friends, but that we may
not have friends enough to receive' 1 . If you are taken within
the city, you will be sold. The king says, that, if we go to
him, he will treat us well. Let us not go against the Pisidians.
If you-go against the men, you will conquer 2014 . Deliver him
up to the citizens to judge, and then to do r with him whatever
they may please.
21. On this account we did not wait for you, that, if possible,
we might cross 5 , before the bridge 17 "' should be occupied by
(h) neither, § 664. j3. (i) much money, (j) Observe carefully the position
of the words, (k) lest they may run off. (1) having read the letter, advise me.
(m) right hands, (n) the having been taken women, (o) went, (p) whatever
you may he able. (q) to whom we may give. (r) having judged to do
(s) if in any way ice might be able to cross.
88 EXERCISES ON
the enemy. He considered, how he might cross the river best,
and both conquer those before and suffer no evil from those be-
hind.
22. They showed 1 , that they regarded it of the utmost conse
quence, if they had made an engagement with any one, to ob-
serve it implicitly*. They inflicted punishment 3730 upon this
man, in order that it might produce fear in others also. May
the gods not allow the war!
23. They asked him, if he would give them money. The
Greeks gave a lance to the Macronians.
24. He said, that he would sooner die, than deliver up his
shield 81, ". We answered, that we would sooner die, than be-
tray the exiles 3731 . If they gave, they would give for this end,
that giving to us a smaller, they might not pay to you the larg-
er sum . He deliberated, whether' 1 he should send another, or
go himself to assist.
XX.
1. And another also stood 6 without the walls 331 . Let one
company stand among the trees. They said that two noble
and good men were dead. They were not able to burv the
dead"- 21 .
2. The women stood a long time and wept r . Those of the
soldiers who stood around drove him away, and said that the
sheep 3119 were public properly. They answered 21,21 , that they
thought they should find the robbers 14, 15 all dead.
3. Oleander, you know not, what you are doing. Wo are
conscious to ourselves of having deceived Cyrus in every thing.
The generals do not yet know the affair 4, ".
4. For know, Persians, that you arc senseless, if you suppose
that your gold 2114 could prevail over our valor. For be well
assured ? , O king, that we would choose freedom, in preference
to h all the wealth 80, 14 which you possess 34, 2 .
5. They wish to know, what would be done'. They were
observing carefully, what the enemy would do. We knew that
the Lacedrcmonians occupied 1 the centre of the Grecian 39 '* 5
army. I fear that k this may take place. We feared that this
might take place.
6. We were at a loss, what we should do; for we happened
(a) exhibited themselves. (b) to falsify nothing. (e) the more. (d^ if
(c) § 237. a. In verbs, in which some of the forms of the perfect and j >lu-
perfect active are nude, be carefo] in respect to the use of the dififeroni forms,
(f ) standing wept. (g) know well. (h) instead of. (i) §§ 60S, CIO.
(j) Itnew the L., that they occupied. (k) lest.
LESSONS XIX. - XXIV. 89
to bo sitting, as honored guests, upon the seat nearest to the
king. He sat down in the tent, and said that he would not rise
up 3s - 8 . Do not sit down.
7. You are lying down, as if it were permitted to «leep"°- * 7
securely 149 . The barbarians fled, whenever we pressed upon
them vehemently. Let us lie down beside the river 13 ' H .
XXI.
1. It seems necessary to march 1 as rapidly as we can"'. It
seemed to us, that we ought to consider, how we could march
most securely. We must pursue forthwith 2 ' 2 ' 24 .
2. I must do every thing, that I may never be in the power
of the king". Virtue 40, 16 should be pursued by air. We ought
to say what we know.
XXII.
The Macronian leaps both high and nimbly, and flourishes
his sword. After this, the Thracians went out, singing the
Sitalcas. But they had received no harm. They bound the
robber ; and having fastened him beside the horses, drove him
on with both hands tied behind.
XXIII.
They asked the messenger, what the king said. He is ac-
quainted with the Greek p . They bid farewell to tears' 1 . The
supper was served to r them reclining 40 ' 31 around 3113 the foun-
tain 28- lj . But Arystas, who was a terrible fellow to eat, said to
the cupbearer, "Give the cup [said he] to Xenophon ; for he
seems 21-5 to be already at leisure, while 8 I am not yet so."
XXIV.
I am conscious [to myself], that I have treated with neglect
both gods and men. For I neither know how the wicked' 2018
could escape by flight, nor into what darkness they could run
for concealment. Whosoever is an enemy to the good, him no
one' 3 ' 19 could ever 1 deem happy.
(1) that it is to be marched, (m) §§ 592, 60G. (n) Express these sentences
variously, according to the models in the text, (o) yoked, (p) understands
to speak Greek. (q) thei/ bid the weeping [40. 7] farewell. (r) was to.
(s) but. (t) never.
8*
VOCABULARY,
[d-, an inseparable particle, com-
monly denoting privation or ne-
gation, and then called d- priva-
tive (akin to avev, without). See
§ 325. a.]
'Afdpo^e'Kfj.Tjs, -ov, Abrozclmes, in-
terpreter to Seuthes.
dyaOos, -f], -ov, good; goodinivar,
brave. For its comparison, see
§ 160. See koXos.
'Ayao-ias, -ov, Agasias, a Stympha-
lian, one of the bravest of the
Greek lochagi.
dyyelov, -ov, vessel (for containing),
receptacle.
[dyye'AXco, f. dyyeXco, pf. rjyyeXna
(Tf 41, § 277. a), to announce,
carry or bring tidings.]
dyyiKos, -ov, 6 (ayyeX\a>), messen-
ger. Der. ANGEL.
'Ayias, -ov, Agios, a Greek general
from Arcadia, slain through the
treachery of Tissaphernes.
dyopd, -as {ayelpa, to assemble),
place of assembly, market-place',
market.
aypios, -a, -ov (dypds, Lat. ager,
field), wild.
aya), f. o|co, pf. rjx a ( m com P os i _
tion), 2 a. tjyayov (§ 194. 3. N.),
to lead, conduct, bring (by lead-
ing) ; direct ; ^a-v^lav ayciv, to
lead a life of quiet.
ayutv, -iovos, 6 («yco) , contest. Der.
AGONY.
dyuivi^op-ai (dycoz'), f. -lao/iai, pf.
}]ya)vio-fiai, to contend, struggle,
strive. Der. agonize.
dycovo6<=TT]s, -ov (dyu>v, ridrjfu), a
judge of a contest.
adenrvos, -ov (d-, delnvov), supper-
less.
dde\(f)6s, -ov, brother.
d8iKea(u.8iKos), f. -i']au>, pf. jj8tKTjKa,
to injure, wrong.
dhiKos, -ov (a-, 8lktj), unjust, un-
principled.
aS<u, f. aaofiat (§ 260), to sing.
del, always, ever.
derds, -ov, 6, eagle.
'Adnvaios, -ov, 6 ('Adrjvai, Athens,
chief city of Attica), an Atheni-
an.
y A6r]vno-i, at Athens, prop, old dat.
' pi. of'AtfijwH (§ 320. 2).
ad\ov, -ov, prize of a contest. Der.
ATHLETE, ATHLETIC.
ddpo!£a> (dBpoos), f. -otcra>, to col-
lect, assemble, trans.
ddpoos, ^a, -ov, thick together, in a
body.
ddvp.ia, -as (adi'iJios), dejection, de-
spondency.
advu.os, -ov [a-, 6vp.6s, spirit, cour-
age), spiritless, disinclined.
alyia\6s, -ov, 6, beach.
AlyVTTTtOS, -OV, 6 (A'lyVTTTOS, JE-
gypt), an JEgyptian.
aldrjp-cov, -ov, g. -ovos (al8d>s, shame,
modesty), modest.
Alvidv, -dvos, 6, an JEnianian.
The iEnianians were a tribe in
southern Thessaly, occupying
the upper valley of the Sper-
chius.
a'l£, alyos, 6, f], goat.
92
Ul.pt
VOCABULARY.
avayiyvoianoi
aipeo), I. -i]<TO), pf. jjprjica, 2 a.
elXov ($ 301. 1), to take, cap-
ture; Mid., to take for one's
self, choose. See dXtovto/uu.
alcrddvopai, f. alo-drjo-opai, pf. jy-
<rdr]pai, 2 a. jjo-Ooprjv (§289), /o
//•''. Der. esthetic.
aicr^vi'co (aicr^oj, shame, disgrace),
f. -vi/S, /t< shame, disgrace;
Mid., /o ie ashamed; with ace,
/o ie ashamed before, to haec re-
spect fur.
aiTea), f. -jjo-a), pf. jjrrjKa, to ask for
a tiling, demand,
ut^/xdXcoroy, -01/ (ulxpi), point of a
spear, dXio-Kopai) , taken in war;
ot alxpdXu>roi, prisoners of war ;
tu ai^/ndXcoTH, tilings taken in
war, prizes of war, including
both prisoners and booty.
aKovco, f. aK.ovcrop.ai, pf. anfjicoa
(§ 269. 7), /o hear. Dcr.
ACOUSTICS.
uKpos, -a, -ov, at the end or top ; i)
aKpa, subst., citadel; to uKpov,
subst., height or summit; ra
(Ik pa, heights.
ukti'i, -i)s (liyvvpL, to break, from
the breaking of the waves),
strand, shore.
dXijdeia, -as {dXrjdi'js), truth.
dXrjdevco {dXrjOijs) , f. -eutrco, to
speak the truth.
d\7]d!]S, -es{d-, XavOdvo), to lie hid),
true.
uXio~Kopai, f. aXutropai, pf. (dXo)Ka
and {j\a>Ka, 2 a. etiXaiv and rjXcov
(^ 301. 1), to l^' captured or
taken; used as the passive of-.
a'ipeco.
tiXKipos, -op (uXki'i, valor) , warlike,
brave.
dXXd, but; originally the netit. pi.
of SXXos, and denoting that dif-
ferent things follow from those
which have preceded. It ex-
presses opposition more strongly
than 6V.
dXXi)Xu)v {iiXXos), of one another,
of inch oihi r. See § 1 r>,
1 23. C.
uXXopai, f. itXovpai (§ 277), /" /'"/».
aXXo?, -?y, -o (§ 97. 2), o//jer,
another, else; aXXj], dat. fin.
as adv., another icay, else-
where.
aXXore (uXXos), at another time,
aXXcoy (<(XXoy), in another way,
otherwise.
uXdyiaros, -ov (d-, \oyi£opai), in
ate, thoughtless.
uXo-os, -eos, to, sacred grove.
aua, at the same lime.
apjztja, -ns, carriage, wagon.
hence, wagon-load.
upagiTos, -6v[&p^a), for carriages;
686s upaijiTos, a carriage-road.
apaprdva, f. dpapTi)0-opai, pf. fj-
pdpTrjKa, 2 a. rjpapTOV (§ 289), to
err, ?niss.
dpaxei (d-, pdxr)) , without a battle.
dpa\TjTt (d-, pdxopai), icithoul
fighting or resistance.
'ApfipaKiaTTjS, -ov ('ApfipaKia, Am-
bracia,s. city in Epirus), Amhra-
ciot or Amliracian-
dpeXea (d-, peXa), f. -rycrw, pf yjpt-
XrjKa, to neglect, be careless of.
iipTTtXos, -ov, t), vine.
dpepi, about ; akin to upepco, and
signifying originally on both
sides.
dpepdrepos, -a, -ov (<"ip(j>u>), both ;
little used in the sing.
clpcpco, -olv ($ 137. y, If 21), both,
uv, — 1. at the beginning of a
clause, a shortened form of the
conj. idv, if; — 2. elsewhere, a
particle expressing contingency,
in connection with which a veil)
is usually translated into
by the potential mode.
§'§ 587, 588, 003 f, GOG, 615. 2,
GIG. /-.
dvd, prep., up; ova Kpdros, [up to
one's strength] with all s
at full sp
dva(3alva> {dvd, /3ai'i'u>, 1. jSqtropat,
pf. jSc'/SqKa, 2 a. i'Jijv). to i'c up.
asa ml. mount . climb up-
diuiJaiTis, -fws, i) [dvafiaivo]
out, expedition up from thi
coast into central Asia.
dvayiyvu>o~Ko) {dvd, yiyvotaica), f
avaytyvaxTKCti
VOCABULARY.
antpx°pai
93
yvaxrofxai, pf. eyvana, 2 a. e-
yvcov) , to n oil.
avayKa^u) {avaytcrf), f. -acrca, to
compel, force.
avdyKr], -r)s, necessity.
dvdya) (dud, ayco, f. a£a>, ]')f. >)x a >
2 a. Ijyayov), to lead, carry, or
bring vp; hence, to bring upon
the high sea; Mid., to put out to
sea, set sail.
dvadappea (dvd, dappiu>, f. -ijcrw, pf.
T(ddppr)Ka), to regain courage.
avaiptoi (dvd, alpeco, f. -i']cra>, pf.
rjprjKa, 2 a. etkov), to take up;
Mid., to take up what is connect-
ed with one's self, as the bodies
of friends for burial, food placed
before one, &c.
dvaKOLvoa) (dvd, Koivdco, f. -uxrat, to
make common, from koivos), to
communicate.
dvaKpd£a> (dvd, icpdfa and 2 pf.
KtKpdya, to cry, f. pf. nenpd^o-
/«((. 2 a. eKpayov, § 274. 8), to
raise a cry.
dvapevco (dvd, peva, f. pevco, pf.
pepevrjica), to wait for.
dvapipvrjarKa}, (dvd, pipvi]<rKa>, f.
pvrjo-co), to remind; Mid. and
Pass., to recollect, call to mind.
'Ava£ij3ios,-ov, Anaxibius, a Spar-
tan admiral.
dvanddat (dvd, nel6<i>, f. nelaai, pf.
ntneina), to persuade, induce.
dvareiva) (dvd, reiva, to stretch, f.
revS>, pf rerana, § 268), to stretch
up, hold up.
dvareWa) (dvd,TtWm, to raise, rise,
f. re\cb, a. erei\a),to rise, of the
sun.
uve\6p.evos, 2 aor. mid. part, of
avaipeco.
avepos, -ov, 6, ivind.
civev, loithout ; opposed to ow,
with.
dv7]p, g. dv&pds (§ 106. 1), 6, man,
in distinction t'romivoman; hus-
band. See avOpwnos.
av6pco7ros,-ov,6, Tj, man, in distinc-
tion from beast. 'Avfjp and aw
dpwros are distinguished from
each other as vir and homo in
Latin; the former signifying a
man, in a more special or em-
phatic sense; and the latter,
simply one of the human race.
Hence the former usually im-
plies honor, and the latter often
contempt .
dvi<JTTjpi. (dvd, MTTJ]pi, f. aTrjcru), pf.
(arrjKa), to raise up, rouse; in
the intrans. forms, to stand up,
rise. See "tarnpi.
dvio-x<0 (dvd, i'o-x<», prolonged form
of e^co), to rise, of the sun.
dvurjTos, -ov (d-, voea>, to think),
senseless.
dvoiyu) and dvoiyvvpi (avd, o'lyco,
poet.,io open), f. dvoi^w, pf. ave-
(pxa, impf. dvecpyop and later
ijvoiyov (§ 294), to open.
dvri, over against, instead of.
dvTLraTTU) (dvri, rdrTco, f. Ta£o>, pf.
reraxa), to arrange or draw up
against.
avco (dvd), adv., up, upwards.
Comp. dvoTepa>, sup. dva>TaTGd.
d£ivT], -t)s, axe.
cl^los, -a, -ov, worthy of, worth;
utjios elvai, with inf., to be wor-
thy, deserve.
d£-i6a> (a£ios), f. -a)0"co, pf. tj^icoko,
to think worthy, think fit, claim.
dnayyeXXw (and, ayyeAXco, t. -eXa>,
pf. IjyyeXKa), to carry or bring
back word or Jidings, report.
dnayopevoo (and, ayopevco, to speak
in public, f. -evo-co), to [speak off
from a thing] give up, become ex-
hausted.
dndyco (and, ayco, f. cl£a>, pf. rjX a i
2 a. ijyayov) , to lead away.
dnavrda (and, dvrdco, to come op-
posite to), f. -170-0), commonly
-i]o~opai, pf. airr]VTi]K.a, to meet.
anas, andcra, anav, g. anavros,
dnao-rjs (apa, nds) , all together,
the ivhole.
aneipi (dno, eipi) , to go away, de-
part.
dneXavva (and, e\avva>, f. eXaca>,
pf. i\r}\aK.a), to drive away, to
ride off or away.
dnepxopat (and, epxopai, f. i\ev-
94
anepxopui
VOCABULARY.
CipiCTTOS
cropai, pf. tXi]\v0a, 2 a. j'j'KOov),
to go away, depart.
&ir\6os, -6r),-6ov, contr. AirKovs , -fj,
•oiv (a pa, -nXdos, § lo8. 4), sim-
ple, sina re.
cirrd. Lat. ab, from. In compos.,
off, away, had;. See «'£.
atrofiaivai [airo, [ia'ivai, f. j^rjaopai,
pf. JefirjKa, 2 a. eftnv),tO Step <;//',
disembark.
dlTodflKl'VfJU (and, SeLKVVpl, f. 8(ft-
£w, pf. dVoVix"), /<) show forth,
appoint, eapr ess; Mid., to express
one's opinion.
a7To8l8pd(TK(i) (aTTO, SlSpdtTKO), to
run, f. bpdcropai, pf. 8t8pa<a,
2 a. edpav, § 285), to rim away,
to escape by stealth.
unoSida>pL[dnd, 8i8u>pi,{. Saxrco, pf.
8(8<oKa, a. e'SwAca), to give back,
, pay ;
dnodvrprKti) («7ro, dvijaKCD, f. #a-
vovpai, pf. TtdvrfKa, 2 a. e&ii/ov),
to «e q/f, (to?, &e sto ox put to
death.
unoKciia> (otto, Kata>, f. Kautrw, pf. «ce-
kiivkii),/" bum off, wither, trans.
d7TOKXf('cO ((I7TO, k\(L(x>, f. -(TO)) , /O
exclude, intercept.
diTOKi'mTG) (llTTO, KuTTTG), f. KO\jf 0) , pf.
KCKoepa) , to cut or taff/ ojf.
(int)Kpiuopai (and, Kpivco), f. -Kpivov-
pai, pf. -KtKpi.p(H,to answer, rc-
unonrdvco and dnoKrivvvpi (a7rd,
KTeivta, to kill, f. Krevo), pf. e/cro-
j/a, § 295), to A/7/ <;//", /.•///, s/ay,
pu/ /<> death.
dnoXe'ma) («7rd, XftVco, f. -^w, pf.
XAowra, 2 a. e\t.nw), to //ace
behind, desert.
dndWvpi (and, dWvpi, to destroy,
f. (jXeVco, commonly <5X£, pf.
dXwXfKa, § 2 ( J5), /<> destroy; Mid.
(2 a. an-coXd^]/) . to perish : 2 pf.
oXwXa, intrans. as pres., to
tfone or /os/.
'An-oXXwi', -coi/os (§§ 105. II., 107.
n.), Apollo, one of ill*-- chief
divinities of the Greeks, regard-
ed as the patron of soothsa
music, poetry, archery, &c.
dnonepneo (a7rd, ntpneo, f. nep^co,
pf. ntnopepa) , to send away or
', to send (what is due).
anon\i(o (and, n\t<o, f. 7rX(vcropa<.
or nXevaovpai, pf. TreVXeujca), to
sa/7 away.
dnopfa> (d-, 7rdpo?, passage, way),
1. -i)crco, and dnopeopai, 1. -rjao-
pai, to be at a loss,
dnocrnda (and, crndu>, to draw, i.
(TTrdo-o), pf. eanaKa, § 21'J), to
oVauj q/f, separate, withdraw,
trans.
d7roo-r<;'XXa> (and, fxreXXco, f. crreXco,
pf. eo-raX/ca), to senf/ fficay or
bad;.
dnoo-Tepea) [and, arrepea, to deprive,
f. o-repi;cra) , pf. io-TtpnKa) , to de-
prive, rob.
dnoripva (dnd-ripvu), f.rfpa, pf.
Ttrpnica, 2 a. i'repov and trapov),
to cut off, intercept.
dnoriva (and, rtVco, to pay, expiate,
1. Titrco, pf. rtViKa, ^ 278), to
p<7y tarcA,- Mid. dirorivopai, f.
-rlaropai, to take vengeance upon,
requite, punish.
dno(j)evya> (and, cpeiyco, 1. <f)evi-o-
pai, 2 pf 7re<pevya, 2 a. i'epvyov),
to flee from, flee beyond reach,
escape by flight.
lipa [dp-, to fit, § 285) , accon /
tlun, therefore. See ^ 073. a.
'Apyao?, -ov, 6 ("Apyos, -1
chief city of Argolis ), an _ i rgi vt .
dpyvpiov, -ov (dim. ot'iipyvpos, sil-
ver), silver-money, money.
'Apyo>, -dos, >). Argo, the ship in
which Jason saded to Colchis
in quest of the golden tV
dptTi), -f/r, virtue, valor.
dpr)yco, f. -£a>, to succour, assist.
'Apiaias, -ov, AtVKUS, conmiaiuli r
of the Asiatics in the anuv of
Cyrus.
aptdpSs, -ov, 6, number, amount.
I >er. ARTTHMETie.
dptcrrda) (ApioTov, breakfoi
-j}(tw, pf. npitrrnica, to breakfast.
upio-Tos, hi st, noblest, BUD. ol dya-
6ds; neut. pi. tpurra, as adv.,
/;f.s7, sup. of (v or KaXcir.
'ApKCldiKOS VOCABULARY.
HajBvXwv
95
ApxabtKus, -?'/, -ov ('ApKaSt'a, Ar-
cadia, central province of the
Peloponnesus), Arcadian.
'Ap/cdr, -ados, 6, an Arcadian.
appa, -aros, to, chariot.
'Apprjvt], -r]s, Harmene, a harbour
of Sinope.
dprrd^co, t. dprrdao), pf. rjpnaKa, to
snatch, snatch up.
Ap-do£os, -ov, Artaozus, a friend
of Cyras.
'Apra^ep^vs, -ov, Artaxerxcs, sur-
named Mncmon from his great
memory, eldest son of Darius
Nothus, and his successor upon
the throne of Persia.
"Aprepis, -180s, Diana, sister of
Apollo, goddess of the chase
and of virginity.
lioTos, -ov, 6, loaf of bread.
'Apvo-ras, -ov, Arystas, an Arcadi-
an, a great eater.
* Apxpyopas, -ov, Archagoras, an
exile from Argos, one of the
Greek lochagi.
dpxn, -r/s («px<>>), rule, govern-
ment; province; beginning.
tipX®, f- api<£> (§ 222. 1), to take
the lead, to rule, to command;
to begin (§ 350. r.) ; Mid., to be-
gin. In the sense to begin, the
active rather denotes to begin
for others to follow, and the
middle simply to begin for one's
self. Der. arch-.
apxcov, -ovros, 6 (prop. part, of ap-
X a )i commander, ruler.
do~Bevea> (do-devrjs, ivcak), f. -fjo~co,
to be weak, feeble, or sick.
'Atria, -as, Asia, the largest of the
three grand divisions of the old
world.
'Ao-iSarr;?, -ou, Asidales, a rich
Persian, taken and despoiled by
Xenophon.
'Ao-ivalos, -ov ^Acrivn, Asine, a
town of Laconia), an Asincean.
acriTos, -ov (a-, crtro?), without food.
do-Kos, -ov, 6, leathern bag, goal-
skin.
ao-pevos, -rj, -ov, glad, joyful.
darvd^opai, f. -daopai, to greet, em-
brace, take leave of.
dairis, -iSo?, ?;, shield, the large
round shield of the Greeks.
aenpaXiyr, -£S (a-, acpdWopai, to
stumble, fall, fail), safe, secure.
do-cpaXoys (do-(pa\rjs) , safely, se-
curity.
dra^ia, -as (a-, totto) , disorder,
want of discipline.
av, again, on the other hand.
av\i£opai (ai\{j, court-yard, lodg-
ing), f. -iaopcu, to lodge.
avkos, -ov, 6, flute, differing from
that common with us, in having
a mouth-piece, and a fuller tone.
airtKa {abros), forthwith.
avToparos , -n, -ov (avros, r. pa-, to
endeavour), self-moving; diro
rov avropdrov, of one's own mo-
tion or accord. Der. automa-
ton.
avros, -7], -6, very, same, self; 6
avros, the same ; in the oblique
cases not beginning a clause, as
the common pron. of the 3d
pers. him, her, it; gen. avrov
[sc. tottov or ^tapt'ou, fy 379], as
adv., there. See §§ 149, 503 f.
avrov, -rjs, contr. from eavrov, -rjsi
d(paip£(x> {diro, alpeco, f. -rjcrco, pt.
]jpr]Ka, 2 a. eikov), and oftener
d(paipeopai, to take away, de-
prive, rob.
d<pavr]s, -es (d-, cpaivco), tinsecn, out
of sight, invisible.
dcpinpi (dno, tripi, f. rjo~co, pf. eina,
a. rjKa), to let loose.
d<piKveopai {diro, iKveopai, to come,
f. tf-opai, pf. lypai, 2 a. lnopiiv,
§ 292), to arrive, come to.
d(finnr€va> (drro, InTrevco, to ride, I.
-evaa), to ride off or back.
d(pio-rrjpi (utto, larrjpi), f. diToo-rr)-
o~a>, pf. d(peo~TT]Ka, 1 a. dntcrri]-
o-a, 2 a. d7rio-TT]v, to withdraio
from, trans. ; in the intrans.
forms, to stand off' from or aloof,
withdraio, retire.
'Axai6s,-ov, an Achcean, an inhab
itant of Achaia, the northern
province of the Peloponnesus.
ax^opai, f. ax^eo-opai, a. i)xdeo-dr]v
($ 222. a), to be vexed.
Baftv\<j>v,-a>vos, t), Babylon, a cele-
96
BafSvXoiV
VOCABULARY.
yvpvdfa
brated city upon the river Eu-
phrates.
BaftvXayvios , -a, -ov (Baf3v\a>v) ,
y Ionian.
f3d6os, -(os, to (fiadvs), depth,
fiadvs, -eitt, -v, <:
[fiaivci, f. firjo-ofiai, pf. f3e{3r]Ka, 2a.
f'^T/i/ (§ 278), to step, go.]
/3dXXa>, f. /3aX«, pf. fiefiXrjKa, 2 a.
i'iaXov (§§ 223, 277. a), to
throw, cast.
ftapfiapiKos, -fj,-6v [fidpfiapos), bar-
barian.
fiapfSapaccos (fSapftapiicos) , in the
barbarian tongue, in Persian.
8dpf3apos, -ov, barbarian ; fSdpfia-
pos, suhet., a barbarian, a term
applied by the Greeks to those
of all nations except their own.
(iacr'ikeios, -ov (ftao-iXevs) , bt
mg to a king, royal ; to finoi-
Xeiov [sc. 8wpa], and oftener rn
fiaaiXeia, palace.
fiao-iXevs, -etas, king, esp. applied
by the Greeks, and often with-
out the art. (ft 485. a), to the
King of Persia.
fSaaiXevo) (fSaaiXevs), f. -evaco, to
reign.
[SaaiXiKos, -i], -ov (fiacriXevs), king-
ly, royal.
Be Xeo-vs, -vos, Belcsys, a satrap of
Syria.
fieXriw, better, and fieXrio-ros,
best, COmp. and sup. of dyados.
/3/tt, -as, force, violence.
(3'iicos, -ov, 6, jar.
ftios, -ov, 6, life,
(3odto, f. f3oi)o-op.ai, to cry out, call
aloud.
Botciriof,-ou, 6, a Boeotian, an in-
habitant of the Grecian province
northwest of Attica.
fjoptar, -ov, contr. f&oppas, -Si ($ 91),
borcas, thi north wind,
Qmikeva (ftovXi), plan, counsel,
from l3ov\op,ut) , 1. -dan), pf.
fieftovXevica, to
Mid., to take counsel, deliberate,
consider, purpose, resolve,
ofiai, i. .-*>/< \?'/fro/un, pf. (8e-
\npm (§ 222. B>, to .
i iliing, toish. Sec |i. 88. c.
jBovs, /3oo'y, 6, »'; (§ 112. •}), Lat.
bos, ox, coir.
(SpayCs, -fin. -v, short ; fipaxv, as
adv., a short distance.
TSv£dvTiov, -ov, Byzantium, a city
on the Thracian liosphorus,
DOW Constantinople.
yaXt/vrj, -rjs, a calm.
yap, conj., for; never the first
word in its clause ($ G73. a), but
usually the second.
■ye, at hast, certainly, surely; a
particle, whose chief use is to
add emphasis or force to the
word preceding-. See § G73. n.
ytiTav, -ovos, 6, f], neighbour.
•yeX«a), f. -dcro/xai, a. tytXaaa
($219. a), to laugh.
yfXcos,-a>Tos. 6 (yeXdw), laughter.
yepco, used only in pres. and unpf.,
to be full of.
yeved, -as (yiyvopai) , birth.
ytppov, -ov, a wicker shield (of
osier, covered with ox-hide).
yevopai, f. yevcropai, pt. ytyevpai,
to taste. The act. yevu> is causa-
tive, to make to taste, give one a
taste of.
ytfpvpa, -as. hri'
yrj, yrjs (contr. from yda), earth,
land.
yiyvopat, t. yevi]0'opai,'pf. yeyevqpai
and ytyova, 2 a. eyevoprjv ( ■
to come to be, become, be born,
take place, be, come. The gen-
eral distinction between dpi and
yiyvopLat. is the same as, in Eng.,
hot ween be and become.
yiyi'd)0-Kco , i. yvaaopai, pf. eyvcoKci,
2 a. eyvav (§ 285), Lat. nosco,
to know, undi r stand, dt tt rmine,
judt
T\ois~, TXov (§ 196. 0). G
son of the ^Egyptian Tamos,
and a favorite offiosi of Cyrus.
yvwprj. -i]s, judgment, opinion.
ydw, ydvaros, to (§ 103. N.). knee,
ypaupa., -aros, to (y/)<i<po>), bttcr.
Der. r.iiAMMAii.
ypdcpa, f. -^o), pf. ytypaaba (^ 3G),
to write,
yvpvd(a) (yv/zi'ds, nolod, from the
Greek habit of engaging in ex-
yvpvd£io
VOCABULARY. didSapfidva
97
ercise naked), f. -do-<o, to exer-
cise, train. Der. gymnastics.
yvvr], yvvaiKos (§ 101. y), woman,
wife.
baKpv(o (8dxpv, tear), f. -vcru), to
weep.
8apfiKos, -ov, 6 (Aapeloy), dark,
a Persian gold coin, = about
$ 4.00.
Aaptios, -ov, Darius, surnamed
Nothus, king of Persia, natural
son of Artaxerxes Longimanus,
and father of Artaxerxes Mne-
mon and Cyrus.
t)ao-pos, -ov, 6 (Baiopai, to divide),
tribute.
8t, but, and; on the other hand,
also (§ 657. y) ; the common
particle of contradistinction, in-
termediate in its force between
the copulative <ai, and, and the
adversative aXkd, but. Kai
unites without implying dis-
tinction ; while 8e implies some
distinction, and dXkd not only
distinction, but opposition. Ae,
like p.kv (which see), is usually
the second word in its clause,
never the first (§ 673. a).
Bk8oiK.a and 8e8ia, f. (epic) Beicropai,
a. e8f«ra (1 58, §§ 237, 282), to
be afraid, fear.
Sft, see 8ea>, to need.
oe'iKvvp.i and BeiKvvo), f. Belfjco, pf.
8kBei X a (If 52, § 294), to point
out, show.
8ti\n, -nii evening, afternoon.
8eiv6s, -t], -6v (8eos,fcar), terrible.
beiweet (8e~nrvov), f. Benrvrjaa), pf.
8e8eiTvur]Ka, to sup, take one's
supper.
8c~nrvov, -ov, supper.
Se'/ca, indecl., ten.
fieKcnrevre, indecl., fij 'teen.
8kv8pov, -ov (§ 124. /3), tree.
8e£i6s, -d, -ov, Lat. dexter, right
(as opposed to left), on the right ;
f] 8e£id [sc. x et 'p]> the right hand;
to 8e£i6v [sc. Kepas], the right
wing of an army.
Aet-nrrros, -ov, Dexippus, a Laconi-
an in the army of Cyrus, who
9
proved false to his fellow-sol-
diers.
8cppa, -aros, to (Bepoo, to fay), skin,
hide.
Becnrorns, -ov (^ 742), master.
Der. despot.
8evpo, hither.
8(vrepos, -a, -ov (8vo), second.
8exopai, f. 6V£o/iat, pf. 8k8eypai, to
receive, take.
8ea> and rarely 8i8npi, f. o^o-w, pf.
848tKa (§ § 219, 284), to hind, tie
up.
oVco, f. 8er](ra>, pf. 8e8er]Ka (§ 222. 3),
to need; commonly impers. in
the Act., Set, there is need, it is
necessary, f. Sei^o-et, &c. ; Mid.
Beopai, i. 8erj<jopai, pf. 8e8(npai,
a. i8ej]6nv, to need, want, desire,
beg, entreat, request.
8r) (a shorter and weaker form of
rj8rj, now, and used, like our
unemphatic now, without any
distinct reference to time), noic,
ilicn, so, indeed. See § 673. a.
8r)\os, -7], -ov, evident, manifest.
S^Aoco (8rj\os), f -wcrco, pf. 8e8rj\a>-
<a (T[ 47), to manifest, show.
Snpoaios, -a, -ov (8r/pos, people), be-
longing to the people, public.
Bid, through; w. gen., more liter-
ally, through place, time, &c. ;
w. ace, through means of, on
account of, by reason of.
8ia(3aivo) (did, (Saivco, f. ^rjo-opai,
pf. PefinKa, 2 a. eftnv), to go
through or across, to cross.
tiafidWa (8id, /3aXXio, f. j3a\u>, pf.
/3e/3A77Ka, 2 a. e(3d\ov), to tra-
duce, slander, accuse falsely.
8ia8i8a>p.i (Bid, 8i8cc>pi, f. 8a)aa>, pf.
BeScoKa, a. i'8<oKa), to distribute.
8ia£(vyvvpi (8id, £cvyvvp.i, f. £e v£a>),
to disjoin, part, separate.
8iciKiv8vveva> [Bid, Kiv8vveva>, to risk,
1. -evo-oc>), to risk throughout, ex-
pose one's self.
8iaKkda> (8id, K\dco,to break, f. kAci-
crco), to break in pieces, break up.
8ia<6aioi, -at, -a (67?, e/carov), two
hundred.
8ia\apl3dv(D (8id,~Kap(Bdvoi, f. \r)\j/o-
98
diaXap-fidvco
VOCABULARY.
Ma
pai, pf. ('iXn<pa, 2 a. eXafiov), to
take each his share of a thing,
divide (as a company among
themselves).
diaXf'yopai (did, Xe'yco), f. 8taXe£o-
/iai, pt*. dieiXeypai, a. ditXtx^v,
*o converse. Dei. dialogue.
o'tdeoia, -a? (Bid, voos), thought,
design.
dianXe'co (did, nXfco, f. TrXeitvopai,
pf. nenXevKa), to sail across.
CiiappnTTfci) (did, piTTTeco, f. pi\j/u>,
pf. ?ppiqja),to throw [through a
company] about, distribute by
throwing.
diao-qpaivu) (Sid, anpaivci), f. -acco),
to sig?iify, indicate, make known.
8ia<nrfipa> (did, a7T(ipu>, f. cnr(pa>),
to scatter abroad, disperse,
diardrru) (did, rdrrco, 1. rd£a>, pf.
reraxa), to arrange, draw up
in order of battle, set in order.
dtariOnpi (did, ridtjpi, f. 6i)(tg>, pf.
TiOfina, a. eQrjKa), to dispose;
Mid., £0 dispose of (fox one's self,
especially by sale)/
diaTptfia) (did, rpt/3o>, /a rub, wear,
f. rpfyoo, pf. TtrpKpa), to [wear
through] spend time, rfe/o//, ter-
diacpaivot (did, (paivcn, f. (pavai, pf.
TTt<payica), to show through ; Mid.,
to appear or sforce through.
diddtTKO), f. 8iSd£o>, pf. SeSt'Sa^a
(§ 285), to toacA. Dcr. didac-
tic.
didnp-i, sec deco, to bind.
dtdiopi, f. da)<TG>, pf. dt'davca, a.
cdcoica (T[ 51), to £7<r, pns'/it.
duXavvo) (did, tXavucn, f. eXdcrto,
pf. eXi)Xa.ica), to ride through.
diepxop.ni (did, f'pxopai, f. e'Xevao-
p.ai, pf. fXrjXvda, 2 a. ijX6ov), to
go through, pass over; go
abroad.
dii\u> (did, ex 03 ' ^- *£ a> an '^ < r X'/°" w '
pf. eo-xnica, 2 a. ar^oi')' to [hold
apart] be distant.
diKaia>s (diKaios, just, from dUn),
justly, with good nason.
d'iKt], -7?, justice, punishnvnt .
dinXdos, -on, -6nv, contr. dnrXovs,
-rj, -ovv (dis, -irXoos, § 138. 4),
double.
\dis (dvo), twice.]
diaxiXtoi, -ai, -a (dis, ^t'Xioi), tivo
thousand,
difppos, -ov, 6 (dis, cpfpa), scat (prop.
for two).
dtmKTtot, -a, -ov (diu>Kco), to be pur
sued.
dia>Ka>, f. -£<m and -£opai, to pursue,
chase.
doKta, f. do£a (§ 288), to seem,
appear; think. Impers. doice'i,
it seems, appears, f. &$£«.
dopdriov, -ov (dim. of dopv), a small
spear, javelin,
dopv, doparos (§ 103. N.), spear.
dovXevio (dovXos, slave), f. -tvaa>,
pf. dedovXevica, to be a slave.
dovTvea) (dovnos, dm), f. -rjcra, to
make a din.
ApciKovrios, -ov, Dracontius, a
Spartan exile, chosen by the
Greeks to superintend the
games celebrated on account
of their safe return to the sea-
coast.
dpape'iv, 2 a. infill, of rp/^w.
dpdpos, -ov, 6 (rpexco), running,
race,
dvvapai, f. dvvrjaopai, pt. dfdvvrjpat,
a. idvvr)6rjv, rjdvvndrjv (fy 18U. 1),
and (dvvdcrOnv, to be able, can.
dvvapis, -fens, fj (dvvapai), power.
Der. DYNAMIC.
diva and dvopat, f. dvaopai, pf.
dtd€ Ka , 2 a. tdvv (§ 278), to
enter, put on one's self; of the
sun, to set.
dvo, dvo~iv(§ 137. y), Lat. duo, two.
dvapf], -fjs (dvvio), setting (of the
sun), scarce used except in the
plur.
idv (el, iiv), contr. t'jv and 3», if,
used \v. subj. ($ 603); t'av pt),
if not, unless,
iavrov, -ijs, contr. avrov, -§t (^[ 23.
B, § 111), of himself, herself, or
its* If.
iaea, f. -do-a>, pf. eu'iica, to permit ■,
46m x ai P tlv i to bid fan well to,
let alone.
tyyvs
VOCABULARY.
CKCpepa
99
eyyvs, near. For its comparison,
see § 163. /3.
eya>, efiou or pov (% 23), Lat. ego,
J. See p. 73. j.
eyeoye (eya, ye, §§ 328. b, 732.
(1. 8), I at least, I surely, 1
(more emphatic than eyo>).
e6e\a, f. -t)<to>, pf. ijdeXrjKa (§ 222.
2), to ivish, will, be willing.
See p. 68. c.
el, if, used w. ind. and opt. (§ 603) ;
el pi), if not, unless.
eldevat, eldas, inf. and part, of oida.
eidov, 2 a. of opdco.
et/cd^co (elicos), f.-atrto, impf. e'Ua^ov
and f]Ka£ov (§ 188. N.), fa ftAerc,
• conjecture.
elicos, -o'toj (neut. part, of the perf.
elica), likely, probable.
e'Uocn{v, § 66. a), indecl., twenty.
eXkov, 2 a. of alpea.
el/Mi, f. ecropai, impf. rjv (^[ 55,
$ 230), fa 6e. See yiyvopai.
etfti, impf. jjf«i> (Tf 56, ^ 231), to
go, come. See § 301. 3.
ei7roi>, sazW, 2 aor. , and e'lprjica, pf.
associated with 0^/it (H 53,
§ 301. 7).
« is (ev, § 648. y), z'rcfa ; to ; agamst,
upon ; for, in respect to ; to the
number of. In expressing mo-
tion to, els is the common prep,
with names of places, and tvpos
or ivapd with names of persons
(irapd expressing more precisely
to the side or vicinity of, as to the
court of a monarch).
els, pla, ev, g. evos, pias (*|[ 21,
§ 137. /3), one; used more
strictly as a numeral than one
in Eng.
elafidWa (els, /3dXXa), f. j3aXa>, pf.
j8e'/3X»;Ka, 2 a. e/3aXoi/), to throw
one's self into, enter into.
eiVj3oXJ7, -rjs (fiV/3(iXXa)), entrance.
eladvvco and eiV8uo/xai (a?, 6Wco
and dvopai, f. Svcro/xat, pt. oVSuko,
2 a. eSuv), fa enter into.
elaeipi (els, eipi), to go into or in,
enter.
elcrep^opai (els, ep)(opat, f. e'Xevcro-
pai, pf. eXrfKvda, 2 a. jjX&w), fa
come into or in, enter.
el(m\e(o (els, n\eo), f. 7r\evaopai,
pf. 7reVXeu/«x), fa 5flt7 mfa.
eiacbepa (els, (pepco, f. oicrco, pf.
evrjvo^a, 1 a. Ijveytca, 2 a. tjvey-
kov), to bring into or in.
euro) («ty), within.
elra(el rd, if those things are), <Aen,
in that case.
eire . . e'ire (el, re), ivhether . . or.
eiwda (§297), plup. elaOeiv, to be
accustomed or ivont.
Ik, see e'£.
eKao'Tos, -t), -ov, each.
eKarepcddev (eKarepos, each of two),
from each side, on both sides,
enarov, indecl., one hundred.
eK/3dXXco (f£, /3dXXco, f. /3aXa>, pf.
fiefiXrjKa, 2 a. efiakov), to cast
out.
exyovus, -ov (ex., yiyvopai), born
from ; ra eicyova, offspring,
young.
eK.be pa (e£, Be pa, to fay, f. b)epa>,
a. eSeipa, § 259. a), to fay.
e'/cSi'Scojut (e£, $i8a>pi, t. fioxrco, pf.
oYSwKct, a. e'Sco/ca), to give forth,
deliver up.
exel, there,
exelvos, -rj, -o (eKel), that, pi. those;
as pers. pron., he, she, it. See
§§ 97. 2, 502, 512 f.
eKelae (enel), thither.
eiacXijcria, -as (eKtcaXea, to call
forth), an assembly (prop, called
forth by a crier).
eKKkiveo(e^, kXivui, to bend, f. kXXvco),
to turn aside or away, give way.
eKkeara (e£, Xeiira, f. -■v/'co, pf. Xe-
Xonra, 2 a. eXinov), to forsake,
desert. Der. eclipse.
eKTiiva (e£,Trtva>, f. itlopai, pf. Tte-
iva>Ka, 2 a. eiriov), to drink off or
up.
€K7r\ea> (e£, nXeui, f. 7rXevo-opai, pt.
TreVXeuKa), fa sail forth.
eiaropifa (et;, 7ropi(w, to supply, f.
-icrco), to provide.
eKTpeTrco (e^,Tpena, f. -■v/'to, pf. re-
rpo<pa and rerpacpa), to turn out
of or asifife, trans. ; Mid. , to turn
aside, intrans.
eKCpepa (e£, cpepa, f. o'iaa, pf. evq-
vo\a, 1 a. rjvey<a, 2 a. jjWyKoi'),
100
tK(f>tp(0
VOCABULARY. t£aKicrxiXtoi
to carry out (esp. a corpse for
burial).
iXavvo), f. eXdcrco, fXd>, pf. iXrjKaica
(§ 278), to drive, ride.
iXelv, 2 a. inf. of aipeco.
(Xfvdepla, -as (iXddfpos), freedom,
hb/rtij.
(X(v0(pos, -a, -ov,free.
i\8e'iv, 2 a. inf. of tpxopai.
IKkco, f. -£&), impf. (TKkov ($$ 189. 3,
2'J8), to draw, draw up.
'EAXdf, -dbos, fj ("EXX^), Greece.
EWrjv, -nvos, 6, a Greek.
(XXrjvl^co ("EXXrjv), f. -«ra>, /o
s^cgA: Greek.
'EWtjvikos, -tj, -ov ("EWrjv), Gre-
cian, Greek.
EXXtjvlkus ( EXXr/i/tKos), in Greek.
'EWrjvis, -t'Sor, fj ("EXXnv, § 134),
adj., Grecian.
ipavrov, -rjs (U 23. B, § 144), of
myself. ^
ipfiaiva) (iv, /3cuVg>, f. firjaopai, pf.
fieftnica, 2 a. efinv), to go into or
on board, embark.
f/u/3dXXco (eV, /3dXXo>, f. /3aXd), pf.
j3(j3\r]Ka, 2 a. i'fiaXov), to throw
or pw£ i7i or upon, insert, inflict.
e/z/3t/3dfa) (eV, /3i/3d£&>, to cause /o
§•0, f. -do-tu), to pui on 6oard a
vessel, make one embark.
ipov, ipoi, ipi, oblique cases of
/•yd).
ipos, -17, -01/ (e'-yd), ipov), my, mine.
epncipos, -ov (iv, tveipa, trial), ex-
perienced in, acquainted tvith.
iprrinreo (iv, iriirro), f. Trecrovpat,
pf. TTiirraiKa, 2 a. enterov), to
fall into, rush or //iron; one's
self into.
'ipirkeas, -a>v (iv, nrXeW, § 135),
ipndpiov, -ov (epnopos, trader), em-
porium, mart.
tpirpoo-6(v (iv, Trp6o-6(v), in front,
before, previously.
iv, Lat. in, in; within, among; at ;
on, upon; in composition, often
into.
ivavrios, -a, -ov (iv, dvri), over
against, opposite, opposed to,
contrary ; ol ivavrioi, tlie enemy.
(vbov (iv), icithin.
ivSvva and ivbvopai (iv, bvva) ana
dvopai, f. dvaopai, pf. bibvica,
2 a. (8vv), to put on one's
v self.
eveipi (iv, dpi, f. taopai), to be in.
ivtKa, on account of, for the sake of.
tv6a (iv), there, Iiere ; where; there-
upon.
eve, see Notes on Less. XV. 9.
iviavros, -ov, 6, year.
iviore (evt, ore, § 523. a), some
times.
ivvoiai (iv, voeo>, to think, f. -770-0)
pf. vevurjKa, from voos), to con-
sider, reflect upon.
ivravOa (emphatic form of tv6a;
and more frequent in prose,
Tf 63), there, here ; thereupon,
hereupon, upon this.
ivreiva> (iv, reivu), to stretch, f. t(vu>,
pf. Teraica, § 268), to [stretch
out upon] inflict (blows).
ivrtvdev (emphatic form of evdtv,
thence, ^f 63), thence, hence ;
thenceforth ; h < n upon.
ivrldrjpt (iv, Tidrjpt, f. 6rjO-<i>, pi.
TtdfiKa, a. eOrjKa), to put into or
on board.
ivTipa>s ('ivrlpos, honored, from iv
and Tiprj), in lionor.
ivTvyxiivca (iv, Tvyxdva, f. rev£o-
pai, pf. TtTvxvKa, 2 a. tri>xov),
to happen upon, meet with, find.
ivvnviov, -ov (iv, vnvos, steep),
dream.
i£ (before a cons, ex, § 68. 1) out
of, from. 'Air6 expresses the
simple idea of 'from, ov from the
surface; while i£ denotes from
the interior, or from within ; and
napd,from the vicinity, or from
beside. In composition, <£ some-
times simply strengthens the
meaning, by expressing the
carrying out of the action.
e£, indecl., si > .
t'layytXXto (e£, dyye'XXo), i. dyyeXw,
pf. /;yy«X(ca), to bring out word.
i£ai<pvns, suddenly, on a suihhn.
f^aKiaxiXioi, -at, -a (i£aKis, Stx
times, xi'Xtot), sir thousand.
t£aKO<TlOl
VOCABULARY.
eiropai
101
e£aic6o-Loi, -cu, -a (e£, enarov), six
hundred.
e^airarda) (e£, diraTdco, to deceive,
f. -Tja-a), to deceive, cheat.
e^airivrjs, softer form for e^aicjyvqs-
e£eipi (e£, dpi), only used in the
impers. ei-eori, it is permitted,
possible, or in one's power, f. e'|e-
crrat, &C
e^eipi (e£, ft'pi), /o go out.
e^eXavva (e£, eXavvu), f. eXacrco, pf.
eXr)Xaica), to ride forth, march,
advance; used of the leader of
an expedition.
ef-epXPnai (e£, epxopai, f. iXevcro-
pai, pf. eXr)Xvda, 2 a. ijA^oi/), /o
come or °-o ow£ or forth.
e£o8os, -ou, 77 (e'£, 6Sds), going
forth, excursion. Der. Exodus.
e£<0 (e£), without (opposed to with-
in).
eoprr), -r)s, festival, feast.
eiraiveeo (eiri, alveco, to praise, f.
-eVto, pf. rjveica), to praise, com-
mend.
eirdv (eirei, civ), after that, vihen.
eirei (em), after that, when, since.
eireihav (eireidr), av), when now,
iv hen.
eireidt) (eirei, 817), since now, since.
eireifu (eiri, elpi), to come upon or
on, advance.
eiretra (eirei rd, since those things
are), thereupon, then, afler-
ivards, in the second place.
eirepwrda (em, epcordai, f. i pair-qua
and eprjo-opai, pf. r)p<orr]Ka, 2 a.
m. r)p6pnv), to ask or question
further.
em, upon : w. gen. upon (rest strict-
ly upon), on board of: w. dat.,
upon (rest upon, but less strictly
than w. gen.) ; at, by ;for ; over;
dependent upon, in the power
of; in addition to: w. ace, up-
on (motion upon); against, to.
emftovXeva) { eiri, j3ov\eva> , f. -evo~oj ,
pf. (3efiov\evKa) , to plan or plot
against, to plot.
eVi/3ovXj7, -rjs (eiri, fiovXt], plan,
counsel), plot.
emheiKvvpi (eiri, BeiKinJpi, f. 8ei'£ct>,
9*
pf. 8e8eixa), to exhibit; Mid., to
exhibit one's self, or what be-
longs to one's self.
emdvpeo) (eiri, dvpos, spirit), f.
-770-0), to [set one's heart upon a
thing] desire,
eiriiceipai (eiri, Kelpai, f. iceio~opai),
to press upon, as an enemy.
emKovprjpa, -aros, to (e'mKovpeco,
to aid, protect), protection.
emKpdreia,-as (eiri, Kpareco), power
over, dominion.
emXeydi (em, Xe'yco, f. Xe|co), to say
in addition or also.
emXeiira> (em, Xeiirco, f. -t/'w, pf.
XeXonra, 2 a. eXiirov), to fail, be
wanting to.
empeXeopai (eiri, peXai), f. -rjcropai,
pf. empepeXnpai, to take care of,
observe carefully.
emopicea> (eiri, SpKOs), f. -r/cro), to
swear falsely, perjure one's self,
eirippvros, -ov (eiri, pea), well-wa-
tered,
eirio-rapac, f. eiriarrjo-opai, impf.
rjmo-Tapnv, to understand, know,
be assured.
em<TToXr], -rjs (e'mo-reXXa>, to send
to), epistle, letter.
emTT]8eios, -a, -ov (emrrjoes, on pur-
pose), suitable, serviceable; rot
emrrjo'eia, the necessaries of life,
provisions, supplies,
emridrjpi (eiri, ridrjpi, f. 6i]€ra>, pf.
redeiica, a. edrjKa), to put upon,
inflict; Mid., to throio one's self
upon, fall upon, attack,
emrvyxdva) (eiri, rvy^dvu), f. rev
£opai, pf. Terv)(rjKa, 2 a. erv^ov),
to happen upon, meet with, find.
em(paiva> (eiri, (paivco, f. cpava), pf.
Tre<payK.a),to show upon or forth ;
Mid., to show one's self or appear,
especially for an attack upon
another.
eirixapis, -1, g. -ltos (eiri, X^P ls i
grace) , pleasing, agreeable,
emxeipea, f. -Tjcrco (eiri, X e 'P)' i0
[put one's hand to a thing]
undertake, attempt,
eiropai, f. e-^ropai, impf. e'nropnv,
2 a. icrirdpnv (§ 300), to follow.
102
VOCABULARY.
rjyeofiai
eirrd, indecl., seven.
(TrraKOcrioi, -at, -a («rTa, (kotov) ,
seven hundred.
'Etrvat-a, -ns, Epyaxa, wife of
Syennesis, king of Cilicia.
(pyd^ofxai (ifpyov), f. -daopai, pf.
etpyacruat, to^work.
epyov, -ov, work.
fprjpia, -as (eprjpos), solitude, lone-
liness.
apropos, -ov, deserted, desert, unin-
habited.
(pprjufCs, -/cor, 6 ('EppTJSi Mercury,
the god of speech, and messen-
ger of the gods), interpreter.
(pp<i>p.tva>s{eppa>pei>os, strong, reso-
lute), strongly, resolutely.
tpXopai, f. eXevaopai, pf. i\i)\vda,
2 a. rfkdov, to come, go. See
§ 301. 3.
tpw, see <f>t)pi.
€ pcoraco, f. epcoT^crco and tpfjaopLai, pf.
fjp6>rr]Ka, 2 a. m. fjpoprjv (§ 298),
to ask for information, question.
(0~6ico, f. tbopai, pf. edr/Bona, 2 a.
Zepayov (§ 298), to eat.
taxaros, -r\, -ov (e'£, § 161. 2),
uttermost, extreme, last.
'EtcovTkos, -ov, Eteonicus, a Spar-
tan officer at Byzantium.
trepos, -a, -ov (§ 316. 2), other of
two ; one of two, § 542. y.
en, still, yet, more, longer.
troipos, -rj, -ov, ready.
tros, -tog, to, year.
ev, well.
(v8atpovi£a> (fvdaip.a>v), f. -t'crco, to
think or deem happy, congratu-
late.
tvbaipav, -ov, g. -ovos (tv, Salpcov,
fortune), happy, prosperous.
(v6is, straightway, immediately.
EiKcXet'Srjy, -ov, Euclvdes, a sooth-
sayer from Phlius, and a friend
of Xenophon.
tvvoia, -as (tvvoos), good-will, af-
fection.
tvvoos, -oov, contr. tvvovs, -ovv (tv,
voos), rvell-disposcd, kind.
dp'ia-KU), f. (vprjo-a), pf. tvpnua, 2 a.
tlpov or nvpov ($ 296), to find.
tvpos, -tos, to {(ipvs), width,
breadth.
tvpvs, -t'la, -v, wide, broad.
evra£ia, -as (tv, tottco), good or
der or discipline.
tvTv\€a> (evrv^Tjr, fortunate), i
-tjctco, pf. tvTvx^Ka (§ 193. in.)
to succeed, be successful.
tlrvx/jpa, -aros, to (evTv^fO)), suc-
cess.
EixppaTvs, -ov, the Euphrates, a
celebrated river of western Asia.
evoowp-os, -ov (ev, ovopa), left (op-
posed to right) ; to ev6)wpov [sc.
Kcpas], the left wing of an army.
'Eepeaos, -ov, fj, Ephesus, an Ionian
city upon the western coast of
Asia Minor, having a celebrated
temple of Diana.
i(pioTTIpi ((TTl, 1oTT]pi, f. CTTTJCrCO,
pf. eorvKa), to stop, trans. ; in
the intrans. forms, to stand by,
to stop, intrans.
e\Spos, -a, -ov, hostile, inimical; 6
ix^pos, foe.
exvpos, -a, -6v (ex<a), strong (easily
held or defended), secure.
e^co and tcr^co, f. e£co and c^crco,
pf. eo-xyxa, 2 a. eaxov, to have
hold, occupy. See § 300.
(o>s, tco, fj (§§ 97. 3, 98), dawn,
?7iorning.
ecos, while, ivhilst ; until.
(do},f.(T]o-(o,to live. See §§33. a,
280. y.
feuyjjXareco ({evyrjXdTvs) , f. -rjo~(i),
to drive a team.
£tvyi]\dTvs, -ov (£eiiyos, eXavvco),
teamster,
frvyvvpi, f. fev£co (§ 294), to yoke,
join, connect.
fevyoy, -tor, to ((evyvvpt), a yoke
of oxen or other animals.
Zeis, Aids (TI 16), Jupiter, king
of the gods.
^rjTtio, f. -fjo-a>, to seek.
£vp,tTvs, -ov, 6 ((vurj, leaven), adj.
leavened.
Ciovn, -ns ((uvvvpi, to gird), girdle,
ZONE.
n , or ; than ; *;
rj (dat. fern.
ijyepuv, -ovos, 6 (rjyiopai), guide,
leader,
ijytopai ((Tyco), t. -i)o-opai, pf. ijyn-
; j] . . 4% either . . or.
of os, §421.0), where.
fjyeofiai
VOCABULARY.
Bpacrvs
103
p.ai, to lead, lake the lead, lead
the way; to guide, conduct; to
think.
fjdeiv, see ol8a.
■n§e<os (tjBvs), with pleasure, cheer-
fully, gladly.
f)8T], already, now.
ijBopai, f. fjo-Bijaropai, a. fjadrjv, to
be pleased.
rjSCs, -tla, -v (rj8op.ai), sweet, pleas-
ant, agreeable. Comp. tj8lcov,
SUp. jjdlCTTOS.
tJk-o, f. tj^co, to come, have come.
See § 579. f.
rjXidios, -a, -ov, foolish, silly, sense-
less.
rjXiKia, -as {t/XIkos, how old), time
of life, age.
fj\iKia>rT]s, -ov (f]\iKia), a?i equal in
age.
rjXws, -ov, 6, the sun.
fjpeis, ice, plur. of eya>.
tipeXvptvcos (npeXnpevos, pf. part,
of dpeXeco), carelessly, negli-
gently.
f] fie pa, -as, day.
rjperepos, -a, -ov (fjp-is), our.
f]p.lftpa>TOS, -OV {rjp.LO-VSi /3t/3pO)CTKW,
to eat), half-eaten.
rjjiideTjs, -es {rjpicrvs, Se'co), wanting
half, half full.
rjp.io~vs, -eia, -v, Lat. semis, half.
fjv, contr. from idv, if.
TjvUa (If 63), when; more specific
than ore.
'HpaKkerjs, -eeos, COntr. 'HpaKXrJr,
-eovs (§ 115. /3), Hercules, son
of Jupiter and Alcmene, the
most famous of the Greek he-
roes.
'HpaKkeia, -as ('Hpa(cX^?), Hera-
clea, a city of Bithynia on the
Pontus Euxinus.
'UpaicXeibrfs, -ov, Heraclldes, a
Greek from Maronea in Thrace,
an unprincipled agent of Seu-
thes.
rjavxia, -as (rjavxps, still, quiet),
stillness, quiet.
r]TTaop.ai (fj-rrcov, inferior), f. -t-Qtj-
crop.ai and -r/aopai, pf. rjrTqpai,
to be inferior, to be vanquished.
Qakarra, -rjs, the sea.
dapivd (neut. pi. of dapuvos, fre-
quent), frequently .
6dvaros,ov, 6{dvfjo-K(i), f. Oavovpai)
death.
Garret, f. ddyjsco (§ 272), to bury.
dappdXfois (dappaXfos, confident,
from ddppos), confidently, with
confidence, icith good courage.
6dppea> (ddppos, courage), f. -tjo-co,
pf. TeBdpprjKa, to be of good
courage, have no fear.
Qdrrcov, comp. of rayys.
6avp.d£co (6avp.a, ivonder), f. -dcrco,
oftener -dcropai, pf. redavpaica,
to wonder, ivonder at, admire.
6avp.do~i.os, -a, -ov(davpa), wonder-
ful.
6e\io (a shorter form for the more
common edeXco), f. -r)aco, to ivish,
icill, be ivilling.
deos, -ov, 6, f), Lat. deus, god,
deity.
Q'TTaXos, -ov, a Thessalian, an in-
habitant of the fertile but rude
province in the northeast of
Greece.
6£io, f. 6-vcropai (§ 220), to run.
decopeco, f. -t)<t-o (decopos, spectator),
to behold, view, gaze upon.
Qr](3dios, -ov, 6 (Qrjfiai, Thebes,
chief city of Bceotia) , a Theban.
[drjp, -pos, 6, wild beast.]
6rjpdco [Br/p], f. -dcra> and -aaropai,
pf. Tedr]paKa,to hunt wild beasts.
drjp'vco (8r)p), f. -evo-eo, to hunt,
catch.
Br-plov, -ov (6i']p, § 312. n.), wild
beast or animal.
BvrjaKco, f. davovpai, pf. TtdvwKa,
2 a. Wavov (§§ 281, 237), to
die ; pf. , to be dead.
Bopvfios, -ov, 6, tumult, 7ioise.
QpaKT),-iis{Qpqg), Thrace, a coun-
try in Europe, lying north and
northeast of the iEgean. The
name was also given to a coun-
try upon the northwestern coast
of Asia Minor colonized by Thra-
cians.
Qpa£, -cikos, 6, a Thracian.
Bpacrvs, -fla, -v, bold, courageous.
104
SvXaKos
VOCABULARY.
Kapdoi^os
dvXaKos, -ov, 6, sack.
Qvpftptov, -ov, Thymbrium, a city
of Phrygia.
Bvpa, -as, door; often in the plur.,
even when a single entrance is
spoken of.
6vo-'ia, -as {6\>a>), sacrifice.
6vu, f. 6'vo-a), pf. Ttdvua ($ 219),
to sacrifice; Mid., to sacrifice for
purposes of divination, to con-
sult the gods bij sacrifice.
daypat, -ukos, 6, breastplate, corse-
let, coat of mud.
Idopai, f. liuroftat, to heal, cure,
laa-ovios, -a, -ov ('latrcov, Jason,
the famous leader of the Argo-
nauts), Jasonian.
larpos, -ov, 6 (Idopai), physician,
surgeon.
ISelv, 2 a. inf. of opdeo.
lepos, -a, -6v, sacred.
"inpi, f. tJo-co, pf. elica, a. rjKa (% 54,
§ 229), to send, let go or fly ;
Mid., to [send one's self] rush.
Ikovos, -rj, -ov, sufficient, enough,
competent, suitable.
"iXeois, -u>v (contr. from IXaos, -ov,
§§ 98. ft 726, /3), propitious.
ipds, -dvros, 6, thong.
iva, in order that.
iTTTrevs, -ewj, 6 (ittttos), horseman,
knight.
'nnriKus,-r], -ov (iTnros), relating to
a horse; to Ittttikov [sc. ttXtjOos
or o-Tpdrtvpa], the cavalry.
"nnros, -ov, 6, fj, horse, mare.
Xo-di, imp. of dpi and of otSa.
io-os, -n, -ov, equal; iaov, as adv.,
equally, alike.
'icraroi, -a>v, ol, also Io~o~o?, -oO, n,
Issus, the most eastern city
upon the coast of Cilicia.
to~Tnpi, f. ernjerco, 1 a. i'o~rno~a, to
place, station; 1 a. m. to-rtjo-d-
pnv, to have set up or erected for
one's self: intrans. forms, pf.
(a-rnKa as pres., 2 a. eo-rrjv, and
Mid. except 1 a^-, to stand, stand
one's ground. See ^f 48,
§§ 233, 237, 257. /3.
Icr)(vp6s, -a, -ov (io~)(vs, strength),
strong, severe.
lo-xvpC)s (Icrxvpos), strongly, exceed-
ingly, very,veliemently, severely
io-^o), see e^o>.
'iarcos (io-os), equally, probably, per-
haps.
l\BCs, -vos, 6, fish.
"iX.viov, -ov (i)(vos, track, § 312. N.) f
track, footstep.
Kadd {kotu a), accordizig as.
Kadfvdoi (nard, evbu>, to sleep, f.
tvdi]o-(o, § 222. 3), to sleep.
For augment, see § 192. 3.
Kadr/pai (Kara, ijpai, to sit, ^f 59,
$ 275. £), to sit down.
KaQio-rrjpi ((card, lo-rqpi, f. arijaio,
pf. eoTTjica), to station, appoint;
in the intrans. forms, to station
one's self, settle down.
Kai, and; also, even (§ 657. y);
Kal . . Kai, both . . and. See 6V.
Kd'iKos, -ov, 6, Calcus, a river of
Mysia.
Kaito, f. Kavo~u>, pf. KtKavKa(§ 267.
3), to burn, kindle, set on fire
KaKos, -i], -ov, bad, evil, vile; bad
in ivar, cowardly; to kukov,
subst., evil, harm. For com-
parison, see § 160.
KaXeai, f. KnXoro), pf. KfKXrjKa
($ 261), to CALL.
KaXXipa^os, -ov, Callimachus, a
lochagus from Parrhasia in Ar-
cadia, distinguished for bravery.
KaXos, -rj, -6v, beautiful, fine, fair ,
favorable, honorable, ?wble, good.
Comp. KaXXiav, sup. KaXXiaros-
'Aya66s refers more to the essen-
tial quality of an object, and
KaXos more to the impression
which it produces upon the eye
or mind.
RdXirr], -t)s, Calpe, a harbour upon
the coast of Bithynia.
KaXas (koXos), beautifully, honor-
ably, well.
Kdvo~vs,-vos, 6, a robe with sleeves,
worn by Persians of rank.
KairiraSoKia, -as, Cappadocia, a
large province in the eastern
part of Asia Minor.
Kapdovxos, -ov, 6, a Carduchian,
or one of the Cardiichi, a race
KapSoC^oy
VOCABULARY.
KXeaprroy
105
of fierce and independent moun-
taineers upon the east of the
Tigris, from whom the modern
Kurds have derived their lineage
and name.
xapnala, -as, carpcea, a kind of
dance.
Kara, prep., down: wi gen., down
f rom, down: w. ace, down
along or down to; beside, by,
at, over against; according to.
In composition, it usually signi-
fies down or against, or implies
completion.
Kara^alvco [KaTa,f3alva>, f.firjcropai,
pf. jSe'^xa, 2 a. efinv), to go
down, descend.
Kardf3ao-is, -ea>s, fj (Karafiaiva)), de-
scent, return from Central Asia
to the sea-coast.
xardyeios, -ov (Kara, yrj) , under-
ground, subterranean.
KarayeXdo) (Kara, yeXdco, f. -acro-
bat), to laugh at, deride, sneer
at.
KaTaia-)(yva> [Kara, atcr^L^w, f. -vva>),
to disgrace.
KciTaKa[vo> (Kara, Kaiva>, to kill, f.
Kava, 2 a. enavov, § 2G7), to kill.
KaTaKaio) (Kara, Kaia>, f. Kavcra, pf.
KeKavKa), to burn down, con-
sume.
Kardiceipai (Kara, Kelpai, f. Kei'cro-
pai) , to lie down, recline.
KaraKOTTTO) (Kara, kotttco, f. ko^co,
pf. Kc<o(pa), to cut down, cut in
pieces.
KaraXap^dvco (koto, \ap(3dvco, f.
Xrjyp-opai, pf. eWrjcpa, 2 a. e'Xa-
fiov), to seize, take possession of.
KaTaKfiTTU) [koto, XeiVa), f. -^co, pt.
\e\oi7ra, 2 a. eknrov), to leave
behind or alive.
xa-ape'vea (Kara, pevco, f. pevco, pf.
pepevvica), to stay behind, con-
tinue.
KaraTTepTra) (nard, neprrco, f. -tyco,
pf. neiroprpa) , to send down, as
from Central Asia to the sea-
coast.
KaTawTjbdco (xard, irrjhdco, f. -no~co,
to leap), to leap down.
Kazan pdrrco (Kara, Trpdrrco, f. -£a>
pf. Trenpdxa) , to accomplish ;
Mid., to accomplish for one's
self, obtain.
KaracrTpeCpco (Kara, errpeepco, to
twist, turn, f. -\^«, § 259. a),
to overturn; Mid., to subject to
one's self, subdue, conquer.
Karepyd£opai (Kara, e'pyd£opai, f.
-dcropai, pf. eipyacrpai), to ac-
complish.
Kara [Kara), adv., down.
KtyXpos, -ov, 6, f], millet, a small
grain.
ne'ipai, f. Keicropai (% 60, § 232),
to lie ; lie dead.
KeXevco, f. -evcrco, pf. KeneXevKa, to
command, bid.
kcvos, -x], -ov, empty, vain, ground-
less.
Kevrp^rns, -ov, Centrites, a river
flowing between Armenia and
the land of the Carduchi.
KtpaVVVpl, f. K€pd<T(0 ($ 293), to
mingle, mix.
Kepas, Kepdros, contr. Kepcos (§ 10-4),
to, horn, wing of an army.
KepacjovvTios, -ov, 6 (Kepaaovs,
Cerasus, a Sinopian colony in
Pontus), a Cerasuntian.
KtcpaXrj, -rjs, head.
Kypv£, -vkos, 6 {ktjpvtto)), herald.
KTlpVTTCO, f. -v|tt), pf. KfKTjpVXa, tO
proclaim.
KiXiKia, -as (Ki'Xi£), Cilicia, the
southeastern province of Asia
Minor.
Ki'Xi^, -ikos, 6, a Cilician.
Ki'Xtcro-a, -rjs (KiX»|, §§ 311. d,
313. r.), a Cilician woman
(used in speaking of the queen
of Cilicia).
K\eayopas,-ov, Cleagoras, a paint-
er of Phlius.
KXeavdpos, -ov, Oleander, Lace-
daemonian prefect of Byzantium.
KXedvcop, -opos, Clednor, an Ar-
cadian, chosen general in the
place of Agias.
KXedperos, -ov, Clearetus, one of
the lochagi, who lost his life in
a wicked enterprise.
106
KXtapxos VOCABULARY.
\lfiTjV
KXeapxos, -ov, Clearchus, a Lace-
daemonian exile, a lover of war
for its own sake, and the gener-
al most honored and trusted by
Cyrus.
AcXf/co, f. -cro> (§ 270. 10), to shut,
close.
Kvrjfiii, -ISoy, f) (Kvr)pr], the leg from
the knee to the ancle), greave,
a piece of armour for the leg.
Koyx>], -vs, Lat. concha, cockle or
muscle, a kind of shell-fish.
Der. conch.
koivus, -tj, -ov, common, joint;
Koivfi [sc. 68a, § 320. 2. b], in
common, jointly, together.
Ko\a>v6s, -oil, 6, hill, mound.
KOTTTdt, 1. KO\|/CO, pf. KfKO(pa (§ 272.
a), to cut ; to strike or beat upon,
knock at a door or gate.
KopcrcoTT], -ijs, Corsote, a large but
desert city of Mesopotamia.
Kovcpas (Kovcpos, light), lightly,
nimbly.
Kpavos, -(os, to, helmet.
Kpareo (Kpdros), f. -i)aa>, pf. Keicpd-
rnna, to control, govern, con-
quer.
KpdncTTos, best, noblest, sup. of
dyados.
Kpdros, -eos, to, strength, might.
Kpavyf], -tjs (/cpd£a), to cry out),
outcry, clamor.
Kptas, g. Kpiaos, contr. Kpias, pi.
Kpeaa, contr. Kpea, flesh, meat;
chiefly used in the plur.
KpeiTTeov, belter, superior, comp. of
dyaOos.
Kprjvt], -rjs, fountain.
Kpr)s, -t]t6s, 6, a Cretan, an in-
habitant of the large island
south of the iEgean, now Can-
dia.
Kpidrj, -rjs, barley; usually in the
plur.
Kpiva), f. KpXvto, pf. KticpXna (§ 217.
a), to judge.
Kplo-cs, -tots, tj ((cptVco), trial by a
judge.
lerdouai, f. KTrjaopat, to acquire;
pf. K€KTvuai, 3 f. K£KTi']0-opai, to
possess (v,§233, 234).
K.Tt]o-[as, -ov, Ctesias, a physician
from Cnidus, who was in the
service of Art axerxes, and wrote
a history of Persia.
Kvdvos, -ov, 6, Cydnus, a river of
Cilicia, flowing through the city
of Tarsus.
kvkKos, -ov, 6, Lat. circulus, circle,
ring, inclosure.
kvk\6q> (kvkKos), f. -u)crw, to encir-
cle, surround.
Kvpos, -ov, Cyrus (surnamed the
Younger in distinction from
Cyrus the Great, the founder
of the Persian monarchy),
younger brother of Artaxerxes
Mnemon, against whom he
made a disastrous expedition,
B. C. 401.
kvcov, kvvos, 6, 7] (§ 106), dog.
KuiXvu), f. -vera, pi. KeKcoXvKa, to
hinder, forbid, prevent.
Kapdpxns, -ov (Ku>pt], tlpxco), the
head man of a village.
Ka>pri, -rjs, village.
~\aya>s,-u>, 6 (§§ 08, 123. y), hare.
AaKedaipuvtos, -ov, 6 (AaKeSalpow,
Lacedamon, also called Sparta,
chief city of Laconia), a Lace-
daemonian.
Aukcov, -otvos, 6, a Laconian.
\ap/3dvco, f. Arjxp'OjUcu, pf. fiXj;dJa,
2 a. eXa/3oj/ ($ 290), to take, re-
ceive, obtain.
Adpyj/aKos, -ov, i), Lampsacus, a
city of Mysia on the Hellespont.
Xe'ya), f. \e£a>, [pf. p. XeXey^iot,] to
say, speak, mention, relate, pro-
pose.
\(ipa>v, -wvos, 6, meadow.
\(iira>, f. -\//-a>, pi. \i\onra, 2 u.
i'Xnrov (% 37) . to have, quit ;
pf. p. \(\appai, to have been
left, to remain.
XfKTtos, -a, -ov (Xeyco), to be said.
\evKos, -r), -6v, white.
\r)i£opai, f. -iaopai (Xfi'a, booty),
to plunder, ravage, rob.
Xflarrjr, -ov (krii^opai) , plunderer,
robin r.
\idos, -ov, 6, a stone.
Xi/irji>, -tvos, 6, harbour, haven.
Xiveos
VOCABULARY.
peXc
107
XiWo?, -a, -ov, contr. Xivovs, -rj,
-ovv (Xlvov , flax) , flaxen, linen.
Xoyi(opai (Xciyor), f. -lo-opai, to
reckon, calculate, suppose.
Xoyos, -ov, 6 (Xeyco), word, dis-
course, narrative, report.
^yX7< " r ? 9 ' spear-head, lance.
Xolttos, -i), -6v (XetVo)), remaining,
rest.
\6(f)os, -ov, 6, ridge, hill.
Ao^dyoy, -ov, 6 (Xoxos, ayco), the
commander of a Xoxos , captain,
centurion.
Xoxos, -ov, 6, a company o$ soldiers,
usually containing about 100
men.
AvSi'a, -as (AvSos), Lydia, a rich
province in the western part of
Asia Minor, once a powerful
kingdom.
AvSios, -a, -ov (AuSo?), Lydian.
Av86s, -ov, 6, a Lydian.
AvKsiov, -ov, the Lyceum, a public
gymnasium with covered walks,
in the eastern suburb of Athens.
Aiikios, -ov, Lyr.ius, — 1. son of
Polystratus, an Athenian, ap-
pointed commander of horse
among the Greeks ; — 2. a
Syracusan, under the command
of Clearchus.
Xvw, f. Xutrw, pf. Xe'Xv/ca (§ 219),
to loose, undo, break or violate a
treaty or oath.
fid, adv. of swearing, by. See
\ 42G. 6\
Mdyvrjs, -nros, 6, a Magnesian, an
inhabitant of Magnesia, a part
of Thessaly upon the eastern
coast.
MalavSpos, -ov, 6, the Maander, a
river separating Lydia from
Caria and from a part of Phry-
gia, so remarkable for its wind-
ing course through its rich al-
luvial plain, that it has given a
name to the winding of rivers.
fj.aivop.ai, f. p.avovpat, pf. peprjva,
to be mad, frenzied, or insane.
paxpos, -a, -ov, long; paxpdv [sc.
686v, § 439. /3], as adv., a long
ivay, far.
Mdxpcov, -avos, 6, a Macronian, or
one of the Macrones, a tribe
living near Trebizond.
pdXa, adv., very, very much ; com p.
paXXov, more, rather ; sup. pd-
Xio-ra, most, especially.
pavBdvoi, f. pa6i]o-opai, pf. pep,d-
dr)Ka, 2 a. i'padov (§ 290), to
learn.
pavreia, -as (pdvris), divination,
oracle.
pdvrts, -eccs, 6, T] (paivopai, to be
frenzied), diviner, soothsayer,
prophet.
Mapo-vas, -ov, Marsyas, a Phry-
gian, the reputed inventor of
the flute. From the tears shed
by the shepherds and rural di-
vinities of Phrygia for his cruel
fate, is fabled to have arisen the
river bearing the same name.
Mdo-Kas, -a, or Mao~K<is, -a (§ 126.
2), the Mascas, a river of Meso-
potamia.
pao-ros, -ov, 6, breast (one of the
breasts), pap.
pdxaipa, -as, sword.
pd^rj, -Tjs (pdxopai), battle.
pdxop-ai, f. paxtaopai, in Attic
always paxovpai, pf. pepdxrjpai.
(§ 222. a), to fight.
Meyapevs, -ices, 6 (Meyapa, Mega-
ra, chief city of Megaris), a
Megarian.
piyas, peydXrj, peya (§ 135),
great, large. Comp. p,ei£a>v,
sup. ptyio~ros.
pelav, less, comp. of pixpos.
ptXas, peXaiva, peXav (^f 19),
black.
peXerdco (psXco), f. -rjo-co, to prac-
tise.
piklvrj, -77?, panic, a grain resem-
bling millet.
peXXw, f. peXXi]0~a>, a. ep.eXXr]cra
and ^piXXnaa (§§ 189. 1, 222.
1), to be about to; to delay.
peXco, f. pfXrjo-co, pf. pepeXr/xa
(§ 222. 2), to concern, be a care
to; commonly impers., peXei, it
concerns or is a care to, f. p.eXi]-
cret, &C.
108
ptpvrjpai
VOCABULARY.
ptpvnpai, see pipvi)0-KU>.
pepcjtopai, f. -y^opai, to blaim .
piv, a prospective particle, mark-
ing the words with which it is
connected as distinguished from
others which follow and with
winch the retrospective particle
8e is commonly joined. McV . .
de may be translated on the one
hand . . on the other hand, or
indeed . . but. Often, however,
p.iv is better omitted in transla-
tion. It is usually the second
word in its clause, never the
first (§ 673. a).
ptvroi (ptv, Toi), however, yet,
certainly.
fitva>, f. pev£>, pf. ptpivnKa (§ 222.
2), Lat. maneo, to remain, wait,
trait for.
Tslivav, -cow?, Meno, from Pharsa-
lus in Thessaly, a general of
the Greeks, whose character is
drawn by Xenophon in dark
colors.
fit'aos, -t), -ov, Lat. medius, mid-
dle; to peo-ov, the middle or
centre.
ptaTos, -/;, -6v,full.
ptrd, among: vv. gen., among
(//ring among), with: w. ace,
among (going among), after.
fxeratjv {perd), between.
ptTuirfpTTTos,-ov (peTantpTra)), sent
perairepTvai (perd, T7(pna>, f- -tya,
pf. irt-nopcpa), to send one after
another; Mid., to send for to
come to one's self, to sum/mm.
p(TacrTped)(>i {.yard, (TTptfpco, to
twist, turn, f. o-Tpfya, $ 259.
a), to turn about, trans.; Mid.,
to turn one's self about, turn
about, intrans.
piTt^o* (pern, e^ai, f. e£o), pf.
(<TxiKa, 2 a. eo-^oj/), to partake
oj, take part in.
ptXPt{s, 67. 2), as far an, until.
pi], adv., not; conj., lest ($001).
Poi the distinction between pi]
and or. ;is negative advei I
^ 017. 2, Notes on Less. I. 2,
and page 68. h. In a condition-
al sentence, pi] is commonly
used in the condition, and ov in
the conclusion.
pj]8(ts, pt]8epia, p-qhtv (prjBe, 7l0t
(run, fis), no one, no.
MqSoadSijs, -ov, Medosadcs, am-
bassador of Seuthcs.
prjKfTi [/xt], en, § 68. a), no longei .
pi]v, fitjvos, 6, Lat. mensis, month
pr/v, indeed, surely, certainly.
prjirore (pi], TTort), never.
p.T)TT)p,fiT)Tp6s (§ 100. 2), Lat. ma-
ter, MOTHER.
pla, fern, of efy, one.
Midas, -ov, Midas, king of Phry-
gia, famed for his power of
changing all he touched to gold,
and for having the ears of an
ass.
MidpiSdri]?, -ov, Mithridatcs, sa-
trap of Lycaonia and Cappado-
cia, and friend of Cyrus.
piKpos, -d, -6u, small, little. For
comparison, see § 100.
Mt'Xrjroy, -ov, f], Miletus, an Ionian
city upon the coast of Caria,
famed for its early commerce,
arts, wealth, and refinement.
pip.topai, f. -rjo-opai, pf. ptpiprjpai,
Lat. imitor, to imitate.
pipvj]o-Kco, f. p.vl]0-<x> ($ 285), to re-
mind ; pf. p. ptpvnpai as pres.
(^ 233, 234. /3), 3 f. p ( pvi](ro-
pat, 1 f. pvrjo-Bi'jcropai, a. tpi)-
o-Qnv, Lat. memini, to remem-
ber, make mention of
piadds, -ov, 6, hire, pay, icages.
pvda,-das, contr. pvii, -us, a mina,
= about S 17.00.
pu\is, with difficulty, hardly,
scared;/.
p6\vfit)os, -ov, 6, bad.
puvos, -rj, -ov, alone, only.
pov, pot, pe, oblique cases of eyu.
pn^Xos, -ov, 6, bar.
pvpioi, -at, -a, ten thousand. Der.
m via AD.
Muo-or, -ov, Mysut, a Mvsian in
the army of the Greeks.
vudg, -ov, CQntr. Vfo'n-, -co ($ OS. #),
( '). t' iii/i/r.
vavap\os
VOCABULARY.
07777
109
vavapxos, -ov, 6 (vavs, ap^co), ad-
miral.
vats, veu>s, 17 (§ 121. 6), Lat. na-
vis, ship. NaO? was commonly
applied to ships of war, and
77X0101/ to other vessels.
vtaviaKos, -ov, 6 (vtos), young man.
veKpos, -ov, 6, dead body, corpse.
vepco, f. vepco, pf. veveprjKa (§ 222.
2), to distribute, portion out.
veos, -a, -ov, new, young.
vevpov, -ov, cord. Der. nerve.
ve<pe\r], -77? (ve(pos, cloud), cloud.
NeW, -ccvos, Neon, an Asina?an,
lieutenant and successor to
Chirisophus.
vecos, -co, see vaos.
ytlxavSpos, -ov, Nicander, a Lace-
demonian who slew Dexippus
in Thrace.
VlKaCO (VIKT]) , f. -TJO-(0, pf. VeVlKTJKa,
to conquer, win.
vIktj, -ns, victory.
vopt£co (vopos), f. -10-a, pf. vevopiKa,
to think, consider, regard.
vopos, -ov, 6 (vepco), law, custom;
tune.
voos,voov, contr. vovs, vov, 6, mind,
intellect.
votos, -ov, 6, south ivind.
WKTepeva) (vv£), f- -evo~ca, to pass
the night.
WKTO(pv\a^, -alios, 6 (vv£, (fiv\a£,
guard) , a night-sentinel.
vvv, Lat. nunc, now, at the present
time.
vvt-, vvktos, 17, Lat. nox, night.
Sevlas, -ov, Xenias, from Parrhasia
in Arcadia, a general in the ser-
vice of Cyrus, who took offence
and deserted.
£evi£a> (£evos), f. -icrco, to entertain
as a guest.
£evos, -ov, 6, stranger, guest, host.
£evo<fia>v, -cqvtos, Xenophon, an
Athenian, distinguished as a
general, historian, and philoso-
pher, the principal leader of the
Greeks in their retreat, and the
author of the Anabasis.
£v\i£opai (|vXoi/), f. -Icropai, to
gather wood.
10
£v\ov, -ov, stick of wood, beam ;
pi. wood, timber.
£ui>. For £vv and its compounds,
see o-iv, &c.
6, 17, to', the. See ty 147 f,
„ 467 f -
oySoo?, -77, -ov (6ktu>) , eighth.
66V, ,76V, T06V (6, -6c, § 150), this,
the following. See § 512 f.
686s, -ov, fj, ivay, road.
66iv (5s), whence, from what source,
from whom or which,
oida, f. e'10-op.ai, plup. rjSeiv (^f 58,
§§237,^301.4), to know.
o'lieaBe (oikos, -8e, to, § § 124. /3.
n., 322), homeward, home.
olKelos, -a, -ov (oTkos), bclongijig to
a house or family; ot olneioi,
relatives, friends.
oiKeco (oikos), f- -770-0), pf. coktjku, to
inhabit, dwell,
olicia, -as (olkos), house.
[oikos, -ov, 6, house.]
olvos, -ov, 6, Lat. vinum, wine.
oivoxpos, -ov, 6 (olvos, X" ' *°
pour), cupbearer,
oiopat, f. ol-fjcropai, a. wr)8nv, to
think, suppose. For the nude
_ forms olpai, cSprjv, see § 222. 3.
otor, -a, -ov, of what nature, what
kind of.
ois, olos, 6, 17 (^[ 14), sheep.
olo-co, lut. o{(p€poo.
olxopuii, f. oly>f}o~opai, pf. co^Tj/iai
(§ 222. 3), to depart, be gone.
See § 579. f.
oktco, indecl., eight.
oXiyos, -rj, -ov, little; "pi. few. For
comparison, see § 160.
oKos, -T), -ov, WHOLE.
opoXoyeco (opos, same, \6yos), f.
-rjo-co, to agree, confess, acknowl-
edge,
opus (6p6s), [just the same] never-
theless, notwithstanding.
6vivr]pc, f. ovrjo-co (§ 284), to bene-
^ ft, profit,
ovopa, -aros, to, Lat. nomen,
name.
ovopacrTL (ovopa), by name,
ovos, -ov, 6, rj, ass.
07777 or orrjj (1 63, § 25. /3),
110
6wt)
VOCABULARY.
which way; where, whither ; in
what way.
oTria-6(u,from behind, behind,
uiricra), behind.
on-Xireua) (67tXi'tt?j), f. -fvaa), to
serve ax a lu.avy-armcd soldier.
on-Xirrjj, -ov (oVXoj/), a heavy-
armed foot-soldier, heai-y-armed
man, hoplite.
07t\itik6s, -r), -ov (ottXittjs), relating
to a hoplite; to StAitikov [sc.
TrXijdos or orpdrevpa], the in-
fantry.
ottXov, -ov, tool, implement; pi.
ottXo, implements of ivar, arms,
oirorav (Snore, av) , whenever.
Snore (Tf 63), whenever.
ottov (^f 63), ivhercver, where,
owoos (^f 63), how; in order that,
that,
opaoo, f. o\j/opai, pf. £a>paKa, 2 a.
elSov (§ 301. 4), to see.
opyi<|co (opyij, anger), f. -law, to
make angry; Mid., to be angry,
opyvid, -as, fathom,
opdios, -a, -ov (opdos, straight),
[straight up] steep,
opdpos, -ov, 6, early dawn, day-
break.
6pdu>s (6p66s, straight, right),
rightly.
6pi£co (opos, boundary), f. -/crco, to
bound, separate as a boundary.
opKos, -ov, 6, oath,
oppdeo (opprj), f. -rjeco, pf. wppr/Ka,
to put in motion, urge on ; Mid.,
to set forth.
6ppeu> (oppos, anchorage) , f. -?;o\«>,
to lie at anchor,
opprj, -rjs, impulse-
6ppl£oo (oppos, anchorage), f. -tVa>,
to bring to anchor, anchor,
trans. ; Mid., to come to anchor,
anchor, intrans.
opvis, -Idos, 6, fj (fy 123. y), bird,
fowl, esp. cock or hen.
'Op6iTT]s, -ov, Orontes, a Persian
nobleman, put to death by Cyrus
for treason.
opos, -tor, to, mountain.
upXtopai, f. -ijO-op.ai, a. atpxijadprjv ,
to dance.
opXlo~is, -fco?, 17 (op\eopat), danc
ing, dance. .
of, 7/, o, who, which, what, that;
Ka\ os, and he (§ 491. k). See
^ §§ 117 f, 51* f.
ocros, -t), -ov, as much; pi. as
many ; too-ovtoi octoi, as many
as.
oo-Tis, TjTis, 6 tl (os, tis), tchocver,
whosoever, ivho, whatever, what.
See §§ 153, 519 f, 535 f.
orav (ore, av), ivhenever.
ore (Tf 63), wlien.
on (originally neut. ofoo-rtr ; com-
pare Lat. quod and our that),
that, because.
ov (before a vowel ov< or oi>x,
§ 68. 2), not. See pr}.
o5 (T[ 23, §$ 112. 2, 507. 6), his,
her.
ovdaur/ (oidapos, no one), in no
wise, by no means.
ovSapov (ovSapos), nowhere.
ovhe (ov, 8e), nor, not even.
ovdeis (ovt)e, (Is), ovb)euia, ovb)ev
(T 21), 710 one, no; ovSev,
subst., nothing.
ovbeTTco (ovde, 7rd>), not yet.
ovk, not ; see ov.
ovKiri (ovk, en), no longer.
ovv (contr. from the impers. part
eov, it being so, from tlpi)
shows that the sentence which
it introduces follows from, or is
connected with, something pre-
ceding, either expressed or un-
derstood. It is commonly trans-
lated therefore or then, some-
times yet. After the first place
(\} 673. a), it comes as early in
the sentence as other words will
allow.
ovnore (ov, TroTt), never .
oijTra (ov, 7r&>), not yet; by no
means.
ovpavos, -ov, 6, heaven, the heav-
ens, shy.
our, utos, to (§ 104. N.), ear.
ovre (ov, re), and not; ovrt . .
ovre, neither . . Jior.
ovros, avn), tovto (6, avros), this,
pi. these; as pers. pron.. hs, she,
VOCABULARY.
war pis
IK
it. See 1 24, §§ 150, 502,
512 f.
ovToat, strengthened form of ovros,
§ 150. y.
ourco? (outos-), commonly ourto be-
fore a cons. (^ 67. 2), thus, so.
oi>x, not ; see ov.
6(peiXu>, f. -r']<TG), pf. ucpeiXrjKa, to
owe, ought. The 2 a. w<peXov
is used to express wish (§§ 590.
n., 567. y).
ocpBaXpos, -ov, 6 (o7r-, § 301. 4),
o^vpi'is, -d, -6v (i\<o), strong (easily
held or defended).
6^e, adv., late.
oyjfopat, fut. of 6pda>.
naideia, -as (irai8evoi) , education,
discipline, training.
[iraidevco (irals), f. -evaco, to edu-
cate.]
nais, iraidos, 6, t/, child; boy, girl;
son, daughter.
naiu), f. iraiaa>, pf. TTtiraiKa, to
strike.
iraioovifa (iraiav, paian), f. -lo~a>, to
sing the pecan.
rrdXiv, again, back.
iravrdirdai(v, ^ 66 ; Trdvra sratri,
from iras), all in all, altogether,
entirely.
navraxr] (jras), everywhere, every
ivay.
iravrn (iras), throughout, every-
where.
iravToSairos, -rj, -ov (iras), oj every
kind, various.
irdw (irds), altogether, at all; very.
irapd, beside: w. gen., from beside,
from: w. dat., at tlie side of, be-
side, near, icith: w. ace, to the
side of, to ; along side of, along,
beside. See els, e£, irpos, and
§ 651. y.
irapayyiXXa) (irapd, dyyeXXco, f.
-iXas, pf. ijyyekKa), to pass the
ivord.
irapddeio-os, -ov, 6, park. Der.
PARADISE.
irapa$i8a>pt. [irapa, hlha>p.i, f. SaxrtB,
pf. 8e8(ona, a, e'Soxca), to give
over, deliver up, give out.
napaKaXidi (irapd, KaXeco, f- -ecro),
pf. KtK\t]Ka),to call to one's self,
call in, summon; to call to, ex-
hort, encourage.
TvapuK€ipat (Trapd, Keipai, f. KfiVo-
pai), to lie beside or before.
irapaXapftdva (irapd, Xapfidvai, i.
Xr']\^opat, pf. e'iXrjcpa, 2 a. e'Xa-
/3oi/), to take or receive from
another, succeed to.
irapapeXeco (irapd, dpfXea, f. -ijaco),
to disregard, treat icith neglect.
irapaTrXeco (irapd, irXeco, f. irXevao-
pai, pf. TrerrXevKa), to sail by or
along side of.
Tvapappiui (irapd, pea, f. pvrjaopai,
pf. eppvnua), to flow by ov beside.
Trapao-dyyrjs, -ov, parasang, a Per-
sian measure of distance, equal
to about 3£ miles.
irapaTidrjpt, (Trapd, rldrjpt, f. drjarco,
pf. redeiKa, a. edrjKa), to place
beside; Mid., to place by one's
own side.
Trdpeipi, (Trapd, elpi, f. ecro/xat), to
be by or present ; hence to come to
the aid of.
Trapipxpp-ai (irapa, epxopat, f.
eXevo-opai, pf. eXnXvda, 2 a.
rjXdov), to go by, pass by or
through, pass.
7rapex<x> (irapd, e^co, f. e£co and
cr^cro), pf. e<T^7j/ca, 2 a. ecr^of),
to offer to, put in the hands of.
irdpohos, -ov, fj (irapd, 6Sor), a way
by, passage, pass.
Hapvo-aTis, -ihos, Parysatis, half-
sister and wife of Darius No-
thus, and mother of Artaxerxes
Mnemon and Cyrus.
irds, irdaa, irav (T[ 19), all, the
whole, every.
Hao-icov, -avos, Pasion, a Mesrari-
an general in the service of Cy-
rus, who took offence and de-
serted.
Tvaax^, f- ireio-opai, pf. ireirovda,
2 a. enadov (§ 281. e),to suffer.
iran'ip, narpos (§ 106. 2), Lat. pa-
ter, FATHER.
irarpls, -i8os, rj (Trarfjp), father-land,
native land or city, one's country.
112
VOCABULARY.
nXevpd
irava), f. iravcru), pf. Treiravica, to
make to cease, stop, trans. ; Mid. ,
to cease, rest from, slop, in-
trans.
UacpXayaiv, -ovos, 6, a Paphlago-
ntan, one of a tribe dwelling
upon the northern coast of Asia
Minor.
irtbiov, -ov (iribovi ground), plain.
TTt'idco, f. Treio-ay, pf. TreTrtiKa, a.
«7re«ra, to persuade; 2 pf. irt-
iroi9a,to trust; Pass, and Mid.,
to be persuaded, believe, listen to,
obey, comply. See % 39.
weipdu>, f. -acrco, oftener ireipdopai,
f. -acropai, to try, attempt, en-
deavour, strive.
Heiaidrjs, -ov, or UiaiSrjs, -ov, a
Pisidian. The Pisidians were
a race of wild, tameless robbers,
dwelling upon Mount Taurus.
DLeXoTTovvrjo-os , -ov, i) [TliXorvos vrj-
cros, the island of Pelops), the
peninsula forming the southern
part of Greece, now the Morea.
ireXrao-Trjs, -ov (neXTn), targeteer.
jt«'Xt>7, -ns, target.
irepirros, -t), -op (mire) , fifth.
Trtpna>, f. -\^o), pt. jrenopcpa (§ 236.
a), to send.
niure, indecl., five.
7rfz/re»caiSeKa (TreWe Ka\ diKa), fif-
teen.
7TfvrrjKovra [irevrt), indecl., fifty.
7rep8i£, -lkos, 6, rj, partridge.
ire pi, around, about: w. gen., about,
concerning, in respect to, for:
w. ace, around, about, towards.
ntpiyiyvopai (trtpi, ylyvopai, f.
yevrjaopai, pf. yeytvrjpai and yi-
youa, 2 a. £yev6pr)v), to be su-
ji/rior, prevail over.
Trtpuxo> {ire pi, e'x<w, f. e£ca and
(r^^crci), pf. <=o~xnKa, 2 a. 'da^ov),
to ( ncompass, protect.
TTepucrTripi (irtpi, 'Harnpi, f. aTt'jaco,
pf. to-TTjKa), to station around;
in the intrans. forms, to stand
around or about.
TrtpiKVKXdu) (irepi, kv kXuoi, f. -u>au>),
to make a circle around; Mid.,
to gather in a circle around.
nepipeva) {irepi, pti>u>, f. ptvu>, pf.
ptptvrjKu), to slay about, stay,
trait for.
HepivBos, -ov, fj, a city of Thrace
upon the Propontis.
irepiohos, -ov, f] (nepi, 686s), way
round, circuit. I)er. period.
•nepippiu) (nepi, peco, f. pvrjoropai,
pf. tppvrjKa), to fiow around, to
surround (of a stream).
7repio-Tavp6a> (rrtpi, cravpoco, to
palisade, f. -dxrw), to palisade
around,
■n-fpio-repa, -as, dove, pigeon.
7repi<pfpa> (nepi, cptpco, f. otcro), pf
fvrjvo^a, 1 a. rjveyna, 2 a. r'jvty-
nov), to carry round. Der.
PERIPHERY.
Uipar)?, -ov, a Persian.
IlfpcrtKoy, -j], -6v (Ilfpo-Tjs), Per-
sian.
neropai, f. Trerrjaopai, commonly
TTTijaopiai, pf. TTtnorripai (fy 287),
to fly, as a bird.
irtrpa, -as, rock, mass of rock, large
stone.
irnyf], -rjs, a spring.
■KTjyvvui, f. 7rj)l;a> (§ 294), to make
fast or solid, stiffen, freeze,
trans. ; 2 pf. TrtTrnya, as intrans.
pres. , to be stiff ox frozen ; Mid.,
to become solid, freeze, intrans.
ttivco, f. iriopai, pf. Trin<>)Ka, 2 a.
e7noi/ (§ 278), to drink.
■jTiTrpdo-Koi, pf. TTiirpaKa (§ 285), to
sell.
ir'nTTO), f. Treaovpai, pf. jreVrcoKa,
2 a. eireo-ou (§ 286), to fall.
iricrrevcQ (irlans, faith, from ird-
6a>), f. -evo*co, to put faith in,
confide in, trust.
tticttos, -r), -ov {7rtida>), faithful ; rd
iriard, pledges.
mo-Torns, -tjtos, 17 (itio-tos), faith-
fulness, fidelity.
nXtOpov, ov, a hundred /<</, a
measure of length.
ifXtioDv or irXtiov, more, and 7rXeI-
otos, most, comp. and sup. of
ttoXvs-
irXtvpd, -as, rib, side. Der. pleu-
risy.
TrXea
VOCABULARY.
TrpaTTco
113
nXeco, f. irXeviro), commonly TrXeu-
cropat. or rrXevorovpai, pf. ne-
nXevna ($ 220), to sail.
[■rrXeas, Ion. nXios (§ 135), /u/Z.]
77X7777, -rjs (ttXtjttco) , a i/oif.
rrXr/dos, -eos, to (7rXij#a>), fulness,
multitude; amount or length of
time.
TrXrjSiO, pf. poet. TTtTrXrjda (7rXea>j),
to be full.
ttXtjv, except, but.
TrXtjprjs, -es (rrXeas) , full .
ttXtjo-iov (rreXas, near), adv., near;
comp. (§ 161. 2) TrXrjcnciiTepos,
nearer, sup. TTXrjo-iairaros, near-
ls± next.
TrXrjTTco, f. 7rXr]£a>, 2 pf. TTiTrXrjya
(§ 274), to strike, ivound.
ttXoIov, -ov (nXeoi), vessel (for sail-
ing), transport-vessel, ship, boat.
See i>aus.
7i"Xdoj, -oou, contr. ttXovs, -ov, 6
(wXea), sailing, voyage.
Trvevpa, -aros, to {rrvea), breeze,
wind. Der. pneumatics.
TTve.cn, f. Trvevo~c0, commonly Trvevcro-
juat or rrvevcrovfiai, pf. TrerrvevKa
(§ 220), to breathe, blow.
7roua>, f. -r;crw, pf -reno ir]Ka, to make,
do ; ev TToielv, to do good to, treat
well; Mid., to ma&e to one's self,
esteem, regard. See TTparra.
TTOirjTeos, -a, -ov (ttouo>), to be done.
ttoIos, -a, -ov (% 63), of ichat na-
ture? of what kind?
TroXepeoi (rroXepos), f. -T)0~a>, to
make war.
rroXepios, -a, -ov [iroXepos], hostile,
of the enemy ; noXepios, subst.,
enemy ; 01 TroXeptoi, the enemy.
woXepos, -ov, 6, war.
TToXiopKeco (ttoXis, epnos, inctosure),
f. -Tjo-co, to besiege.
ttoXls, -eu>s, 77, city.
TroXtri;?, -ov [ttoXis), citizen. Der.
POLITICS.
■jtoXXcikis (ttoXvs), many times, of-
ten.
TroXXanXdo~ios , -a, -ov (ttoXvs, -rrXd-
crior, § 138. 5), many times as
much or many.
TIoXvvTkos, -ov, Polynicus, a Lace-
10*
daemonian envoy, sent to the
army by Thibron.
ttoXvs, TroXXr], ttoXv (§ 135), much ,
pi. many; of time, long; ttoXv,
as adv., much, very.
HoXvo-Tparos, -ov, Polystralus, fa-
ther of Lycius the Athenian.
Troveco (ttovos), f. -rjo~a>, pf. rreTTO-
vi]Ka, to toil, labor.
Trovrjpos, -a, -ov (ttovos), pcrniciou.
mischievous, wicked, bad.
ttovos, -ov, 6 (rrevopai, to work Jor
a living, be poor), toil, labor.
Hovtos, -ov, 6, a name given both
to the Euxine or Black Sea
(ttovtos ev^eivos, hospitable sea),
and also to its southern coast
(afterwards specially applied to
the eastern part ot this coast)
nopela, -as (rropev(o) , journey,
march.
Tropevreos, -a, -ov (iropeva>), to be
travelled.
TTopevat (rropos, passage, way), f.
-evo~a>, to transport; Mid. ,iropev-
opai, f. -evaopai, pf. Tvenupev-
pai, a. eiropevdrjv, to travel, jour-
ney, march, proceed upon a marcli
ot journey.
TTOpi^CO, f. -ICTO), pf. TTlTTOplKa, to
furnish.
Tropcpvpeos, -ea, -eov, contr. nopepv-
povs, -a, -ovv (rropcpvpa, the pur-
ple fish), purple.
ttocjos, -j], -ov (^f 63), how much?
pi. how many?
Trorapos, -ov, 6, river.
[rroTe (^[ 63), at some or any time,
once, ever.]
rrorepos, -a, -ov (1 63, § 316. 2),
which or whether of the two?
TTorepov or rrorepa, as adv.,
whether.
ttov ("[[ 63, § 732), somewhere.
TTovs, nobos, 6, Lat. pes, foot.
TTpaypa, -aros, to (TrpaTTco), thing
done, affair, circumstance ; rrpdy-
para, business, trouble.
Trpavi'js, -es, steep.
TTpaos,TTpaei~a,TTpuov (§ 135), gen-
tle, tame.
TrpaTTco, f. -£<b, pf- TTeTrpaxa (% 38y
114
irpaTTa)
VOCABULARY.
nv\n
to manage, act, do. ITparrw ex-
presses rather the management
of business or performance of an
action; and iroua>, the production
of an effect.
TTpeo-ftfia, -ay (7rpeo-/3eva), to go as
an ambassador) , embassy.
7rp(o-j3vs, -ecoy, 6, old; subst.,
an elder, an ambassador (the
plur. only, in the sense of am-
bassadors, was in common use,
§ 136. a) . Comp. Trpto-fivTfpos,
older, elder, sup. irpeo-fivraTos,
oldest, eldest. Der. presbyter.
irplacrOai, 2 a. inf. of uiviopai, to
buy.
TTplv, adv., before, before that. See
657. N.
TTpo, prep., before, in front of.
npofiaTa, -a>v, -oiy, rd (Trpofialvco, to
go forth), animals that go forth
to pasture, chiefly used of small
cattle, esp. sheep.
nporjyeopat (rrpo, rjyeopai , f. -T)0~o-
pai, pf. ijynpai), to lead forward.
rrpodvpos, -ov (npo, 6vp6s, spirit),
eager, zealous.
npo'idtaGai, 2 a. m. inf. of irpo-
opaa.
Trpotrjpi (npd, "inpi, f. rjcrco, pf. etxa,
a. i]Ka), to send forth; Mid., to
send from one's self, give up,
betray.
npoicrrnpi [TTpo, tarn pi, f. arijaco,
pf. eo-TT)Ka), to place before; in
the intrans. forms, to stand at
the head of, preside or rule over.
llpugevos, -ov, Pro.rrnus, a Boeo-
tian, a friend of Xenophon, and
one of the Greek generals slain
through the treachery of Tissa-
phernes.
TTpoopdoi {7rp6, opdta, f. u\j/opai, pf.
tcJipaKa, 2 a. tidov), to sec before-
hand, to see one while yet ap-
proaching.
7rpoy (7rp<C§ 648, y ; relating to
front, as 7rapd to side, and i§,
eV, and ds to interior), \v. gen.,
[from the front of, from before]
from, before; by : w. dat., [at the
front of] before, near, upon : in
addition to: w. ace, [to the
front of] to, towards; against,
upon ; at ; with reference to, in
view of. See ds and fy 651. y
TrpocrfidWco (irpos, jidXXco, f. fta\a),
pf. ftefiXnKa, 2 a. tfiohov), to
throw against, make an attack
upon.
irpocreXavvco (7rpdy, iXavva, f. t\d-
vu>, pf. c'X^Xa/ca) , to ride to, ride
up.
irpoaep^opai (irpos, ep^opat, f.
eXevaopcu, pf. (XrjXvda, 2 a. 77X-
6ov), to come or go to, approach,
come up.
■npdaQev (7rpor), before, previously ;
irpoadev tJ, sooner than.
irpoainpi (wpdy, trjpi, f. fjcru), pf.
(Ikci, a. rjKa), to send to; Mid.,
to [admit to one's presence] ap-
prove, allow.
ivpoaKWiU) (7rpoy, Kvvta), to kiss),
f. -rjo-co, to kiss the hand to, do
homage to, worship.
irpoaTrepovdco (wpdy, rrepovdeo, to
pin, f. -T)o-a>), to pin or skewer
to or upon.
TTpOCTTTlTTTU) (npuS, TTITTTU), f. 7rfCroC-
pai, pf. TTfiTTuiKa, 2 a. firta-ov),
to rush to.
7rpoaTp(X<>> {^pds,Tpi\<o, f. Bpapov-
pai, pf. Be&pdprjKa, 2 a. (dpapov),
to run to, run up-
Tvp6a\<x>pos, -ov (irpds, \oipa),
if ighbouring.
Trportpos, -a, -ov (ftpd, $ 161. 2),
former, sooner.
7rporp/^a> (jrpo, rpe^w, f. bpapoi-
pai, pf. be^pdpnKa, 2 a. tdpapov) ,
to run forward or forth.
TTp6cpaoris,-ea>s, i) (np6,cpr}pi), pre-
text.
7rpa>Tor, -77, -ov (npo, § 161. 2),
first; TTpcorov, as adv.. in the
first place, first,
nrdpvvpat, 2 a. tirrapov (§ 295),
to si.
Uvdayopas, -ov, Pythagoras, a
Lacedaemonian admiral.
itvkvSs, -i], -or, close, thick ; irvuvA,
as adv., often.
TrvXrj, -ns, gate; usually in the
7TvX?7
VOCABULARY.
(TTa.6fj.6s
115
plur., even when a single en-
trance is spoken of.
irvvBdvopai, f. Trevcrofiai, pf. tt£-
irvo~p.ai, 2 a. iirv86pr)v (§ 290),
to inquire, learn by ingtiiry.
7Tvp,irvp6s,T6, fire; pi. (Dec. II.,
§ 124. /3) irvpa, watch-fires.
irvp(TTO) (m'peTos, fever, from irvp),
f. -e£co, to be in a fever.
■jrvpos, -ov, 6, wheat; usually in the
plur.
nu> (*TJ 63, § 732), in any way,
yet; ov . . ira, not yet.
7T&>A0J, -OV, 6, 7], COlt.
Trunrore (nu, 7rore), at any time,
ever ; stronger than nore.
ircos (% 63), hoiv ?
ttcos (TI 63, § 732). in any way,
somehow; perchance.
otccr, f. pvrjaopat, pf. tppvrjKa (§ 264),
to flow, run, of a stream.
pnrTeo) and pinra), f. piS^co, pf.
eppt(pa (§ 288), to throw, hurl,
throw off.
ovdpns, -ov, 6, regular movement
or lime, rhythm.
o-a\T7tyKTT]s, -ov (o-aXmy^), trum-
peter.
o-a\iriy£;, -lyyos, fj, trumpet.
'Zapdeis, -fcoi/, al, Sardis, capital
of Lydia, and chief city of the
dominions of Cyrus.
craTpdirr]s, -ov, satrap, a Persian
viceroy or governor of a prov-
ince.
luTvpos, -ov, 6, a Satyr, a fabulous
hein?, half man and half goat.
'S.eXivovs, -ovvtos, 6, Selinus, the
name of a river flowing by
Ephesus, and of another flowing
through the grounds of Xeno-
phon at Scillus.
2evdr]s, -ov, Seuthcs, a Thracian
prince, assisted by the Greek
army to recover his hereditary
dominions.
crnpaiva, f. -ava> (or/pa, Sign), to
give a sign or signal, signify.
anpelou, -ov (arjpa), signal, mark.
o-Tjcrapov, -ov, sesame, a seed used
in the East for food.
criyr), -r)s, silence.
2iXdv6s, -ov, Sildnus, an Ambra-
cian soothsayer who deserted
the army.
2iv<ott(vs, -e'eo?, 6 {2iva-nn, Sinope
an important city upon the coast
of Paphlagonia, founded by a
colony from Miletus) , a Sinopi
an.
StraAfcay, -ov, the Sitalcas, a mar-
tial song named from a king of
Thrace.
(rli-or, -ov, 6, pi. t<x crlra (§ 125. a),
com, grain, bread.
o~Kt\os, -eos, to, leg.
o-KtTTTtos, -a, -op (crKenTopai, to
consider) , to be considered.
o-KTjvda) and cKrjvtco, f. -rjo-co (<tkt]-
pi)), to encamp, be encamped.
0-ktjvi], -rjs, lent. Der. scene.
ckotos, -ov, 6, and o~k6tos, -eos, to
(§ 125. y), darkness.
"2kv6t]s, -ov, a Scythian ; 2kv6ol to-
£o'tch, Scythian archers, so call-
ed from their being armed in
Scythian fashion.
2kv61v6s, -ov, 6, a Scythinian, or
one of the Scyl/uni, a tribe in
Armenia.
o-Kv\eva> (aKiiXa, spoils), f. -evcro),
to strip off the arms of a slain
enemy.
2piKpns, -rjTos, Smicres, an Area
dian commander, slain near
Calpe by the Thracians.
o~navi£a (o-ndvis, lack), f. -law, to
lack, want, be in want of.
o-7Tfipa>, f. enrepa) (§ 268), to soiv,
scatter.
anevBco, f. aireio-ix) (§ 222) , to make
a libation ; Mid., to make a trea-
ty, peace, or truce. See o-novbrj.
anevdeo, f. o~Trevo~a>, to hasten.
enrovhrj, -i]s (cmevSco), libation; pi-
o-TTovdal, truce, treaty, peace, be-
cause made with libations.
o~Trov8aio\oyeopai (o~7rovdaios, ear-
nest, Xoyoy), f. -T]o~opai, to en-
gage in earnest conversation,
converse seriously.
CTahiov, -ov, pi. Ta o~Ta8ia and oi
crraStot, Lat. stadium, furlong.
o-Tadpos, -ov, 6 (IcrTnpi), station;
116
aradpAs
VOCABULARY.
avvfpxoptu
day's march or journey, as the
distance travelled from station
to station.
aravpos, -ov, 6, slake, pale.
crreXXco, f. crreXco, pf. earaXKa
(§ 277. a), to equip, array, send.
arevos, -r), -6i/, narrow.
are<pavos, -ov, 6 (err/epco, to encir-
cle, crown), a crown.
<tt7]\t), -tjs, pillar.
tn-Xeyyi'y, -ibos, rj, flesh-comb, scrap-
er.
aroXos, -ov, 6 (areXXco), a setting
forth upon a journey or march,
expedition, journey.
ardpa, -aros, to, mouth.
arpdrevpa, -otos, to {aTpareva)) ,
armed force, division of an ar-
my, army.
CTTpaTevco (crrparoy), f. -evaa and
arpaTevopai, f. -evaopai, to make
an expedition, make tear, march,
serve in arms.
aTpaTqyea {aTpcvrqyds), f. -jjctco,
to command as general.
arparqyds, -ov, 6 {arpaTos, «y&>),
leader of an army, general.
arparid, -us {arpards), army.
&TpaTLioTr)s,-ov {arpaTid), soldier.
ST-paro/cXi/?, -tovs (contr. from
2TpaT0K\er)s, -eeos, § 115. fi) ,
Stratocles, a commander of
light-armed Cretans.
CTTpaT07Te8fV(i> {aTpardtrebov) , f.
-evaoo, and oftener o-rpaTOTrt-
Sevopai, f. -evaopai, to encamp,
be encamped.
a-TpaToufhov, -ov {aTpards, Treoov,
ground), camp.
[crTparos, -ov, 6, host, army.]
arpovdds, -ov, 6, rj, ostrich (fully
6 peyas arpovSds, the great slru-
thus, in distinction from smaller
birds, esp. the sparrow, called
by the same name).
'2rvp(paXios,-ov{'2Tvp(}>a\os, Stym-
plidlus, a town in the north-
eastern part of Arcadia), a Stym-
phalian.
av, aov (Tf 23) , Lat. tu, thou, you.
avyyiyvopai {aw, yiyvopai, I. ye-
vrjaopat, pf. yeyeiTjpxii and yc-
yova, 2 a. e'yevdpTjv) , to have an
interview with, hold intercourse
with.
avyKakea {aw, KaXt'co, f. -eVu>, pf.
K(K\r]Ka), to call togelfier.
ovy/cketa {aw, kXcico, f. -am), to
shut together, close.
2veweais, -tor, Syeniiesis, king of
Cilicia.
avWapftdvco {aw, \apfidv<x>, I.
\rj\f/opai, pf. eiX^cpa, 2 a. eXa-
fiov), to seize, apprehend, arrest.
av\\ey<o (aw, Xeya>, to gather), f.
avXXe£a), pf. aweiXoxa, to col-
led, trans. ; Mid. (2 a. p. aweXe-
yrjv), to collect, assemble, in-
trans.
avplSodoi (aw, /Sodco, f. ftorjaopai),
to cry out together; avp,3odv
dXXijXovj, to shout to each other.
avpftovXevot [crvv, 3ovXeva>, f. -ev-
aa>, pf. BeBovXevico.), to advise,
counsel; Mid., to consult to-
gether.
aipBovXos, -ov, 6 (aw, BovXi)), ad-
viser, counsellor.
avppax'ia,-as ( (T ^M/ xa X 0? )» a Hi anc £-
avppa%os, -ov, 6, tj (aw, pa^opai),
ally.
avpplyuvpi (aw. piyvvpi, to min-
gle, f. ni£a>), to mingle with.
avp-rms, -rrdaa, -rrav, g. iravros,
irdans [aw, nds ), all together,
the whole.
avp.Trep.Trco {aw, 7reu.n0>, f. -^'co, pt.
Trenop<pa), to send with.
avpTroXepeui {aw, iroXepeo), f.
-ijao)), to make war together
with, assist in war.
avpnopevopai {aw, iropevopai, f.
-evaopai), to journey or march
with or in company,
aw, old form l-w ($ 70. v.), Lat.
cum, ivith, together with.
awdya) (aw, (Tyco, f. u£co, pf. rp^a,
2 a. rjyayov), to bring together,
collect.
avi'dTTTU) {aw, ottto), to fasten to,
f. d\b-a>), to join,
awftenrvos, -ov, 6 {aw, Se'iTrvov), a
'companion at table.
awep\opai {aw, ep\opau t. iXe 1 -
avvepxopai
VOCABULARY.
TtXevTT]
117
aopai, pf. e~kifkvda, 2 a. rjXdov),
to come together, assemble.
o~vvr)8opai (avv, rjdopai, f. fjaOrjcro-
fiat), to rejoice with, congratu-
late.
awdrjpa, -aros, to {o-vvriQrjpi) ,
ivatch-word, pass-word.
avvio-TTjfit (o-vu, lurrjfxi, f. otjjctw,
pf. eo-TrjKa), to [bring together
as friends] present or introduce
to; in the intrans. forms, to
stand together, collect.
avvaiha (crvv, olda, f. eicopai), to
[know with] be conscious.
avvrldrjpi (o~vv, Tidrjpi, f. 6rjaa>, pf.
TtBeiKa, a. i'OrjKa), to put to-
gether; Mid., to make an agree-
ment with.
o~vvropos,-ov {o~uv, Tepvco), concise,
short.
o-WTplj3a> (crvv, rpi/3co, to rub,
bruise, f. rptya, pf. rerpicpa),
to crush.
SvpaKocrioy, -ov, 6 ("EvpaKoo-ai or
"2vpaKovo~ai, Syracuse, a cele-
brated city upon the eastern
coast of Sicily), a Syracusan.
2vpla, -as (2vpos), Syria, a country
of western Asia, north of Arabia.
Svpos, -ov, 6, a Syrian.
o~vs, o~vos, 6, r), Lat. sus, hog,
swine.
o~vxy6$, -r], -ov, thick, many.
o-fparroi, f. o-cpdi-co (§ 274. 8), to
slay, slaughter.
acpevbovrj , rjs, sling.
o~(pei/8ovi]TT]s, -ov (o~<pevb6vr)), sting-
er,
o~(plm, dat. pi. of ov.
o-cpodpa (o-<po8p6s, vehement), ex-
ceedingly, greatly.
cr^eSof, nearly, almost.
o-^i^o), f. cr^t'crco, to split.
cr^oXafa) (cr^oXij), f. -d<ra>, to be at
leisure.
cr^oX^, -rjs, leisure.
o~d>£io, f. o~o>a(o, pf. cretrcoKa, to
save, preserve, bring safe; Pass,
and Mid. , to be saved, arrive safe.
"2(x>Kpa.T7]s, -eos (If 14), Socra-
tes, — 1. an Athenian philoso-
pher, eminent for wisdom and
virtue, teacher of Xenophon
Plato, &c. ; — 2. an Achaean,
one of the Greek generals slain
through the treachery of Tissa-
phernes.
crcoos (§ 135), safe.
o-coTrjpla, -as (crco^co), safety, pres-
ervation, deliverance.
o~co<ppoi>ta> (o~6xppa>v, of sound
mind), f. -rjo-co, to be of sound
mind, to be ivise.
raXavTOV, -ov, talent ; as a weight,
= almost 57 lb. ; as a sum of sil-
ver money, = about $ 1056.60.
Tapu>s, -a>, Tamos, an Egyptian,
commander of the fleet of
Cyrus.
Ta£iap%os, -ov, 6 (rd^is, ap^m), the
commander of a rat-ts, a taxi-
arch.
rd£is, -eats, r) (rarrco), order, bat-
tle-array; division of an army,
cohort.
Tdoxos, -ov, 6, a Taochian, or one
of the Taochi, an independent
tribe upon the frontiers of Ar-
menia.
Tapdrrco, f. -d£a, to disturb.
Tapcroi, a>v, oi, or TapoSs, -ov, rj,
Tarsus, chief city of Cilicia.
Tarrco, f. rdtjco, pf. rera^a (§ 274)
to arrange, station in order.
ravrd, for to. alrd (§ 39) ; ravra,
neut. pi. of ovros.
radios, -ov, 6 (ddnrco), grave, tomb.
rdeppos, -ov, r), trench, ditch.
rdxeoos {ra^Cs), siviftly, rapidly.
rd)(os, -(os, to {raxys), swiftness,
speed.
Taxis, -eta, -v, swift, quick; Taxv,
as adv., quickly, suddenly, soon.
re, both, and. It is commonly
placed immediately after the
word which it should precede
in translation. See §§ 673. a,
732.
Tei^oy, -eos, to, wall.
TeXevralos, -a, -ov (reXevrrj), last.
TeXevrdai (rekevrrj), -tjctco, to com-
plete, finish ; to die.
Tekevrrj, -rjs (re'Xor), completion,
end, esp. of life.
118
rtXoy
VOCABULARY.
vrrayui
rtKos, -eos, to, end, result; ace. as
adv. (§ 440), at last, finally.
Ttpvo), 1. re pa), pf. t« 17x77 *a, 2 a.
tTtfxov and erapov (§ 277. /3), *o
cut.
TfTapros, -n,-ov (rtrrapes) , fourth.
TtTpaKio~xi\ioi, ~ai, -a (rerpd/ar,
four times, x/Xioi), four thou-
sand.
TfrpaKuo-ioi, -at, -a (re-Trapes, ena-
tov), four hundred.
TerpanXoos, -or), -6ov, contr. rerpa-
7rAo0y,-J/, -ovv (re-Trapes, -7r\oos,
§ 138. 4), fourfold, quadruple.
Ttrrcipes, -pa (^f 21), four.
rexviKws (rexvn, art), artfully.
rrjpepov (rjpepa), adv., to-day.
ridrjpi, f. 6rjo-(o, pf. redeiKa, a. c-
$77*0 (T[ 50), to put, set, place;
TiQtaQai. to. oVrXa, to stand i?i
arms, stand to one's arms.
Tipda) (ripij), f. -t]o~o), pf. T€TipT]K.a
(^f 45), to honor.
Tipr], -fjs (rico, to pay honor),
honor.
Tipij3a£os, -ov, Tiribazus, satrap
of Armenia.
t\s, t\, g. tivos, some, some one,
any one, any, a, a certain. See
1 24, §§ 152, 517 f, 732.
Tit, ti, g. tivos, who J which?
what ? See 1 24, §§ 152, 535 f,
729. Exc.
Tio-cracpepvns, -eos (see Notes on
Less. XV. 3), Tissaphernes,
satrap of Caria, noted for his
wilj, intriguing, and treacher-
ous character.
riTpioo-Kia, f. rpcoo-o) (§ 285), to
wound.
toI (§ 732), surely, certainly.
Toiyapovv [rot, yap, ovv), therefore,
accordingly.
Toivvv (rot, vvv), therefore.
TOIOVTOS, TOiaVTTj, TOlOVTO 01 -OP
(^ 97. N., 150), such.
To£(VU> (tO^OV, bow), f. -(VO~03, to
shoot with a boiv.
to£6tt]s, -ov (to£ov), bowman, ar-
cher.
rdrros, -ov, 6, a spot, place.
roaoiiTos, roaavrn, too~ovto or -ov
(§§ 97. n., 150), so much, pi. so
many.
tots ("ff G3), at that time, then.
Tpdn(£a, -ns, table.
rpavpa, -aros, to, wound.
Tptis,Tpia (Tf 21), Lat.tres, thkee
TpfTro), f. Tpe\bu), pf. Ttrpoepa and
Ttrpacpa (^> 259. a), to turn,
trans. ; Mid. (2 a. erpanopnv),
to lur)i one's self, turn, intrans.
Tpt(pu, f. Optya, pf. T(Tpo<pa
(§ 263. 5), to nourish, support.
r/)«x&>, f. 6pe^opai, commonly dpa-
povpai, pf. BeSpdprjKa, 2 a. edpa-
pov (§ 301. 5), to run.
TpiaKovra (rpe'ts), indecl., thirty
Tpirjptjs, -es (rpis, dp-, to Jit,
§ 285), triply-furnished ; fj rpt-
rjprjs [sc. vavs], trireme, a war-
galley with three banks of
oars.
TpiTTOVS, 1TOVV, g. -TToSoS (rp'lS,
irovs), three-footed ; 6 rpinovs,
tripod, a three-footed table or
vase.
[rpls (rpels), thrice].
rpicrpvpioi, -at, -a (rpls, pvpioi),
thirty thousand.
Tpta^iXtot, -ai, -a (rpis, ^iXioi),
three thousand.
rp'iTos, -T), -ov (rpe'is), third.
rpixolviKos, -ov {rpis, x°~ lvl £' a
measure holding about a quart),
containing three chceniccs, three-
quart.
rponatov, -ov (rporrrj), TROPHV.
rpoiTJ], -r)s (rpeVci)), rout or defeat
of an army.
rp&rros, -ov, 6 (rpeVo)), turn, man-
ner. Der. tropic.
Tpvnda), f. -170-0) (rpvTra, hole), to
bore.
Tvyxdvco, f. T(v£opai, pf. rervx^xa,
2 a. f-rvxov (§ 290), to happen;
happen upon, jnect with; obtain,
attain.
vdcop, vdaros, to ($ 103. N.), icatcr.
l)er. HYDRANT.
vlos, -ov (Tl 16), son.
vpt'is, you, pi. of av.
vptrepos, -a, -ov ({rpe'is). youi '.
VTrayo) (vno, uya>, f. n£a>, pf. i;^a,
vrraya
VOCABULARY.
QXidcrios
119
2 a. rjyayov), and vnayofiai, to
lead on insidiously.
vxaidptos, -ov (vtto, aldpla, open
air), under or in the open air.
VTrdpx<6 (vtto, cipx^f ^ ~£ a )i t°
begin ; be ; [lead on under anoth-
er] second, favor.
viTtp, Lat. super, over: w. gen.,
over in place, above, beyond;
over to protect, in behalf of, fur
the sake of, on account of: w.
ace, over (going over or be-
yond), above in quantity.
imep(3o\t], -rjs[vTrep, /3aXXco), moun-
tain-pass.
vTrvptTrj?, -ov (vtto, eperrjs, rower),
servant, assistant.
v-icrxveofiai (vtto, e'x<») » f- vttoct^t;-
aofiai, pf. vTTeo-xjjuat (§ 292),
to promise.
vtto, Lat. sub, under: w. gen.,
/rom under or beneath; [from
beneath the agency of] ty : w.
dat., «n</er (being under) : w.
ace, under (going under).
vTToderjf, -eg (vtto, Seco), deficient ;
comp. vTToSeearrepos, inferior.
vTTo\ap.{3dva> (vTr6,Xap.^dvco, f. X77-
\jsop.ai, pf. e'i\r](pa, 2 a. eXafiov),
to receive or icAe wwefer one's
protection.
v~opev(o (vtto, /zeVco, f. p.evco, pf.
IxefjLevrjKa) , to wait for, hall.
VTTOTT€p.TT(0 (vTTO, 7Tep.TTO), f. "'v/'W, pf-
TreTTop.(pa), to send insidiously.
viroTTTevat (vtto, ott-, to look, §301.
4), f. -evo-co, to suspect, appre-
hend.
vTToqbaivco (vtto, (paivay, f. (pava>, pf.
TTecpayKa), to show a little, begin
to appear, dawn.
vttoxos, -ov (vtto, e'x<»), held under,
subject.
vTTo-<p-ia, -a? (vtto, ott-, to look,
§ 301. 4), suspicion.
varepaios, -a, -ov (vorepos), follow-
ing or next in time.
v&repos, -a, -ov (vtto, § 161. 2),
later; varepov, as adv., later,
after.
vtyrihos, -1), -6v (tyos, height),
high.
(paytlv, 2 a. inf. of eo-QLa>, to eat.
cpalvco, f. <pavu>, pf. TTecpayKa (^f 42,
§ 267. 2), to show; 2 pf. irt(pr)va
and Mid. (with 2 a. p. eqbdvrjv),
to appear, show one's self
(pdXayg, -ayyos, 17, line of battle,
phalanx.
•baXlvos, -ov, Phallnus, a Greek
from Zacynthus, in the service
of Tissaphernes.
<pavepos,-d, -ov [(palva)), apparent,
evident, manifest, open.
<pdpp.aK.ov, -ov, drug, medicine.
Der. PHARMACY.
<$apvd!3a£os, -ov, Pharnabazus, sa-
trap of Lesser Phrygia.
<$ao-Ls, -10s, 6, the Phasis, a river
of Colchis.
(pdo-Kco (strengthened form ofcpTjpi
§ 301. 7), f. <pr]cra>, to affirm, as-
sert, say.
cpepco, f. ottro), pf. ivrjvoxa, 1 a.
ijveyKa, 2 a. fjveyicov (fy 301. 6),
Lat. fero, to bear, bring, carry;
bring forth, produce ; [carry off]
receive.
<pevy(D,f.<pev£op.ai, 2 pf. iricpevya,
2 a. eepvyov (§ 270. 9), to flee,
fly from an enemy.
(pnp-i, f. (pW * and epa>, pf. elprjua,
2 a. emov (§ 301. 7), to say,
say yes; ov (pwp-i, to say no.
(pddva, f. <p6do~a>, commonly <p6r]-
cropai, pf. ecpdana, to antici-
pate.
(p6eyyop.ai, f. <p6ey£op.ai, pf. eepdey-
p.ai, to utter a sound; of an
eagle, to scream.
cpdovea (cpdovos, envy), f. -rjo-ca, to
envy.
(piXea (cpiXos), f. -770-0), pf. necpt-
Xrjica, to love.
(piXla, -as (cpLXos) , friendship.
cplXios, -a, -ov (qbiXos), friendly.
(piXiTTTTOS, -ov (cpiXea, Ittttos) , fond
of horses.
(plXos, -v, -ov, dear, friendly; 6
(piXos, subst. , friend. For com-
parison, see § 156. y.
$Xidcrios, -ov, 6 ($XtoO?, Phlius, a
city of the Peloponnesus, north-
west of Argos) , a Phliasian .
120
cpXvapLa
VOCABULARY.
yfsikus
(pXvapia, -as (qj\vdpos, prating),
idle talk, nonsense.
(pofitpus, -a, -6v ((pofios) , fright-
ful, fearful, terrible.
(pofito) (cpofins), f. -j)<7&>, to make
to fear, frighten, terrify; P:iss.
and Wid.,cpoj3(opcu, f. -rj6t')o-o-
pai and -ijaopai, pf. 77eep6j3npai,
a. iipofiljOriv, to be frightened,
fear, be afraid.
(p6j3os, -ov, 6, fear, fright.
<Poivik(os, -ea, -eov, contr. cpoivl-
kovs, -r), -ovv ((poivitj, purple),
purple.
(ppd£<o, f. (ppdo-a>, pf. n€(ppaKa
(y 275), to tell.
(ppeap, (ppearos, to (y 104. N.),
a well.
(ppovpos, -ov, 6, guard.
&pvyia, -as (<&pv£), Phrygia, the
large central province of Asia
Minor.
$pvi-, -vyos, 6, a Phrygian.
(pvyds, -d8os, 6 ((pevyco), an ex-
ile, fugitive.
<pvyr), -r)s ((pevyoi), flight.
(pvXdrra), f. -a£a>, pf. TT«pvkaxa,
to guard, watch; Mid., to watch
for one's own security, to be on
one's guard against.
(p6)vn, -tjs, voice, speech, sound.
(pu>S, (p(i)TOS, to, light.
Xaipa, f. x al PV <Te °i P^ Ke^ap^Ka
(y 267. 2), to rejoice; farewell.
XaXSator, -ov, 6, a Chaldean, or
one of the Chaldai, a warlike
people on the borders of Ar-
menia.
Xa\(nalva> (xaXends), f. -av£>, to
be or become angry.
XaXeiros, -r), -ov, hard, difficult,
harsh, cross , ferocious .
xdXiceos, -ea, -toy, contr. ^aX/covr,
-r), -ovv (xoXkos, copper, brass),
brazen, of brass.
\d\Krj^div, -6vos, f], Chalcedon, a
city of Bithynia, at the mouth
of the Thracian Bosphorus.
XdAos, -ov, 6, the CJialus, a river
of Syria.
Xapdbpa,-as (xapuTTa>, to furrow),
ravine.
Xapplvos,-ov, Charmlnus, a Lac*
daemonian envoy, sent to the
army by Thibron.
Xei'p, ^ftpoy, tj (y 123. y), hand.
Xeipiaotpos, -ov, Chirisuphus, a
Lacedaemonian, chosen com-
mander-in-chief of the Greek-
army.
Xtppovrjaos, -ov, t) (x^PP 0S vr]cros,
shore-island), the Cherronese or
Chersonese, a long peninsula
upon the Tbracian side of the
Hellespont.
XJv, xivos, 6, r), goose.
Xt'Xioi, -at, -a, a thousand.
XiAoco (^lAoy, fodder), f. -6>cru>, to
feed or pasture horses, &e.
XiTd>v, -uvos, 6, funic.
X<-T(ovio-Kos, -ov, 6 (dim. of^trcov),
a small or short tunic.
X*-u>v, -ovos, i), snow.
Xopfvui (xdpos, dance, choir), f.
-evcrco, to dance.
XopTos, -ov, 6, grass.
Xpdopai, f. xph (TO i JLai i p£ K *XP r )l iai
(y 284. 3), to use, manage.
xpv, £ xpw^iimtf- ^xpn" or xpn"
(y 284. 4), impers., it is neces-
sary or proper, it must or ought
to be.
XPJ){<*> (xP 6l ' a > ncc d)t f- -era, to
need, desire.
Xprjpa, -aros, to (^pao/iai), thing
used ; pi. goods, property, money.
Xprjo-ipos, -T), -ov (xpdo/xat), useful.
Xpdvos, -ov, 6, lime.
Xpvo-(os, -ea, -tov, contr. xP v <rovs,
-i}, -ovv (xpvo-6s, gold), golden.
Xpvo-iov, -ov (dim. of xpvaos, gold) ,
gold-money, gold.
Xwpa, -as (x&pos), a country, ter-
ritory.
Xwpiov, -ov (dim. of ^ipos), a
place or spot, esp. a fortified
place, hold.
Xcopt's, apart from.
X^pos, -ov, 6, space, place, district.
^/ev8r)s, -ts [^evSopai), J
■^fvSopai,, f. -aopai, pt. ttytvo-pai,
to falsify, lie, derate.
y\ri\6s, -i], -ov, bare; not covered
with armour.
yjsvxos
VOCABULARY.
a>(pe\ov
121
yfsvXos , -eor, to (^v^w, to cool), cold.
a>, — 1 . O, sign of address ; —
2. subj. of ej/ii.
wSe (o6V), //j!/5, so.
d>fj.6s, -t], -6v, cruel, savage.
<ov('ofxai, f. -Tjo~ofj.ai, pf. tcovnpai,
2 a. fnpiapnv (§ 301. 8), fo Zwy.
copa, -ar, Ao«? - , season, time for a
thing.
us (or, T[ 63), C5, # when; how;
that, so that, in order that; w.
numerals, about ; w. ace, as
prep., to. See §§ 601, 628.
640, 662.
wcravrair (o avroy), in the same
manner, in like manner,
(oo-ntp (cor, nep, just, § 328. bj,
_/?/5^ 05, as.
coo-re (cor, re), so that, so as.
o>tis, -i'So? (ovs), a kind of bustard
with long ear-feathers.
&(p{\ov, see ocpfiXa.
THE END.
RETURN TO the circulation desk of any
University of California Library
or to the
NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
University of California
Richmond Field Station, Bldg. 400
1301 South 46th Street
Richmond, CA 94804-4698
ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS
To renew or recharge your library materials, you may
contact NRLF 4 days prior to due date at (510) 642-6233
DUE AS STAMPED BELOW
NOV 8 2008
DD20 12M 7-06
LD ai-lOOm-12,' i
m 00164
GENERAL LIBBW . U.C. BERKELEY
2f.
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY